S-4

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 3, 2004.

Registration 333-            

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

ITRON, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Washington	91-1011792
(State of Incorporation)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

2818 North Sullivan Road

Spokane, Washington 99216-1897

(509) 924-9900

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Russell N. Fairbanks, Jr.

Vice President and General Counsel

Itron, Inc.

2818 N. Sullivan Road, Spokane, Washington 99216-1897

(509) 924-9900

(Name, address and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copy to:

Andrew Bor

Perkins Coie LLP

1201 Third Avenue, Suite 4800, Seattle, Washington 98101-3099

(206) 583-8888

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:    As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.  ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered	Amount to be Registered	Proposed Maximum Offering Price Per Unit (1)(2)	Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price (1)(2)	Amount of Registration Fee
7 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (3)	$125,000,000	100%	$125,000,000	$15,837.50
Guarantees of the 7 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2012 (4)	$125,000,000	N/A	N/A	N/A

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2) Equals the aggregate principal amount of the securities being registered.

(3) The 7 ³/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 will be the obligations of Itron, Inc.

(4) The guarantees are not traded separately. Pursuant to Rule 457(n) under the Securities Act of 1933, no additional registration fee is due with respect to the guarantees.

TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS

Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter	State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization	IRS Employer Identification Number (EIN)	Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number (SIC)	Address, Including Zip Code and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Office
Itron International, Inc.	Washington	91-1738883	3663	2818 North Sullivan Road Spokane, WA 99216
Itron Engineering Services, Inc.	Washington	03-0509518	3663	2818 North Sullivan Road Spokane, WA 99216
EMD Holding, Inc.	Washington	48-1273508	3663	2818 North Sullivan Road Spokane, WA 99216
Itron Electricity Metering, Inc.	Delaware	58-2209907	3663	2818 North Sullivan Road Spokane, WA 99216

The information in this Prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The selling securityholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, dated September 3, 2004

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

$125,000,000

Itron, Inc.

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

7 ³/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012

that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended

for any and all of its outstanding

7 ³/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012

that were issued and sold in a transaction exempt from registration

under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended

Itron, Inc. a Washington corporation, hereby offers to exchange, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this prospectus and the accompanying letter of transmittal, up to $125 million in aggregate principal amount of its 7 ³/4% senior subordinated notes due 2012, which we refer to as the “exchange notes,” for the same principal amount of its outstanding 7 ³/4% senior subordinated notes due 2012, which we refer to as the “original notes.” The original notes and the exchange notes will be unsecured obligations and are and will be subordinated to all of our existing and future senior indebtedness and other liabilities and those of subsidiary guarantors.

The terms of the exchange notes are substantially identical to the terms of the original notes, except that the exchange notes will generally be freely transferable and do not contain certain terms with respect to registration rights and liquidation damages. We will issue the exchange notes under the indenture governing the original notes. For a description of the principal terms of the exchange notes, see “Description of Notes.”

The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m. New York City time, on             , 2004, unless we extend the offer. At any time prior to the expiration date, you may withdraw your tender of any original notes; otherwise, such tender is irrevocable. We will receive no cash proceeds from the exchange offer.

The exchange notes constitute a new issue of securities for which there is no established trading market. Any original notes not tendered and accepted in the exchange offer will remain outstanding. To the extent original notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, your ability to sell untendered, and tendered but unaccepted, original notes could be adversely affected. Following consummation of the exchange offer, the original notes will continue to be subject to their existing transfer restriction and we will generally have no further obligations to provide for the registration of the original notes under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. We cannot guarantee that an active trading market will develop or give assurances as to the liquidity of the trading market for either the original notes or the exchange notes. We do not intend to apply for listing of either the original notes or the exchange notes on any exchange or market.

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of its exchange notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer for a period of 180 days following the consummation of the exchange offer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for notes where the original notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We and the guarantors have agreed that, for a period of 180 days following the consummation of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”

Investing in the exchange notes involves certain risks. Please read “ Risk Factors” beginning on page 8 of this prospectus.

This prospectus and the letter of transmittal are first being mailed to all holders of the original notes on or about             , 2004.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the exchange notes or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is             , 2004.

This prospectus incorporates important business and financial information about us that is not included in or delivered with this prospectus. Documents incorporated by reference are available from us without charge. Any person, including any beneficial owners, to whom this prospectus is delivered, may obtain documents incorporated by reference in, but not delivered with, this prospectus by requesting them by telephone or in writing at the following address:

Itron, Inc.

2818 North Sullivan Road

Spokane, Washington 99216-1897

(509) 924-9900

Attn: Investor Relations

To obtain timely delivery, you must request these documents no later than five business days before the expiration date of the exchange offer.

You should rely only on the information incorporated by reference or provided in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement. We have not authorized anyone else to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to exchange original notes for exchange notes only in jurisdictions where such offer is permitted. You should not assume that the information in the incorporated documents, this prospectus or any prospectus supplement is accurate as of any other date other than the date on the front of these documents.

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information about our business and this offering. It does not contain all the information that you may consider important in making your investment decision. Therefore, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the additional documents to which we refer you, before making an investment decision. You should carefully consider, among other things, the matters discussed in “Risk Factors.” Unless otherwise noted or required by the context, in this prospectus, “we,” “our,” “us” and “Itron” refer to Itron, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, including Itron Electricity Metering, Inc., or “IEM,” which consists of (a) the electricity meter manufacturing and sales operations in the United States acquired from Schlumberger Limited, or “Schlumberger” and (b) the electricity meter operations of certain foreign affiliates acquired from Schlumberger in Canada, Mexico, Taiwan and France.

The Company

Itron is the largest provider of technology for meter data collection, delivery and management to private and public sector electric, gas and water utilities worldwide. We have a strong tradition in meter data collection technology, having provided handheld computer-based systems used by meter readers since Itron’s founding in 1977 and automatic meter reading systems, or AMR, since 1986. On July 1, 2004, we completed the acquisition of IEM. By adding electricity meters to our existing portfolio of meter data collection technologies and software and consulting services solutions, we will be able to offer customers a highly integrated suite of products for measuring, gathering, delivering and analyzing electricity usage data.

IEM designs, manufactures and markets residential and commercial and industrial, or C&I, electricity meters. Founded in 1899, IEM has been serving electric utilities for over 100 years and has an installed base of approximately 37 million meters in the United States, representing approximately 32% of the total installed electricity meters in the United States. One of the most significant developments in the electricity metering industry recently has been the introduction of electronic, or solid-state, metering technology. Rather than the gear-based technology of traditional electromechanical meters, solid-state technology provides increased capabilities, reliability and accuracy and facilitates the integration of embedded AMR functionality in electricity meters. While most of the other leading manufacturers have only recently entered the solid-state residential electricity meter market, IEM is currently the North American leader in this market, having sold almost 11 million solid-state residential electricity meters since introducing the product in 1998. Growth in IEM’s electricity meter business has outpaced average industry growth over the past several years as a result of increased interest by utilities in implementing AMR. Because of Itron’s strength in AMR, IEM’s strength in electricity meters and the convergence of these technologies, we believe that the combination of Itron and IEM has created a strong platform for increasing sales of electricity meters and AMR.

Our vision is to provide our energy and water customers with the knowledge they require to optimize the delivery and use of energy and water. Our products and services help our customers reduce costs, increase efficiency and reliability, improve asset utilization in terms of people, technology, systems and infrastructure, and improve customer service. In support of our overall vision, we have recently expanded our portfolio to include software and consulting services solutions that complement our core meter data collection technologies and, with the acquisition of IEM, electricity meters. Our solutions are comprised of hardware, software and services that integrate the collection, management, application and forecasting of data, providing a platform for utilities to share and apply critical knowledge throughout the utility and with other market participants, including end-use customers.

Our portfolio of solutions includes:

• Electricity Meters. We offer a diverse range of residential, C&I, and generation, transmission and distribution, or GT&D, meters.

1

• Meter Data Collection. Our handheld systems capture and store data from meters as meter readers walk their routes. Our AMR product line for residential meters primarily involves the use of radio communications technology to collect and transmit meter data from electricity, gas and water meters, along with a portfolio of software solutions for the analysis and application of meter data. In addition to residential meter data collection, we offer hardware and software solutions for collecting and managing complex C&I meter data.

• Complementary Software and Consulting Services. We recently expanded our portfolio to include solutions that complement our core meter data collection technologies, adding capabilities in delivery system design and optimization, energy management, workforce management and load forecasting. While these solutions currently represent a small portion of our overall business, we expect that they will become increasingly important and drive a higher contribution to our business given the shift in the utility industry from building infrastructure to running existing infrastructure more efficiently.

Our principal executive offices are located at 2818 North Sullivan Road, Spokane, Washington 99216. Our telephone number is (509) 924-9900.

SUMMARY OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

In May 2004, we completed a private offering of the original notes. We received aggregate proceeds, before discount, expenses and commissions, of $125 million from the sale of the original notes.

In connection with the offering of original notes, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchaser of the original notes in which we agreed to use best efforts to deliver to you this prospectus to commence the exchange offer for the original notes within 120 days of their issuance. In the exchange offer, you are entitled to exchange your original notes for exchange notes, with substantially identical terms as the original notes. The exchange notes will be accepted for clearance through The Depository Trust Company, or the DTC, and Clearstream Banking SA, or Clearstream, or Euroclear Bank S.A.N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System, or Euroclear, with a new CUSIP and ISIN number and common code. You should read the discussions under the headings “The Exchange Offer,” “Book-Entry”; “Delivery and Form” and “Description of Notes,” respectively, for more information about the exchange offer and exchange notes. After the exchange offer is completed, you will no longer be entitled to any exchange or, with limited exceptions, registration rights for your original notes.

The Exchange Offer We are offering to exchange up to $125 million principal amount of the exchange notes for up to $125 million principal amount of the original notes. Original notes may only be exchanged in $1,000 increments.

The terms of the exchange notes are identical in all material respects to those of the original notes, except the exchange notes will not be subject to transfer restrictions and holders of the exchange notes, with limited exceptions, will have no registration rights. Also, the exchange notes will not include provisions contained in the original notes that required payment of liquidated damages in the event we failed to satisfy our registration obligations with respect to the original notes.

Original notes that are not tendered for exchange will continue to be subject to transfer restrictions and, with limited exceptions, will not have registration rights. Therefore, the market for secondary resales of original notes that are not tendered for exchange is likely to be minimal.

We will issue registered exchange notes promptly after the expiration of the exchange offer.

2

Expiration Date The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m. New York City time, on             , 2004, unless we decide to extend the expiration date. Please read “The Exchange Offer – Extensions, Delay in Acceptance, Termination or Amendment” for more information about extending the expiration date.

Withdrawal of Tenders You may withdraw your tender of original notes at any time prior to the expiration date. We will return to you, without charge, promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer any original notes that you tendered but that were not accepted for exchange.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer We will not be required to accept original notes for exchange:

• if the exchange offer would be unlawful or would violate any interpretation of the SEC staff, or

• if any legal action has been instituted or threatened that would impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer.

The exchange offer is not conditioned on any minimum aggregate principal amount of original notes being tendered. Please read “The Exchange Offer – Conditions to the Exchange Offer” for more information about the conditions to the exchange offer.

Procedures for Tendering Original Notes If your original notes are held through DTC and you wish to participate in the exchange offer, you may do so through DTC’s automated tender offer program. If you tender under this program, you will agree to be bound by the letter of transmittal that we are providing with this prospectus as though you had signed the letter of transmittal. By signing or agreeing to be bound by the letter of transmittal, you will represent to us that, among other things:

• any exchange notes that you receive will be acquired in the ordinary course of your business;

• you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the original notes or the exchange notes;

• you are not our “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, or, if you are our affiliate, you will comply with any applicable registration and prospectus delivery requirement of the Securities Act;

• if you are not a broker-dealer, you are not engaged in and do not intend to engage in the distribution of the exchange notes; and

• if you are a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for original notes that you acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes.

3

Special Procedures for Beneficial Owner If you own a beneficial interest in original notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender the original notes in the exchange offer, please contact the registered holder as soon as possible and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf and to comply with our instructions described in this prospectus.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures You must tender your original notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures described in “The Exchange Offer – Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” if any of the following apply:

• you wish to tender your original notes but they are not immediately available;

• you cannot deliver your original notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange agent prior to the expiration date; or

• you cannot comply with the applicable procedures under DTC’s automated tender offer program prior to the expiration date.

Resales Except as indicated in this prospectus, we believe that the exchange notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act provided that:

• you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business;

• you are not participating, do not intend to participate and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes; and

• you are not our affiliate.

Our belief is based on existing interpretations of the Securities Act by the SEC staff set forth in several no-action letters to third parties. We do not intend to seek our own no-action letter, and there is no assurance that the SEC staff would make a similar determination with respect to the exchange notes. If this interpretation is inapplicable, and you transfer any exchange notes without delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements, you may incur liability under the Securities Act. We do not assume, or indemnify holders against such liability.

Each broker-dealer that is issued exchange notes for its own account in exchange for original notes that were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. To the extent described in “Plan of Distribution,” a broker-dealer may use this prospectus for any offer to resell, resale or other retransfer of the exchange notes.

4

United States Federal Income Tax Considerations The exchange of original notes for exchange notes will not be a taxable event for United States federal income tax purposes. Please see “United States Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

Registration Rights If we fail to complete the exchange offer as required by the registration rights agreement, we may be obligated to pay additional interest to holders of the original notes. Please see “Description of Notes – Registration Rights; Liquidated Damages” for more information regarding your rights as a holder of the original notes.

THE EXCHANGE AGENT

We have appointed Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as exchange agent for the exchange offer. Please direct questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal and requests for the notice of guaranteed delivery to the exchange agent. As described in more detail under the caption “The Exchange Offer – Procedures for Tendering, “ if you are not tendering under DTC’s automated tender offer program, you should send the letter of transmittal and any other required documents to the exchange agent as follows:

Deliver to: Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

By Hand:	By Registered or Certified Mail:	By Overnight Mail or Courier between 8 a.m. and 4:30 p.m.:
Deutsche Bank Trust Co. Americas C/O The Depository Trust Clearing Corp. 55 Water Street, 1st Floor Jeanette Park Entrance New York, New York 10041 Information: (800) 735-7777	DB Services Tennessee, Inc Reorganization Unit P.O. Box 292737 Nashville, TN 37229-2737 Facsimile Transmissions: (615) 835-3701.	DB Services Tennessee, Inc. Corporate Trust & Agency Services Reorganization Unit 648 Grassmere Park Road Nashville, TN 37211 To Confirm by Telephone or for Information: (615) 835-3572 Attn: Shalini Kumar

DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS LISTED ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS LISTED ABOVE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.

5

THE EXCHANGE NOTES

The form and terms of the exchange notes to be issued in the exchange offer are substantially identical to the form and terms of the original notes, except that the exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, will not bear legends restricting their transfer, will not contain terms providing for liquidated damages if we fail to perform our registration obligations with respect to the original notes and, with limited exceptions, will not be entitled to registration rights under the Securities Act. The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the original notes, and both the original notes and the exchange notes are governed by the same indenture.

Issuer Itron, Inc.

Notes Offered $125,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 7 ³/4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012.

Maturity Date May 15, 2012.

Interest Payment Dates May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing November 15, 2004.

Guarantees Our obligations under the notes are unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by certain of our existing and future domestic subsidiaries.

Ranking The notes and the guarantees are unsecured senior subordinated obligations. They rank behind all of our and the guarantors’ current and future indebtedness other than trade payables, except indebtedness that expressly provides that it is not senior to the notes and the guarantees. As of July 1, 2004, the notes and the guarantees were subordinated to $189.4 million of senior debt and $55.0 million was available for borrowing as additional senior debt under our senior credit facility.

Optional Redemption We may, at our option, redeem some or all of the notes at any time on or after May 15, 2008, at the redemption prices listed under “Description of Notes—Optional Redemption.”

In addition, at any time prior to May 15, 2007, we may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the notes with the proceeds of certain sales of our equity at the redemption price listed under “Description of Notes—Optional Redemption.” We may make the redemption only if, after the redemption, at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes issued remains outstanding.

Mandatory Repurchase Offer If we sell certain assets or experience specific kinds of changes of control, we must offer to repurchase the notes at the prices listed under “Description of Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders.”

Certain Covenants The indenture governing the exchange notes contains covenants limiting our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:

• incur more debt;

• pay dividends and make distributions;

• make certain investments;

6

• repurchase stock;

• create liens;

• enter into transactions with affiliates;

• enter into sale lease-back transactions;

• merge or consolidate; and

• transfer or sell assets.

For more details, see “Description of Notes—Certain Covenants.”

Use of Proceeds We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale by any selling securityholder of the notes.

Risk Factors You should consider carefully all of the information set forth in this prospectus and in particular, you should evaluate the specific factors under “Risk Factors.”

7

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below as well as the other information contained in this prospectus before purchasing the notes offered pursuant to this prospectus. The risks described below are not the only risks facing us. Any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also have a material adverse effect on our business operations. In such case, you may lose all or part of your original investment.

Risks Relating to this Exchange Offer

Because there is no public market for the exchange notes, you may not be able to sell your exchange notes.

The exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act, but will constitute a new issue of securities with no established trading market. There can be no assurance as to:

• the liquidity of any trading market that may develop;

• the ability of holders to sell their exchange notes; or

• the price at which the holders would be able to sell their exchange notes.

The exchange notes will not be listed on any exchange or market. If a trading market were to develop, the exchange notes might trade at higher or lower prices than their principal amount or purchase price, depending on many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities and our financial performance.

Any market-making activity in the exchange notes will be subject to the limits imposed by the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. There can be no assurance that an active trading market will exist for the exchange notes or that any trading market that does develop will be liquid.

In addition, any original note holder who tenders in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the exchange notes may be deemed to have received restricted securities and, if so, will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

Your original notes will not be accepted for exchange if you fail to follow the exchange offer procedures.

We will issue exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer only after a timely receipt of your original notes, a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents. Therefore, if you want to tender your original notes, please allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery. If we do not receive your original notes, letter of transmittal and other required documents by the expiration date of the exchange offer, we will not accept your original notes for exchange. We are under no duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to the tenders of original notes for exchange. If there are defects or irregularities with respect to your tender of original notes, we may not accept your original notes for exchange.

If you do not exchange your original notes, your original notes will continue to be subject to the existing transfer restrictions and you may be unable to sell your outstanding original notes.

We did not register the original notes and do not intend to do so following the exchange offer. Original notes that are not tendered will therefore continue to be subject to the existing transfer restrictions and may be transferred only in limited circumstances under applicable securities laws. If you do not exchange your original notes, you will lose your right, except in limited circumstances, to have your original notes registered under the federal securities laws. As a result, if you hold original notes after the exchange offer, you may be unable to sell your original notes and the value of the original notes may decline. We have no obligation, except in limited circumstances, and do not currently intend, to file an additional registration statement to cover the resale of original notes that did not tender in the exchange offer or to re-offer to exchange the exchange notes for original notes following the expiration of the exchange offer.

8

Risks relating to the Notes

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the notes.

We have a substantial amount of indebtedness.

Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:

• make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the notes;

• increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

• require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, research and development efforts and other general corporate purposes;

• limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

• place us at a competitive disadvantage compared with our competitors that have less debt; and

• limit our ability to borrow additional funds.

In addition, the indenture and our senior credit facility contain financial and other restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our debts.

Despite our current indebtedness levels, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of the indenture will not fully prohibit us or our subsidiaries from doing so. As of July 1, 2004, our senior credit facility permitted additional borrowings of up to $55.0 million under that facility, and all of those borrowings would rank senior to the notes and the guarantees. If new debt is added to our subsidiaries’ current debt levels, the related risks that we and they now face could intensify.

The indenture for the notes and our senior credit facility restrict our ability and the ability of most of our subsidiaries to take certain actions.

The senior credit facility and the indenture for the notes, among other things, limit our ability and the ability of our Restricted Subsidiaries, as defined in “Description of Notes” to, among other things:

• incur more debt;

• pay dividends and make distributions;

• make certain investments;

• redeem or repurchase capital stock;

• create liens;

• enter into transactions with affiliates;

• enter into sale lease-back transactions;

• merge or consolidate; and

• transfer or sell assets.

9

Our senior credit facility also contains other customary covenants, including requiring us to meet specified financial ratios and financial tests. Our ability to borrow under our senior credit facility depends on satisfaction of these covenants. Events beyond our control can affect our ability to meet those covenants.

Our failure to comply with obligations under the indenture for the notes or the senior credit facility may result in an event of default under the indenture or the senior credit facility. A default, if not cured or waived, may permit acceleration of our indebtedness. We cannot be certain that we will have funds available to remedy any such defaults. If our indebtedness is accelerated, we cannot be certain that we will have sufficient funds available to pay the accelerated indebtedness or that we will have the ability to refinance the accelerated indebtedness on terms favorable to us or at all.

To service our indebtedness, we require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.

Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, including the notes, and to fund planned capital expenditures and research and development will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, including the notes, on or before maturity. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including our senior credit facility and the notes, on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

Your right to receive payments on the notes is junior to our existing indebtedness and possibly all of our future borrowings. Further, the guarantees of the notes are junior to all of our guarantors’ existing indebtedness and possibly to all their future borrowings.

The notes and the guarantees of the notes rank behind all of our and the subsidiary guarantors’ existing indebtedness (other than trade payables) and all of our and their future borrowings (other than trade payables), except any future indebtedness that expressly provides that it ranks equal with, or is subordinated in right of payment to, the notes and the guarantees. As a result, upon any distribution to our creditors or the creditors of the guarantors in a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization or similar proceeding relating to us or the guarantors or our or their property, the holders of our senior debt and the guarantors will be entitled to be paid in full and in cash before any payment may be made with respect to the notes or the subsidiary guarantees.

In addition, all payments on the notes and the guarantees will be blocked in the event of a payment default on senior debt and may be blocked for up to 179 of 360 consecutive days in the event of certain nonpayment defaults on senior debt.

In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization or similar proceeding relating to us or the guarantors, holders of the notes will participate with trade creditors and all other holders of our and the guarantor subordinated indebtedness in the assets remaining after we and the subsidiary guarantors have paid all of our senior debt. However, because the indenture requires that amounts otherwise payable to holders of the notes in a bankruptcy or similar proceeding be paid to holders of senior debt instead, holders of the notes may receive less, ratably, than holders of trade payables in any such proceeding. In any of these cases, we and the subsidiary guarantors may not have sufficient funds to pay all of our creditors and holders of notes may receive less, ratably, than the holders of our senior debt.

As of July 1, 2004, the notes and the subsidiary guarantees were subordinated to $189.4 million of senior debt and $55.0 million was available for borrowing as additional senior debt under our senior credit facility. We will be permitted to incur substantial additional indebtedness, including senior debt, in the future under the terms of the indenture.

10

Your right to receive payments on the notes could be adversely affected if one or more of our non-guarantor subsidiaries declare bankruptcy, liquidate or reorganize.

Some but not all of our subsidiaries guarantee the notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of our non-guarantor subsidiaries, holders of their indebtedness and their trade creditors will generally be entitled to payment of their claims from the assets of those subsidiaries before any assets are made available for distribution to us.

As of July 1, 2004, the notes were junior to $7.6 million of indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables) of our non-guarantor subsidiaries. There are no direct borrowings available to those subsidiaries under our senior credit facility. Our non-guarantor subsidiaries generated 4% of our consolidated revenues in the six months ended June 30, 2004 and held 8% of our consolidated assets as of June 30, 2004.

We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to finance the change of control offer that may be required by the indenture.

Upon the occurrence of certain specific kinds of change of control events, we will be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, to the date of repurchase. However, it is possible that we will not have sufficient funds at the time of the change of control to make the required repurchase of notes or that restrictions in our senior credit facility will not allow such repurchases. In addition, certain important corporate events, such as leveraged recapitalizations that would increase the level of our indebtedness, would not constitute a change of control under the indenture. See “Description of Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders.”

Federal and state statutes allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void guarantees and require note holders to return payments received from guarantors.

Under the federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, a guarantee could be voided, or claims in respect of a guarantee could be subordinated to all other debts of that guarantor if, among other things, the guarantor, at the time it incurred the indebtedness evidenced by its guarantee:

• received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the incurrence of such guarantee; and

• was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such incurrence; or

• was engaged in a business or transaction for which the guarantor’s remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital; or

• intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature.

In addition, any payment by that guarantor pursuant to its guarantee could be voided and required to be returned to the guarantor, or to a fund for the benefit of the creditors of the guarantor.

The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent transfer laws will vary depending on the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, a guarantor would be considered insolvent if:

• the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value all of its assets; or

• if the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

• it could not pay its debts as they become due.

11

Risks Relating to Our Business

We are dependent on the utility industry, which has experienced volatility.

We derive substantially all of our revenues from sales of products and services to the utility industry. Purchases of our products may be deferred as a result of many factors including mergers and acquisitions, regulatory decisions, weather conditions, rising interest rates and general economic downturns. We have experienced and may in the future experience variability in operating results, on both an annual and a quarterly basis as a result of these factors.

Sales cycles with customers in the utility industry, both domestic and foreign, are generally long and unpredictable due to customers’ budgeting, purchasing and regulatory processes that can take up to several years to complete. Our utility customers typically issue requests for quotes and proposals, establish evaluation committees, review different technical options with vendors, analyze performance and cost/benefit justifications and perform a regulatory review, in addition to applying the normal budget approval process within a utility.

Our quarterly results may fluctuate substantially.

While Itron was profitable in fiscal years 2001, 2002 and 2003, we have experienced operating losses in some quarters during those periods and in prior periods. We may be unable to maintain consistent profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. We have experienced variability of quarterly results and believe our quarterly results will continue to fluctuate as a result of size and timing of significant customer orders, acquisitions, including IPR&D and intangible amortization expenses, legal activity, estimates for warranty, restructuring charges, Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, or other governmental actions, the gain or loss of significant customers, timing and levels of new product developments, shifts in product or sales channel mix, increased competition and pricing pressure, and general economic conditions affecting enterprise spending for the energy industry.

A significant portion of our revenues are generated from a limited number of customers.

Historically, our revenues have been concentrated with a limited number of customers which change over time. From time to time, we are dependent on large, multi-year contracts that are subject to cancellation or rescheduling by our customers. Cancellation or postponement of one or more of these significant contracts could have a material adverse effect on us. For example, in 2003, we had a large electric utility reschedule approximately $8 million of shipments booked for 2003 to 2004 due to the utility’s need to divert capital spending in order to rebuild critical infrastructure as a result of damage caused by extreme, unplanned weather conditions. In addition, if a large customer contract is not replaced upon its expiration with a new large contract, our business could be negatively affected.

Our acquisitions of and investments in third parties carry risks.

Acquisitions and investments, including our acquisition of IEM, involve numerous risks such as the diversion of senior management’s attention, unsuccessful integration of the acquired entity’s personnel, operations, technologies and products, lack of market acceptance of new services and technologies, or a shift in industry dynamics that negatively impacts the forecasted demand for the new products. Impairment of an investment or goodwill and intangible assets may result if these risks materialize. These risks are inherent in our acquisition of IEM, which is our largest acquisition to date. There can be no assurances that an acquired business, including IEM, will perform as expected or generate significant revenues or profits. In addition, acquisitions may involve the assumption of obligations or significant one-time write-offs. For example, in the fourth quarter of 2003, we incurred pre-tax charges totaling $2.4 million for the write-off of a minority investment in one company and the impairment of our minority investment in another company due to changes in the business conditions of those companies. In order to finance any future acquisitions, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private financings.

12

Itron and IEM have no combined operating history, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully integrate IEM’s operations with those of Itron.

Prior to our acquisition of IEM, IEM has been operated independently of Itron, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to integrate the operations of IEM successfully or to institute the necessary systems and procedures, including accounting and financial reporting systems, to manage the combined enterprise on a profitable basis. There can be no assurance that our management group will be able to manage the combined entity effectively or to implement successfully our acquisition and internal growth operating strategies. Our inability to integrate IEM successfully could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We depend on our ability to develop new products.

We have made, and expect to continue to make, substantial investments in technology development. Our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to continue to design and manufacture new competitive products and to enhance and sustain our existing products. This product development will require continued investment in order to maintain our market position. We may experience unforeseen problems in the development or performance of our technologies or products. In addition, we may not meet our product development schedules. Finally, we may not achieve market acceptance of our new products and solutions.

We are facing increasing competition.

We face competitive pressures from a variety of companies in each of the markets we serve. Some of our present and potential future competitors have or may have substantially greater financial, marketing, technical or manufacturing resources, and in some cases, greater name recognition and experience than we have. Some competitors may enter markets we serve and sell products at low prices in order to obtain market share. Our competitors may be able to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements. They may also be able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products and services than we can. Current and potential competitors may make strategic acquisitions or establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties that enhance their ability to address the needs of our prospective customers. It is possible that new competitors or alliances among current and new competitors may emerge and rapidly gain significant market share. In connection with this Acquisition, in order to obtain Federal Trade Commission (FTC) clearance, we were required by the FTC to license certain of our existing electric meter module and other AMR technology to a competing third party. As such, we entered into a licensing agreement with Hunt Technologies (Hunt) in Pequot Lakes, Minnesota, which became effective July 1, 2004, upon closing of the IEM acquisition. The license agreement includes some of our electric meter module and certain other technology. We cannot be certain that this agreement will not materially impact our future sales growth at some point. Other companies may also produce products that are equal or superior to our products, which could reduce our market share, reduce our overall sales, and require us to invest additional funds in new technology development. If we cannot compete successfully against current or future competitors, this will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

We are affected by availability and regulation of radio spectrum.

A significant number of our products use radio spectrum and in the United States are subject to regulation by the FCC. Licenses for radio frequencies must be obtained and periodically renewed. Licenses granted to us or our customers may not be renewed on acceptable terms, if at all. The FCC may adopt changes to the rules for our licensed and unlicensed frequency bands that are incompatible with our business. In the past, the FCC has adopted changes to the requirements for equipment using radio spectrum, and it is possible that the FCC or Congress will adopt additional changes.

We have committed, and will continue to commit, significant resources to the development of products that use particular radio frequencies. Action by the FCC could require modifications to our products. If we are unable

13

to modify our products to meet such requirements, we could experience delays in completing such modifications, or the cost of such modifications could have a material adverse effect on our future financial condition and results of operations.

Our radio-based products currently employ both licensed and unlicensed radio frequencies. There must be sufficient radio spectrum allocated by the FCC for our intended uses. As to the licensed frequencies, there is some risk that there may be insufficient available frequencies in some markets to sustain our planned operations. The unlicensed frequencies are available for a wide variety of uses and are not entitled to protection from interference by other users. The unlicensed frequencies are also frequently the subject of proposals to the FCC requesting a change in the rules under which such frequencies may be used. If the unlicensed frequencies become unacceptably crowded or restrictive or subject to changed rules governing their use, and no additional frequencies are allocated, our business could be materially adversely affected.

We are also subject to regulatory requirements in international markets that vary by country. To the extent we wish to introduce products designed for use in the United States or another country into a new market, such products may require significant modification or redesign in order to meet frequency requirements and power specifications. Further, in some countries, limitations on frequency availability or the cost of making necessary modifications may preclude us from selling our products in those countries.

We may face liability associated with the use of products for which patent ownership or other intellectual property rights are claimed.

We may be subject to claims or inquiries regarding alleged unauthorized use of a third party’s intellectual property. An adverse outcome in any intellectual property litigation could subject us to significant liabilities to third parties, require us to license technology or other intellectual property rights from others, require us to comply with injunctions to cease marketing or using certain products or brands, or require us to redesign, reengineer, or rebrand certain products or packaging, any of which could affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we are required to seek licenses under patents or other intellectual property rights of others, we may not be able to acquire these licenses on acceptable terms, if at all. In addition, the cost of responding to an intellectual property infringement claim, in terms of legal fees and expenses and the diversion of management resources, whether or not the claim is valid, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If our products infringe the intellectual property rights of others, we may be required to indemnify our customers for any damages they suffer. We generally indemnify our customers with respect to infringement by our products of the proprietary rights of third parties. Third parties my assert infringement claims against our customers. These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of our customers, regardless of the merits of these claims. If any of these claims succeed, we may be forced to pay damages on behalf of our customers or may be required to obtain licenses for the products they use. If we cannot obtain all necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our customers may be forced to stop using our products.

We may be unable to adequately protect our intellectual property.

While we believe that our patents, trademarks and other intellectual property have significant value, it is uncertain that this intellectual property, or any intellectual property acquired or developed by us in the future, will provide meaningful competitive advantages. There can be no assurance that our patents or pending applications will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented by competitors or that rights granted thereunder will provide meaningful proprietary protection. Moreover, competitors may infringe our patents or successfully avoid them through design innovation. To combat infringement or unauthorized use, we may need to commence litigation, which can be expensive and time-consuming. In addition, in an infringement proceeding a court may decide that a patent or other intellectual property right of ours is not valid or is unenforceable, or may refuse to

14

stop the other party from using the technology or other intellectual property right at issue on the ground that it is non-infringing. Policing unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and expensive, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to, or have the resources to, prevent misappropriation of our proprietary rights, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect such rights as fully as do the laws of the United States.

We may face warranty exposure that exceeds our reserves.

We provide product warranties for varying lengths of time. In anticipation of such expenses, we establish allowances for the estimated liability associated with product warranties and product-failure related costs. However, these warranty and related product-failure costs allowances may be inadequate, and we may incur additional warranty and related expenses in the future with respect to new or established products. For example, in the fourth quarter of 2003, we made an $8.6 million adjustment to a previous warranty estimate for a specific product that resulted from a defective component provided by a supplier.

Our key manufacturing facilities are concentrated.

A substantial portion of our revenues are derived from the sale of electricity meters, which we manufacture in our facility in Oconee, South Carolina, and from the sale of AMR meter modules, which we manufacture in our facility in Waseca, Minnesota. In the event of a significant interruption in production at either of our manufacturing facilities, considerable time and effort could be required to establish alternative production lines, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operation.

A number of key personnel are critical to the success of our business.

Our success depends in large part on the efforts of our highly qualified technical and management personnel in all disciplines. The loss of one or more of these personnel and the inability to attract and retain qualified replacements could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We depend on certain key vendors.

Certain of our products, subassemblies and system components are procured from limited sources. Our reliance on such limited sources involves certain risks, including the possibility of shortages and reduced control over delivery schedules, manufacturing capability, quality and costs. In addition, we depend on one contract manufacturing vendor for a large portion of our low-volume manufacturing business and all of our repair services for our domestic handheld meter reading units. If that vendor should become unable to perform its responsibilities, our operations could be materially disrupted.

We are subject to international business uncertainties.

We conduct operations outside the United States. We will face increased exposure to risks related to international business operations with the Acquisition as we expand our international business operations to include operations in Taiwan, Mexico and France. International sales and operations may be subject to risks such as the imposition of government controls, political instability, restrictions on the import or export of critical technology, currency exchange rate fluctuations, adverse tax burdens, availability of qualified third-party financing, generally longer collection periods, trade restrictions, changes in tariffs, difficulties in staffing and managing international operations, potential insolvency of international dealers, burdens of complying with different permitting standards and a wide variety of foreign laws, and obstacles to the repatriation of earnings and cash. Fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar impact our ability to compete with international competitors. International expansion and market acceptance depend on our ability to modify our technology to take into account such factors as the applicable regulatory and business environment, labor costs and other economic conditions. In addition, the laws of certain countries do not protect our products or technology to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. There can be no assurance that these factors will not have a material adverse effect on our future international sales and, consequently, on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

15

We are subject to regulatory compliance.

We are subject to various governmental regulations related to occupational safety and health, labor, and wage practices as well as regulations regarding the performance of certain engineering services. Failure to comply with current or future regulations could result in the imposition of substantial fines, suspension of production, alteration of our production processes, cessation of operations, or other actions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may incur liability arising from the use of hazardous materials.

Our business and our facilities are subject to a number of federal, state and local laws, regulations and ordinances governing, among other things, the storage, discharge, handling, emission, generation, manufacture, disposal, remediation of, or exposure to toxic or other hazardous substances and certain waste products. Many of these environmental laws and regulations subject current or previous owners or operators of land to liability for the costs of investigation, removal or remediation of hazardous materials. In addition, these laws and regulations typically impose liability regardless of whether the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of any hazardous materials and regardless of whether the actions that led to the presence were taken in compliance with the law. In the ordinary course of our business, like that of other companies engaged in similar businesses, we use metals, solvents and similar materials, which are stored on site. The waste created by use of these materials is transported off-site on a regular basis by unaffiliated waste haulers. Many environmental laws and regulations require generators of waste to take remedial actions at the off-site disposal location even if the disposal was conducted in compliance with the law. The requirements of these laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and could become more stringent in the future. Failure to comply with current or future environmental regulations could result in the imposition of substantial fines, suspension of production, alteration of our production processes, cessation of operations or other actions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. There can be no assurance that a claim, investigation or liability will not arise with respect to these activities, or that the cost of complying with governmental regulations in the future, will not have a material adverse effect on us.

Additionally, with respect to our Oconee, South Carolina facility, certain environmental remedial activities are required pursuant to a consent agreement between SchlumbergerSema, Inc and the South Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control. The consent agreement requires SchlumbergerSema to investigate and remediate groundwater contamination and all releases of any hazardous waste or hazardous constituents that present an actual or potential threat to human health and the environment. Under the terms of the Acquisition, Schlumberger Technology Corporation (STC), a wholly owned subsidiary of Schlumberger, agreed to complete all remedial obligations associated with the consent agreement. Further, STC agreed to indemnify us for all costs incurred as a result of any releases and generation or transportation of hazardous materials prior to the Acquisition. Although we expect STC to comply with the terms of the consent agreement and the Acquisition, there is a risk that such remediation will interfere with our future use of the Oconee property or that, if STC did not comply, the remediation responsibility would transfer to us. For further discussion of the Acquisition and the related environmental indemnities, see “The Acquisition.”

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements concerning our operations, economic performance, revenues, earnings, cost reductions programs and other items. These statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. All statements other than statements of historical facts included in this prospectus, including the statements under “Prospectus Summary,” “Business” and elsewhere regarding our strategy, future operations, financial position, estimated revenues, projected costs, projections, prospects, plans and objectives of management, are forward-looking statements. When used in this prospectus, the words “will,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “expect,” “project” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain such identifying words. All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. Neither we nor the

16

guarantors of the notes nor the initial purchaser undertakes any obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Although we believe that our plans, intentions and expectations reflected in or suggested by the forward-looking statements we make in this prospectus are reasonable, we can give no assurance that such plans, intentions or expectations will be achieved.

You should read carefully the factors described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” of this prospectus for a description of certain risks that could, among other things, cause actual results to differ from these forward-looking statements.

PRIVATE PLACEMENT

We issued $125 million in principal amount of the original notes dated as of May 10, 2004 to the initial purchaser of those notes and received proceeds that after deducting the discount, expenses and commissions represented an aggregate of $124.1 million in net proceeds. We issued the original notes to the initial purchaser in a transaction exempt from or not subject to registration under the Securities Act. The initial purchaser then offered and resold the original notes to qualified institutional buyers in compliance with Rule 144A or non-U.S. persons in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act.

USE OF PROCEEDS

We are making the exchange offer to satisfy our obligations under the original notes, the indenture and the registration rights agreement. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the exchange offer. In consideration of issuing the exchange notes in the exchange offer, we will receive an equal principal amount of original notes. Any original notes that are properly tendered and accepted in the exchange offer will be canceled.

17

RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

The following table presents our ratio of earnings to fixed charges for years indicated.

	June 30, 2004	Year Ended December 31,
		2003	2002	2001	2000	1999
Ratios:
Earnings to fixed charges	1.0	4.4	5.7	4.6	2.2	—
Deficit of earnings to fixed charges (in thousands)	n/a	n/a	n/a	n/a	n/a	(94,036	)

For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of earnings from continuing operations before income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, amortization of debt issuance cost and the portion of rental expense that management believes is representative of the interest component of rental expense.

18

CAPITALIZATION

The following table presents our consolidated cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and capitalization at June 30, 2004 and July 1, 2004. (5)

	As of June 30, 2004		As of July 1, 2004
	(Unaudited)
	(in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	2,227	$	5,391
Restricted cash		128,310		—
	$	130,537	$	5,391
Existing credit facility
Revolving credit facility (1)	$	21,000	$	—
Term loan		29,167		—
New senior credit facility
Revolving credit facility (2)		—		—
Term loan (3)		—		185,000
Total senior debt		50,167		185,000
Senior subordinated notes		124,093		124,093
Other debt (4)		4,400		4,400
Total debt	$	178,660	$	313,493
Total shareholders’ equity	$	182,189	$	182,189
Total capitalization	$	360,849	$	495,682

(1) At June 30, 2004, there were letters of credit outstanding under the revolving credit facility of $23.0 million, providing $11.0 million of additional borrowings.

(2) The revolving credit facility will provide for borrowings of up to $55.0 million. At July 1, 2004 there were no amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility, and there were outstanding letters of credit of approximately $23.0 million, leaving $32.0 million available for additional borrowings thereunder.

(3) On July 1, 2004, the new senior credit facility term loan replaced the existing credit facility term loan. At July 1, 2004, $185.0 million was outstanding under the new senior credit facility term loan, with no amounts remaining under the existing credit facility.

(4) Represents outsourcing project financing debt and capital leases.

(5) The July 1, 2004 presentation is being shown to reflect the acquisition of IEM.

19

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following selected historical consolidated financial information as of and for each of the five years in the period ended December 31, 2003 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The selected historical consolidated financial information as of and for each of the six month ended June 30, 2004 and 2003 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements. The unaudited consolidated financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring accruals, which we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and the results of operations for these periods. Operating results for the six month period ended June 30, 2004 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year ending December 31, 2004 or for any other future period. This financial information should be read in conjunction with the financial information included in the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, including the financial statements and the related notes included in our current report on Form 8-K filed on August 31, 2004 and Item 6 of our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 and our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q for the six month periods ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

	Six Months Ended June 30,						Year Ended December 31,
	2004			2003			2003			2002			2001			2000			1999
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Statements of Operations Data
Revenues
Sales	$	123,031		$	133,858		$	273,783		$	241,158		$	183,425		$	141,899		$	147,128
Service		22,213			21,051			43,182			43,684			42,130			38,042			46,284
Total revenues		145,244			154,909			316,965			284,842			225,555			179,941			193,412
Cost of revenues		79,114			78,693			173,411			152,573			127,696			109,092			202,640
Gross profit (loss)		66,130			76,216			143,554			132,269			97,859			70,849			(9,228	)
Operating expenses
Sales and marketing		19,926			20,289			36,673			30,603			24,952			19,902			24,536
Product development		20,776			20,933			43,017			36,780			30,000			21,331			26,764
General and administrative		15,278			13,877			28,944			26,653			16,780			18,389			14,205
Amortization of intangibles		4,054			4,653			9,618			2,356			1,486			1,762			1,986
Restructurings		2,434			2,208			2,208			3,135			(1,219	)		(185	)		16,686
In-process research and development		—			900			900			7,200			—			—			—
Litigation accrual		—			—			500			7,400			—			—			—
Total operating expenses		62,468			62,860			121,860			114,127			71,999			61,199			84,177
Operating income (loss)		3,662			13,356			21,694			18,142			25,860			9,650			(93,405	)
Other income (expense)
Equity in affiliates		—			52			79			126			(616	)		1,069			(600	)
Interest income		128			197			159			1,187			1,410			1,110			—
Interest expense		(3,015	)		(1,385	)		(2,638	)		(2,061	)		(5,112	)		(5,313	)		(6,585	)
Other income (expense), net		(735	)		(36	)		(1,395	)		1,465			(176	)		2,022			5,954
Total other income (expense)		(3,622	)		(1,172	)		(3,795	)		717			(4,494	)		(1,112	)		(1,231	)
Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle		40			12,184			17,899			18,859			21,366			8,538			(94,636	)
Income tax (provision) benefit		40			(5,095	)		(7,421	)		(10,176	)		(7,916	)		(3,270	)		26,040
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle		80			7,089			10,478			8,683			13,450			5,268			(68,596	)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of income taxes of $1,581		—			—			—			—			—			(2,562	)		—
Net income (loss)	$	80		$	7,089		$	10,478		$	8,683		$	13,450		$	2,706		$	(68,596	)
Earnings Per Share
Basic
Income (loss) before cumulative effect	$	0.00		$	0.35		$	0.51		$	0.45		$	0.86		$	0.35		$	(4.62	)
Cumulative effect		—			—			—			—			—			(0.17	)		—
Basic net income (loss) per share	$	0.00		$	0.35		$	0.51		$	0.45		$	0.86		$	0.18		$	(4.62	)
Diluted
Income (loss) before cumulative effect	$	0.00		$	0.33		$	0.48		$	0.41		$	0.75		$	0.34		$	(4.62	)
Cumulative effect		—			—			—			—			—			(0.17	)		—
Diluted net income (loss) per share	$	0.00		$	0.33		$	0.48		$	0.41		$	0.75		$	0.18		$	(4.62	)
Weighted average number of shares outstanding
Basic		20,750			20,306			20,413			19,262			15,639			15,180			14,851
Diluted		21,987			21,603			21,740			21,380			18,834			15,385			14,851
Balance Sheet Data
Working capital	$	2,006		$	15,225		$	(1,846	)	$	51,036		$	66,646		$	45,340		$	44,261
Total assets		424,855			296,253			303,489			247,246			202,691			177,231			192,079
Total debt		178,660			50,955			52,269			5,453			64,484			65,446			74,998
Shareholders’ equity		182,189			172,467			177,244			161,601			76,052			52,092			47,526

20

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose of the Exchange Offer

In connection with the sale of the original notes, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchaser of the original notes. In that agreement, we agreed to file a registration statement relating to an offer to exchange the original notes for the exchange notes. We also agreed to use our best efforts to have the SEC declare that registration statement effective by November 6, 2004. We are offering the exchange notes under this prospectus in an exchange offer for the original notes to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement. We refer to our offer to exchange the exchange notes for the original notes as the “exchange offer.”

Resale of Exchange Notes

Based on interpretations of the SEC staff in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that each exchange note issued in the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act if:

• you are not our affiliate within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

• you acquire such exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business;

• you do not intend to participate in the distribution of exchange notes; and

• you are not a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for original notes that you acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities.

If you tender your original notes in the exchange offer with the intention of participating in any manner in a distribution of the exchange notes, you:

• cannot rely on such interpretations of the SEC staff; and

• must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction of the exchange notes.

Unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available, the resale by any security holder intending to distribute exchange notes should be covered by an effective registration statement under the Securities Act containing the selling security holder’s information required by Item 507 or Item 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act. This prospectus may be used for an offer to resell, a resale or other retransfer of exchange notes only as specifically described in this prospectus. Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for original notes, where that broker-dealer acquired such original notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. Please read “Plan of Distribution” for more details regarding the transfer of exchange notes.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal, we will accept for exchange any original notes properly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer. We will issue $1,000 principal amount of exchange notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of original notes surrendered under the exchange offer and accepted by us. Original notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000.

The terms of the exchange notes are identical in all material respects to those of the original notes, except the exchange notes will not be subject to transfer restrictions and holders of the exchange notes and with limited exceptions, will have no registration rights. Also, the exchange notes will not include provisions contained in the

21

original notes that required payment of liquidated damages in the event we failed to satisfy our registration obligations with respect to the original notes. The exchange notes will be issued under and entitled to the benefits of the same indenture that authorized the issuance of the outstanding notes.

The exchange offer is not conditioned on any minimum aggregate principal amount of original notes being tendered for exchange.

As of the date of this prospectus, $125 million principal amount of original notes are outstanding. This prospectus and the letter of transmittal are being sent to all registered holders of the original notes. There will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of the original notes entitled to participate in the exchange offer. We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the provisions of the registration rights agreement, the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and the SEC rules and regulations. Original notes that are not tendered for exchange in the exchange offer:

• will remain outstanding,

• will continue to accrue interest, and

• will be entitled to the rights and benefits that holders have under the indenture relating to the notes and, under limited circumstances, the registration rights agreement.

We will be deemed to have accepted for exchange properly tendered original notes when we have given oral or written notice of the acceptance to the exchange agent and complied with the applicable provisions of the registration rights agreement. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purposes of receiving the exchange notes from us. We will issue the exchange notes promptly after the expiration of the exchange offer.

If you tender original notes in the exchange offer, you will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of original notes. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than certain applicable taxes described below, in connection with the exchange offer. It is important that you read “The Exchange Offer—Fees and Expenses” for more details about fees and expenses incurred in the exchange offer.

We will return any original notes that we do not accept for exchange for any reason without expense to the tendering holder as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

Expiration Date

The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2004, unless at our sole discretion we extend the offer.

Extensions, Delay in Acceptance, Termination or Amendment

We expressly reserve the right, at any time or at various times, to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open. We may delay acceptance for exchange of any original notes by giving oral or written notice of the extension to their holders. During any such extensions, all original notes you have previously tendered will remain subject to the exchange offer for that series, and we may accept them for exchange.

To extend the exchange offer, we will notify the exchange agent orally or in writing of any extension. We also will make a public announcement of the extension no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

22

If any of the conditions described below under “The Exchange Offer — Conditions to the Exchange Offer” have not been satisfied with respect to the exchange offer, we reserve the right, at our sole discretion:

• to extend the exchange offer,

• to delay accepting for exchange any original notes, or

• to terminate the exchange offer.

We will give oral or written notice of such extension, delay or termination to the exchange agent. Subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, we also reserve the right to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner.

Any such extension, delay in acceptance, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by oral or written notice thereof to the registered holders of the original notes. If we amend the exchange offer in a manner that we determine to constitute a material change, we will promptly disclose that amendment by means of a prospectus supplement. We will distribute the supplement to the registered holders of the original notes. Depending on the significance of the amendment and the manner of disclosure to the registered holders, we may extend, pursuant to the terms of the registration rights agreement and the requirements of federal securities law, the exchange offer if the exchange offer would otherwise expire during such period.

Without limiting the manner in which we may choose to make public announcements of any extension, delay in acceptance, termination or amendment of the exchange offer, we have no obligation to publish, advertise or otherwise communicate any such public announcement, other than by making a timely release to an appropriate news agency.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

Notwithstanding any other provision of the exchange offer and subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue exchange notes in exchange for, any original notes and may terminate or amend the exchange offer, if at any time before the expiration date of the exchange offer any of the following events occur:

• any injunction, order or decree has been issued by any court or any governmental agency that would prohibit, prevent or otherwise materially impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer; or

• the exchange offer violates any applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC.

In addition, we will not be obligated to accept for exchange the original notes of any holder that has not made to us:

• the representations described under “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering” and “Plan of Distribution,” and

• such other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations or interpretations to make available to us an appropriate form for registering the exchange notes under the Securities Act.

We expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer, and to reject for exchange any original notes not previously accepted for exchange in the exchange offer, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions to the exchange offer specified above. We will give oral or written notice of any extension, non-acceptance, termination or amendment to the holders of the original notes as promptly as practicable.

These conditions are for our sole benefit, and we may assert them or waive them in whole or in part at any time or at various times at our sole discretion. Our failure at any time to exercise any of these rights will not

23

mean that we have waived our rights. Each right will be deemed an ongoing right that we may assert at any time or at various times. If we waive a condition, we may be required in order to comply with applicable securities laws, to extend the expiration date of the exchange offer.

In addition, we will not accept for exchange any original notes tendered, and will not issue exchange notes in exchange for any such original notes, if at such time any stop order has been threatened or is in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the indenture relating to the notes under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

Procedures for Tendering

How to Tender Generally

Only a holder of the original notes may tender original notes in the exchange offer. To tender in the exchange offer, a holder must either (1) comply with the procedures for physical tender or (2) comply with the automated tender offer program procedures of DTC, described below.

To complete a physical tender, a holder must:

• complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal,

• have the signature on the letter of transmittal guaranteed if the letter of transmittal so requires,

• mail or deliver the letter of transmittal or facsimile to the exchange agent prior to the expiration date, and

• deliver the original notes to the exchange agent prior to the expiration date or comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

To be tendered effectively, the exchange agent must receive any physical delivery of the letter of transmittal and other required documents at its address provided above under “The Exchange Agent” prior to the expiration date.

To complete a tender through DTC’s automated tender offer program, the exchange agent must receive, prior to the expiration date, a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of such original notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC according to the procedure for book-entry transfer described below or a properly transmitted agent’s message.

The tender by a holder that is not withdrawn prior to the expiration date and our acceptance of that tender will constitute an agreement between the holder and us in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions described in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.

THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF ORIGINAL NOTES, THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT IS AT YOUR ELECTION AND RISK. RATHER THAN MAIL THESE ITEMS, WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU USE AN OVERNIGHT OR HAND DELIVERY SERVICE. IN ALL CASES, YOU SHOULD ALLOW SUFFICIENT TIME TO ENSURE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE. YOU SHOULD NOT SEND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR ORIGINAL NOTES TO US. YOU MAY REQUEST YOUR BROKER, DEALER, COMMERCIAL BANK, TRUST COMPANY OR OTHER NOMINEE TO EFFECT THE ABOVE TRANSACTIONS FOR YOU.

How to Tender if You Are a Beneficial Owner

If you beneficially own original notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender those notes, you should contact the registered holder as

24

soon as possible and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. If you are a beneficial owner and wish to tender on your own behalf, you must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your original notes, either:

• make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the original notes in your name, or

• obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder of your original notes.

The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time and may not be completed prior to the expiration date.

Signatures and Signature Guarantees

You must have signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal described below under “The Exchange Offer — Withdrawal of Tenders” guaranteed by an eligible institution unless the original notes are tendered:

• by a registered holder who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal, or

• for the account of an eligible institution.

An “eligible institution” is a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States, or an eligible guarantor institution within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act, that is a member of one of the recognized signature guarantee programs identified in the letter of transmittal.

When Endorsements or Bond Powers Are Needed

If a person other than the registered holder of any original notes signs the letter of transmittal, the original notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power. The registered holder must sign the bond power as the registered holder’s name appears on the original notes. An eligible institution must guarantee that signature.

If the letter of transmittal or any original notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, or officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, those persons should so indicate when signing. Unless we waive this requirement, they also must submit evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to deliver the letter of transmittal.

Tendering Through DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program

The exchange agent and DTC have confirmed that any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s system may use DTC’s automated tender offer program to tender. Accordingly, participants in the program may, instead of physically completing and signing the letter of transmittal and delivering it to the exchange agent, transmit their acceptance of the exchange offer electronically. They may do so by causing DTC to transfer the original notes to the exchange agent in accordance with its procedures for transfer. DTC will then send an agent’s message to the exchange agent.

An agent’s message is a message transmitted by DTC to and received by the exchange agent and forming part of the book-entry confirmation, stating that:

• DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in DTC’s automated tender offer program that is tendering original notes that are the subject of such book-entry confirmation;

• the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal, or, in the case of an agent’s message relating to guaranteed delivery, the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the applicable notice of guaranteed delivery; and

• we may enforce the agreement against such participant.

25

Determinations Under the Exchange Offer

We will determine at our sole discretion all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, time of receipt, acceptance of tendered original notes and withdrawal of tendered original notes. Our determination will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any original notes not properly tendered or any original notes our acceptance of which, in the opinion of our counsel, might be unlawful. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, including the instructions in the letter of transmittal, will be final and binding on all parties.

Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of original notes must be cured within such time as we determine. Neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person will be under any duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of original notes, nor will we or those persons incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of original notes will not be deemed made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any original notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned to the tendering holder, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, as soon as practicable following the expiration date.

When We Will Issue Exchange Notes

In all cases, we will issue exchange notes for original notes that we have accepted for exchange in the exchange offer only after the exchange agent timely receives:

• original notes or a timely book-entry confirmation of transfer of such original notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, and

• a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents or a properly transmitted agent’s message.

Return of Original Notes Not Accepted or Exchanged

If we do not accept any tendered original notes for exchange for any reason described in the terms and conditions of the exchange offer or if original notes are submitted for a greater principal amount than the holder desires to exchange, we will return the unaccepted or non-exchanged original notes without expense to their tendering holder. In the case of original notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at DTC according to the procedures described below, such non-exchanged original notes will be credited to an account maintained with DTC. These actions will occur as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

Your Representations to Us

By signing or agreeing to be bound by the letter of transmittal, you will represent to us that, among other things:

• any exchange notes you receive will be acquired in the ordinary course of your business;

• you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the original notes or the exchange notes within the meaning of the Securities Act;

• you are not our affiliate, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, or, if you are our affiliate, you will comply with the applicable registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;

• if you are not a broker-dealer, you are not engaged in and do not intend to engage in the distribution of the exchange notes; and

• if you are a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for original notes that you acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes.

26

Book-Entry Transfer

The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account with respect to the original notes at DTC for purposes of the exchange offer promptly after the date of this prospectus. Any financial institution participating in DTC’s system may make book-entry delivery of original notes by causing DTC to transfer such original notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC in accordance with DTC’s procedures for transfer. If you are unable to deliver confirmation of the book-entry tender of your original notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC or all other documents required by the letter of transmittal to the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date, you must tender your original notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

If you wish to tender your original notes but they are not immediately available or if you cannot deliver your original notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange agent, or comply with the applicable procedures under DTC’s automated tender offer program prior to the expiration date, you may tender if:

• the tender is made through a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States, or an eligible guarantor institution;

• prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from such member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States, or eligible guarantor institution either a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery or a properly transmitted agent’s message and notice of guaranteed delivery:

• stating your name and address, the registered number(s) of your original notes and the principal amount of original notes tendered,

• stating that the tender is being made thereby, and

• guaranteeing that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date, the letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof or agent’s message in lieu thereof, together with the original notes or a book-entry confirmation, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal will be deposited by the eligible guarantor institution with the exchange agent; and

• the exchange agent receives such properly completed and executed letter of transmittal or facsimile or agent’s message, as well as all tendered original notes in proper form for transfer or a book-entry confirmation, and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date.

Upon request to the exchange agent, the exchange agent will send a notice of guaranteed delivery to you if you wish to tender your original notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures described above.

Withdrawal of Tenders

Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw your tender at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

For a withdrawal to be effective:

• the exchange agent must receive a written notice of withdrawal at one of the addresses listed above under “The Exchange Agent,” or

• the withdrawing holder must comply with the appropriate procedures of DTC’s automated tender offer program.

27

Any notice of withdrawal must:

• specify the name of the person who tendered the original notes to be withdrawn,

• identify the original notes to be withdrawn, including the registration number or numbers and the principal amount of such original notes,

• be signed by the person who tendered the original notes in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal used to deposit those original notes or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to permit the trustee to register the transfer in the name of the person withdrawing the tender, and

• specify the name in which such original notes are to be registered, if different from that of the person who tendered the original notes.

If original notes have been tendered under the procedure for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited with the withdrawn original notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of DTC.

We will determine all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility and time of receipt of notice of withdrawal, and our determination shall be final and binding on all parties. We will deem any original notes so withdrawn not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offer.

Any original notes that have been tendered for exchange but that are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to their holder without cost to the holder, or, in the case of original notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at DTC according to the procedures described above, such original notes will be credited to an account maintained with DTC for the original notes. This return or crediting will take place as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. You may retender properly withdrawn original notes by following one of the procedures described under “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering” at any time on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

Fees And Expenses

We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders. The principal solicitation is being made by mail; however, we may make additional solicitation by facsimile, email, telephone or in person by our officers and regular employees and those of our affiliates.

We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange offer and will not make any payments to broker-dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We will, however, pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and reimburse it for its related reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. We may also pay brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in forwarding copies of this prospectus, letters of transmittal and related documents to the beneficial owners of the original notes and in handling or forwarding tenders for exchange.

We will pay the cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer. They include:

• SEC registration fees for the exchange notes,

• fees and expenses of the exchange agent and the trustee,

• accounting and legal fees,

• printing costs, and

• related fees and expenses.

28

Transfer Taxes

If you tender your original notes for exchange, you will not be required to pay any transfer taxes. We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of original notes in the exchange offer. The tendering holder will, however, be required to pay any transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person, if:

• certificates representing exchange notes or original notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the original notes tendered,

• tendered original notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the letter of transmittal, or

• a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of original notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer.

If satisfactory evidence of payment of any transfer taxes payable by a tendering holder is not submitted with the letter of transmittal, the amount of the transfer taxes will be billed directly to that tendering holder. The exchange agent will retain possession of exchange notes with a face amount equal to the amount of the transfer taxes due until it receives payment of the taxes.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

If you do not exchange your original notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer, you will remain subject to the existing restrictions on transfer of the original notes. In general, you may not offer or sell the original notes unless either they are registered under the Securities Act or the offer or sale is exempt from or not subject to registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the registration rights agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the original notes under the Securities Act. We have no obligation to re-offer to exchange the exchange notes for original notes following the expiration of the exchange offer.

The tender of original notes in the exchange offer will reduce the outstanding principal amount of the original notes. Due to the corresponding reduction in liquidity, this may have an adverse effect on, and increase the volatility of, the market price of any original notes that you continue to hold.

Accounting Treatment

We will record the exchange notes in our accounting records at the same carrying value as the outstanding notes, which is the discounted principal amount, as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes in connection with the exchange offer. We will record the cost associated with the exchange offer as debt issuance cost to be amortized over the term of the exchange notes.

Other

Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary, and you should carefully consider whether to accept. You are urged to consult your financial and tax advisors in making your decision on what action to take. In the future, we may at our discretion seek to acquire untendered original notes in open market or privately negotiated transactions, through subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. We have no present plan to acquire any original notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer or to file a registration statement to permit resales of any untendered original notes, except as required by the registration rights agreement.

29

DESCRIPTION OF NOTES

You can find the definitions of certain terms used in this description under the subheading “Certain Definitions.” In this description, the word “Itron” refers only to Itron, Inc. and not to any of its subsidiaries.

The notes were issued under indenture between the Guarantors and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, in a private transaction that was not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the indenture and registration rights agreement under which the notes were issued. Because this is only a summary, it is not complete and does not restate those agreements in their entirety. We urge you to read the indenture and the registration rights agreement because they, and not this description, define your rights as holders of the notes. Copies of the indenture and the registration rights agreement are available as set forth below under “—Additional Information.” Certain defined terms used in this description but not defined below under “—Certain Definitions” have the meanings assigned to them in the indenture.

The registered holder of a note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. Only registered holders will have rights under the indenture.

Brief Description of the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees

The Notes

The notes:

• will be general unsecured obligations of Itron;

• will be subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Debt of Itron;

• will be pari passu in right of payment with any future senior subordinated Indebtedness of Itron; and

• will be unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantors.

The Subsidiary Guarantees

The notes will be guaranteed by all of Itron’s Domestic Subsidiaries.

Each guarantee of the notes:

• will be a general unsecured obligation of the Guarantor;

• will be subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Debt of that Guarantor; and

• will be pari passu in right of payment with any future senior subordinated Indebtedness of that Guarantor.

At July 1, 2004, Itron and the Guarantors had total Senior Debt of approximately $189.4 million. As indicated above and as discussed in detail below under the caption “—Subordination,” payments on the notes and under these guarantees will be subordinated to the payment of Senior Debt. The indenture will permit us and the Guarantors to incur additional Senior Debt.

Not all of our subsidiaries will guarantee the notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of these non-guarantor subsidiaries, the non-guarantor subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debt and their trade creditors before they will be able to distribute any of their assets to us. The guarantor subsidiaries generated 96% of our consolidated revenues in the six months ended June 30, 2004 and held 92% of our consolidated assets as of June 30, 2004.

30

As of the date of the indenture, all of our subsidiaries will be “Restricted Subsidiaries.” However, under the circumstances described below under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries,” we will be permitted to designate certain of our subsidiaries as “Unrestricted Subsidiaries.” Our Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to many of the restrictive covenants in the indenture. Our Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not guarantee the notes.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

Itron issued $125.0 million in aggregate principal amount of notes on May 10, 2004. Itron may issue additional notes from time to time in the future. Any issuance of additional notes is subject to all of the covenants in the indenture, including the covenant described below under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.” The notes and any additional notes subsequently issued under the indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. The notes are in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The notes will mature on May 15, 2012.

Interest on the notes will accrue at the rate of 7 ³/4% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15, commencing on November 15, 2004. Interest on overdue principal and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, will accrue at a rate that is 1% higher than the then applicable interest rate on the notes. Itron will make each interest payment to the holders of record on the immediately preceding May 1 and November 1.

Interest on the notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes

If a holder of notes has given wire transfer instructions to Itron, Itron will pay all principal, interest and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on that holder’s notes in accordance with those instructions. All other payments on notes will be made at the office or agency of the paying agent and registrar within the City and State of New York unless Itron elects to make interest payments by check mailed to the noteholders at their address set forth in the register of holders.

Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes

The trustee will initially act as paying agent and registrar. Itron may change the paying agent or registrar without prior notice to the holders of the notes, and Itron or any of its Subsidiaries may act as paying agent or registrar.

Transfer and Exchange

A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and Itron may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the indenture. Itron is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, Itron is not required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

The registered Holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

Governing Law

The indenture provides that it and the Notes will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Washington.

31

Subsidiary Guarantees

The notes will be guaranteed by each of Itron’s current and future Domestic Subsidiaries. These Subsidiary Guarantees will be joint and several obligations of the Guarantors. Each Subsidiary Guarantee will be subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Senior Debt of that Guarantor. The obligations of each Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee will be limited as necessary to prevent that Subsidiary Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. See “Risk Factors—Federal and State statutes allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void guarantees and require note holders to return payments received from guarantors.”

A Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), another Person, other than Itron or another Guarantor, unless:

(1) immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(2) either:

(a) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under the indenture, its Subsidiary Guarantee and the registration rights agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture satisfactory to the trustee; or

(b) the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of the indenture.

The Subsidiary Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released:

(1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) Itron or a Restricted Subsidiary of Itron, if the sale or other disposition does not violate the “Asset Sale” provisions of the indenture;

(2) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of that Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) Itron or a Restricted Subsidiary of Itron, if the sale or other disposition does not violate the “Asset Sale” provisions of the indenture;

(3) if Itron designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of the indenture; or

(4) upon legal defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the notes as provided below under the captions “—Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” and “—Satisfaction and Discharge.”

See “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

Subordination

The payment of principal, interest and premium and Liquidated Damages and other amounts, if any, on or in respect of the notes will be subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Senior Debt of Itron, including Senior Debt incurred after the date of the indenture.

The holders of Senior Debt will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of all Obligations due in respect of Senior Debt (including interest, fees, expense reimbursements, indemnities and other Obligations in respect of Senior Debt accruing or incurred after the commencement of any Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceeding (as defined below) at the rate or on the amount specified in the applicable Senior Debt, in each case whether or not a claim therefore is allowed, allowable or enforceable in such Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceeding) before the holders of notes will be entitled to receive any payment with respect to the notes (except

32

that holders of notes may receive and retain Permitted Junior Securities and payments made from either of the trusts described under “—Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” and “—Satisfaction and Discharge”), in the event of any distribution to creditors of Itron:

(1) in a liquidation or dissolution of Itron;

(2) in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to Itron or its property;

(3) in an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

(4) in any marshaling of Itron’s assets and liabilities (each such event referred to in clauses (1) through (4) above, a “Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceeding”).

Itron also may not make any payment in respect of the notes (except in Permitted Junior Securities or from the trusts described under “—Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” and “—Satisfaction and Discharge”) if:

(1) a payment default on Designated Senior Debt occurs and is continuing; or

(2) any other default occurs and is continuing on any Designated Senior Debt that permits holders of that Designated Senior Debt to accelerate its maturity and the trustee receives a notice of such default (a “Payment Blockage Notice”) from Itron or the holders of any Designated Senior Debt.

Payments on the notes may and will be resumed:

(1) in the case of a payment default, upon the date on which such default is cured or waived; and

(2) in the case of a nonpayment default, upon the earlier of the date on which such nonpayment default is cured or waived or 179 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received, unless the maturity of any Designated Senior Debt has been accelerated.

No new Payment Blockage Notice may be delivered unless and until 360 days have elapsed since the delivery of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice.

No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the trustee will be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice unless such default has been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 days.

If the trustee or any holder of the notes receives a payment in respect of the notes (except in Permitted Junior Securities or from the trusts described under “—Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” and “—Satisfaction and Discharge”) when the payment is prohibited by these subordination provisions, the trustee or the holder, as the case may be, will hold the payment in trust for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt. Upon the written request of the holders of Senior Debt or their representative, the trustee or the holder, as the case may be, will deliver the amounts in trust to the holders of Senior Debt or their representative.

Itron must promptly notify holders of Senior Debt if payment of the notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default.

As a result of the subordination provisions described above, in the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of Itron, holders of notes may recover less ratably than creditors of Itron who are holders of Senior Debt. As a result of the obligation to deliver amounts received in trust to holders of Senior Debt, holders of notes may recover less ratably than trade creditors of Itron. See “Risk Factors—Your right to receive payments on these notes is junior to our existing indebtedness and possibly all of our future borrowings.”

33

Optional Redemption

At any time prior to May 15, 2007, Itron may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of notes issued under the indenture at a redemption price of 107.750% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that:

(1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of notes originally issued under the indenture (excluding notes held by Itron and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

(2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

On or after May 15, 2008 Itron may redeem all or a part of the notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on any of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of noteholders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date:

Year	Percentage
2008	103.875	%
2009	101.938	%
2010 and thereafter	100.000	%

Except pursuant to the preceding paragraph, the notes will not be redeemable at Itron’s option prior to May 15, 2008. Unless Itron defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

Mandatory Redemption

Itron is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the notes.

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control

If a Change of Control occurs, each holder of notes will have the right to require Itron to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of that holder’s notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer on the terms set forth in the indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, Itron will offer a Change of Control Payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the notes repurchased, to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of noteholders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, Itron will mail a notice to each holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase notes on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by the indenture and described in such notice. Itron will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of the indenture, Itron will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control provisions of the indenture by virtue of such compliance.

34

On the Change of Control Payment Date, Itron will, to the extent lawful:

(1) accept for payment all notes or portions of notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the paying agent an amount in cash equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all notes or portions of notes properly tendered; and

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the trustee the notes properly accepted together with an officer’s certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of notes or portions of notes being purchased by Itron.

The paying agent will promptly mail to each holder of notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such notes, and the trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each holder a new note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000.

Prior to complying with any of the provisions of this “Change of Control” covenant, but in any event within 90 days following a Change of Control, Itron will either repay all outstanding Senior Debt or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under all agreements governing outstanding Senior Debt to permit the repurchase of notes required by this covenant. Itron will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

The provisions described above that require Itron to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of the indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the indenture does not contain provisions that permit the holders of the notes to require that Itron repurchase or redeem the notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

Itron will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by Itron and purchases all notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to the indenture as described above under the caption “—Optional Redemption,” unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price.

The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of the properties or assets of Itron and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of notes to require Itron to repurchase its notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of less than all of the assets of Itron and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person or group may be uncertain.

Asset Sales

Itron will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(1) Itron (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by Itron or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash:

(a) any liabilities, as shown on Itron’s most recent consolidated balance sheet, of Itron or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms

35

subordinated to the notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary negotiation agreement that releases Itron or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability;

(b) any securities, notes or other obligations received by Itron or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are contemporaneously, subject to ordinary settlement periods, converted by Itron or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion; and

(c) any stock or assets of the kind referred to in clauses (2) or (4) of the next paragraph of this covenant.

Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, Itron (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply those Net Proceeds at its option:

(1) to repay Senior Debt and, if the Senior Debt repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

(2) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of, another Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, the Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Itron;

(3) to make a capital expenditure; or

(4) to acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and that are used or useful in a Permitted Business.

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, Itron may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the indenture.

Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, Itron will make an Asset Sale Offer to all holders of notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in the indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the maximum principal amount of notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, Itron may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the trustee will select the notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

Itron will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of the indenture, Itron will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of the indenture by virtue of such compliance.

The agreements governing Itron’s outstanding Senior Debt, including the Credit Agreement, currently prohibit Itron from purchasing any notes, and also provides that certain change of control or asset sale events with respect to Itron would constitute a default under these agreements. Any future credit agreements or other agreements relating to Senior Debt to which Itron becomes a party may contain similar restrictions and provisions. In the event a Change of Control or Asset Sale occurs at a time when Itron is prohibited from

36

purchasing notes, Itron could seek the consent of its senior lenders to the purchase of notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If Itron does not obtain such a consent or repay such borrowings, Itron will remain prohibited from purchasing notes. In such case, Itron’s resulting failure to purchase tendered notes would constitute an Event of Default under the indenture which would, in turn, constitute a default under such Senior Debt. In such circumstances, the subordination provisions in the indenture would likely restrict payments to the holders of notes.

Selection and Notice

If less than all of the notes are to be redeemed at any time, the trustee will select notes for redemption as follows:

(1) if the notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the notes are listed; or

(2) if the notes are not listed on any national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the trustee deems fair and appropriate.

No notes of $1,000 or less can be redeemed in part. Notices of redemption will be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of notes to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the indenture. Notices of redemption may not be conditional.

If any note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that note will state the portion of the principal amount of that note that is to be redeemed. A new note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original note will be issued in the name of the holder of notes upon cancellation of the original note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on notes or portions of them called for redemption.

Certain Covenants

Restricted Payments

Itron will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of Itron’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of Itron’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Itron or to Itron or a Restricted Subsidiary of Itron);

(2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving Itron) any Equity Interests of Itron or any direct or indirect parent of Itron;

(3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness of Itron or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between or among Itron and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), except a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof; or

(4) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”),

37

unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment; and

(2) Itron would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described below under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock;” and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by Itron and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the date of the indenture (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (6) and (8) of the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of Itron for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the date of the indenture to the end of Itron’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus

(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by Itron since the date of the indenture as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of Itron (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of Itron that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of Itron); plus

(c) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the date of the indenture is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the lesser of (i) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any) and (ii) the initial amount of such Restricted Investment; plus

(d) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of Itron designated as such after the date of the indenture is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the date of the indenture, the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of Itron’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or (ii) such Fair Market Value as of the date on which such Subsidiary was originally designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the date of the indenture; plus

(e) 50% of any dividends received by Itron or a Restricted Subsidiary of Itron that is a Guarantor after the date of the indenture from an Unrestricted Subsidiary of Itron, to the extent that such dividends were not otherwise included in the Consolidated Net Income of Itron for such period.

So long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the preceding provisions will not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend, if at the date of declaration the dividend payment would have complied with the provisions of the indenture;

(2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of Itron) of, Equity Interests of Itron (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to Itron; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from clause (3)(b) of the preceding paragraph;

(3) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of Indebtedness of Itron or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the notes or to any Subsidiary Guarantee with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

38

(4) the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of Itron to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;

(5) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of Itron or any Restricted Subsidiary of Itron held by any current or former officer, director or employee of Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, shareholders’ agreement or similar agreement or (b) upon the death, disability or termination of employment of such officer, director or employee; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $1.0 million in any twelve-month period, with any unused amounts in any twelve-month period being available to be utilized in subsequent twelve-month periods only to the extent the aggregate price paid for all such Equity Interests does not exceed $3.0 million in any such subsequent twelve-month period;

(6) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock options;

(7) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of Itron or any Restricted Subsidiary of Itron issued on or after the date of the indenture in accordance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described below under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock;”

(8) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million since the date of the indenture.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by Itron or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The Fair Market Value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this covenant will be determined by the Board of Directors of Itron whose resolution with respect thereto will be delivered to the trustee. The Board of Directors’ determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing if the Fair Market Value exceeds $10.0 million.

Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock

Itron will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and Itron will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that Itron may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, and the Guarantors may incur Indebtedness or issue preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Itron’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock or preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period;

The first paragraph of this covenant will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

(1) the incurrence by Itron and any Guarantor of additional Indebtedness and letters of credit under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of Itron and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed $240.0 million less the aggregate amount of all Net

39

Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the date of the indenture to repay any term Indebtedness under a Credit Facility or to repay any revolving credit Indebtedness under a Credit Facility and effect a corresponding commitment reduction thereunder pursuant to the covenant described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales;”

(2) the incurrence by Itron and its Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness;

(3) the incurrence by Itron and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the notes and the related Subsidiary Guarantees to be issued on the date of the indenture and the exchange notes and the related Subsidiary Guarantees to be issued pursuant to the registration rights agreement;

(4) the incurrence by Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed $15.0 million at any time outstanding;

(5) the incurrence by Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by the indenture to be incurred under the first paragraph of this covenant or clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (14) or (15) of this paragraph;

(6) the incurrence by Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among Itron and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that:

(a) if Itron or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not Itron or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the notes, in the case of Itron, or the Subsidiary Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor; and

(b) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than Itron or a Restricted Subsidiary of Itron and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either Itron or a Restricted Subsidiary of Itron;

will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by Itron or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);

(7) the issuance by any of Itron’s Restricted Subsidiaries to Itron or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that:

(a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a Person other than Itron or a Restricted Subsidiary of Itron; and

(b) any sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock to a Person that is not either Itron or a Restricted Subsidiary of Itron;

will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (7);

(8) the incurrence by Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations in the ordinary course of business;

(9) the guarantee by Itron or any of the Guarantors of Indebtedness of Itron or a Restricted Subsidiary of Itron that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the notes, then the guarantee shall be subordinated to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed;

40

(10) the incurrence by Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances, performance and surety bonds in the ordinary course of business;

(11) the incurrence by Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five business days;

(12) the incurrence by Foreign Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding pursuant to this clause (12), including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance, defease, renew, extend or replace Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (12), not to exceed the greater of (a) $15.0 million (or the equivalent thereof, measured at the time of each incurrence, in applicable foreign currency) and (b) an amount equal to the Foreign Borrowing Base as of the date of such occurrence;

(13) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Subsidiary was acquired by Itron (other than Indebtedness incurred in contemplation of, or in connection with, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Subsidiary became a Subsidiary of or was otherwise acquired by Itron); provided, however, that for any such Indebtedness outstanding at any time under this clause (13), in excess of $5.0 million, on the date that such Subsidiary is acquired by Itron, Itron would have been able to incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (13);

(14) the incurrence by any Outsourcing Project Subsidiary of Indebtedness obtained to finance Outsourcing Projects, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (14), not to exceed the greater of (a) $35.0 million at any time outstanding and (b) an amount equal to 10% of Consolidated Tangible Assets; and

(15) the incurrence by Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (15), not to exceed $20.0 million.

For purposes of determining compliance with this “Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” covenant, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (15) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, Itron will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this covenant. Indebtedness under Credit Facilities outstanding on the date on which notes are first issued and authenticated under the indenture will initially be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt. The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this covenant; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Fixed Charges of Itron as accrued. Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that Itron or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values.

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

(1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

(2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and

41

(3) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

(a) the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination, and

(b) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person.

No Layering of Debt

Itron will not incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is contractually subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior Debt of Itron and senior in right of payment to the notes. No Guarantor will incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is contractually subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Senior Debt of such Guarantor and senior in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee. No such Indebtedness will be considered to be senior by virtue of being secured on a first or junior priority basis.

Liens

Itron will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness, Attributable Debt or trade payables on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens.

Sale and Leaseback Transactions

Itron will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction; provided that Itron or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if:

(1) Itron or that Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, could have (a) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test in the first paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” and (b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to the covenant described above under the caption “—Liens;”

(2) the gross cash proceeds of that sale and leaseback transaction are at least equal to the Fair Market Value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors and set forth in an officers’ certificate delivered to the trustee, of the property that is the subject of that sale and leaseback transaction; and

(3) the transfer of assets in that sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and Itron applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with, the covenant described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries

Itron will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any indebtedness owed to Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) make loans or advances to Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(3) transfer any of its properties or assets to Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

42

However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities as in effect on the date of the indenture and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the date of the indenture;

(2) the indenture, the notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees;

(3) applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

(4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired, together with such Person’s Subsidiaries; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of the indenture to be incurred;

(5) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts and licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(6) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business as well as Capital Lease Obligations and operating lease obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in clause (3) of the preceding paragraph;

(7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending the sale or other disposition;

(8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(9) Liens permitted to be incurred under the provisions of the covenant described above under the caption “—Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

(10) provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into with the approval of Itron’s Board of Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements;

(11) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(12) encumbrances and restrictions contained in the terms of any Indebtedness or any agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness was issued if:

(a) the encumbrance or restriction applies only in the event of a payment default or a default with respect to a financial covenant contained in such Indebtedness or agreement; and

(b) such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect Itron’s ability to pay all principal, interest and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the notes, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Itron; and

(13) restrictions in connection with financing for Outsourcing Projects obtained by Outsourcing Project Subsidiaries.

43

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

Itron may not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not Itron is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Itron and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person; unless:

(1) either: (a) Itron is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Itron) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;

(2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Itron) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of Itron under the notes, the indenture and the registration rights agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the trustee;

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(4) Itron or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Itron), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made will, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.”

In addition, Itron may not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.

This “Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” covenant will not apply to:

(1) a merger of Itron with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating Itron in another jurisdiction; and

(2) any sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among Itron and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors.

Transactions with Affiliates

Itron will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of Itron (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

(1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to Itron or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by Itron or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(2) Itron delivers to the trustee:

(a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of Itron set forth in an officers’ certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this covenant and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of Itron; and

(b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to Itron or such Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing.

44

The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:

(1) any employment agreement, employee benefit plan, officer and director indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(2) transactions between or among Itron and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of Itron) that is an Affiliate of Itron solely because Itron owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person;

(4) payment of reasonable directors’ fees to Persons who are not otherwise Affiliates of Itron;

(5) any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Itron to Affiliates of Itron;

(6) Restricted Payments that do not violate the provisions of the indenture described above under the caption “—Restricted Payments;” and

(7) loans or advances to employees in the ordinary course of business not to exceed $2.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding.

Business Activities

Itron will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to Itron and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Additional Subsidiary Guarantees

If Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic Subsidiary after the date of the indenture, then that newly acquired or created Domestic Subsidiary will become a Guarantor and execute a supplemental indenture and deliver an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the trustee within 30 business days of the date on which it was acquired or created; provided that any Domestic Subsidiary that constitutes an Immaterial Subsidiary need not become a Guarantor until such time as it ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary.

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

The Board of Directors of Itron may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by Itron and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as Unrestricted will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the covenant described above under the caption “—Restricted Payments” or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by Itron. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of Itron may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default.

Payments for Consent

Itron will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any holder of notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the indenture or the notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all holders of the notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

45

Reports

Whether or not required by the Commission’s rules and regulations, so long as any notes are outstanding, Itron will furnish to the holders of notes or cause the trustee to furnish to the holders of notes, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations:

(1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if Itron were required to file such reports; and

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if Itron were required to file such reports.

All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports. Each annual report on Form 10-K will include a report on Itron’s consolidated financial statements by Itron’s certified independent accountants. In addition, Itron will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and will post the reports on its website within those time periods.

If, at any time, Itron is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, Itron will nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the preceding paragraph with the Commission within the time periods specified above unless the Commission will not accept such a filing. Itron agrees that it will not take any action for the purpose of causing the Commission not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Commission will not accept Itron’s filings for any reason, Itron will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraph on its website within the time periods that would apply if Itron were required to file those reports with the Commission.

If Itron has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of Itron and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Itron.

Events of Default and Remedies

Each of the following is an Event of Default:

(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Liquidated Damages with respect to, the notes whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the indenture;

(2) default in the payment when due of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the notes, whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the indenture;

(3) failure by Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 days after written notice to comply with the provisions described under the captions “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control,” “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales,” “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments,” “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” or “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets;”

(4) failure by Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after written notice to comply with any of the other agreements in the indenture;

46

(5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of the indenture, if that default:

(a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or

(b) (i) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity and (ii) the obligations that have been accelerated are recourse to Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,

and, in each case, (A) with respect to any such Indebtedness that is not Indebtedness of an Outsourcing Subsidiary, the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness of an Outsourcing Subsidiary) under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $10.0 million or more, or (B) with respect to any such Indebtedness of an Outsourcing Subsidiary, the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness of an Outsourcing Subsidiary under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $25.0 million or more;

(6) failure by Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $10.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;

(7) except as permitted by the indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee;

(8) failure by Itron to comply with any material term of the escrow and security agreement that is not cured within 10 days;

(9) the escrow and security agreement or any other security document or any Lien purported to be granted thereby on the escrow account or the cash or Government Securities therein is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid, in whole or in part, or ceases for any reason (other than pursuant to a release that is delivered or becomes effective as set forth in the indenture) to be fully enforceable and perfected; and

(10) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency described in the indenture with respect to Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary.

In the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to Itron, any Restricted Subsidiary of Itron that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Itron that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately; provided that so long as any Obligations in respect of the Credit Agreement are outstanding or the commitments thereunder have not expired or been terminated, such acceleration will not be effective until the earlier to occur of (1) the acceleration of any Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement or (2) five business days after receipt by Itron and the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement of written notice of such acceleration.

Subject to certain limitations, holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding notes may direct the trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The trustee may withhold from holders of the notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest, except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest or premium or Liquidated Damages.

47

Subject to the provisions of the indenture relating to the duties of the trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the indenture at the request or direction of any holders of notes unless such holders have offered to the trustee indemnity satisfactory to it or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest or Liquidated Damages (if any) when due, no holder of a note may pursue any remedy with respect to the indenture or the notes unless:

(1) such holder has previously given the trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes have requested the trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) such holders have offered the trustee security satisfactory to it or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes have not given the trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding by notice to the trustee may, on behalf of the holders of all of the notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, on, or the principal of, the notes.

In the case of any Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful action or inaction taken or not taken by or on behalf of Itron with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that Itron would have had to pay if Itron then had elected to redeem the notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of the indenture, an equivalent premium will also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the notes. If an Event of Default occurs prior to May 15, 2008, by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of Itron with the intention of avoiding the prohibition on redemption of the notes prior to May 15, 2008, then the premium specified in the indenture will also become immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the notes.

Itron is required to deliver to the trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a statement regarding compliance with the indenture. Upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, Itron is required to deliver to the trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of Itron or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of Itron or the Guarantors under the notes, the indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of notes by accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

Itron may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding notes and all obligations of the Guarantors discharged with respect to their Subsidiary Guarantees (“Legal Defeasance”) except for:

(1) the rights of holders of outstanding notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on such notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to below;

48

(2) Itron’s obligations with respect to the notes concerning issuing temporary notes, registration of notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the trustee, and Itron’s and the Guarantor’s obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) the Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance provisions of the indenture.

In addition, Itron may, at its option and at any time, elect to have the obligations of Itron and the Guarantors released with respect to certain covenants (including its obligation to make Change of Control Offers and Asset Sale Offers) that are described in the indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”) and thereafter any omission to comply with those covenants will not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to the notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment, bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events) described under “—Events of Default and Remedies” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the notes.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

(1) Itron must irrevocably deposit with the trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the holders of the notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants to pay the principal of, or interest and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the outstanding notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and Itron must specify whether the notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, Itron must deliver to the trustee an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the trustee confirming that (a) Itron has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the date of the indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel will confirm that, the holders of the outstanding notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, Itron must deliver to the trustee an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the trustee confirming that the holders of the outstanding notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which Itron or any Guarantor is a party or by which Itron or any Guarantor is bound;

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument (other than the indenture) to which Itron or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which Itron or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

(6) Itron must deliver to the trustee an officers’ certificate stating that the deposit was not made by Itron with the intent of preferring the holders of notes over the other creditors of Itron with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of Itron or others; and

49

(7) Itron must deliver to the trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

Except as provided in the next three succeeding paragraphs, the indenture or the notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, notes), and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the indenture or the notes may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, notes).

Without the consent of each noteholder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (with respect to any notes held by a non-consenting holder):

(1) reduce the principal amount of notes whose holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders”);

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any note;

(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, or Liquidated Damages, if any, on the notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the notes by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(5) make any note payable in money other than that stated in the notes;

(6) make any change in the provisions of the indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of holders of notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, on the notes;

(7) waive a redemption payment with respect to any note (other than a payment required by one of the covenants described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders”);

(8) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or the indenture, except in accordance with the terms of the indenture; or

(9) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

In addition, any amendment to, or waiver of, the provisions of the indenture relating to subordination that adversely affects the rights of the holders of the notes will require the consent of the holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of notes then outstanding.

Notwithstanding the preceding, without the consent of any holder of notes, Itron, the Guarantors and the trustee may amend or supplement the indenture, the notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated notes in addition to or in place of certificated notes;

(3) to provide for the assumption of Itron’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to holders of notes and Subsidiary Guarantees in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of Itron’s or such Guarantor’s assets;

(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the holders of notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the indenture of any such holder;

50

(5) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

(6) to conform the text of the indenture or the notes to any provision of this Description of Notes to the extent that such provision in this Description of Notes was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the notes;

(7) to provide for the issuance of additional notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the indenture as of the date of the indenture; or

(8) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Subsidiary Guarantee with respect to the notes.

Satisfaction and Discharge

The indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all notes issued thereunder, when:

(1) either:

(a) all notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed notes that have been replaced or paid and notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to Itron, have been delivered to the trustee for cancellation; or

(b) all notes that have not been delivered to the trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and Itron or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the notes not delivered to the trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

(2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which Itron or any Guarantor is a party or by which Itron or any Guarantor is bound;

(3) Itron or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the indenture; and

(4) Itron has delivered irrevocable instructions to the trustee under the indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, Itron must deliver an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel to the trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Concerning the Trustee

If the trustee becomes a creditor of Itron or any Guarantor, the indenture limits the right of the trustee to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue (if the indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act) or resign.

The holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The indenture provides that in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct of

51

his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the indenture at the request of any holder of notes, unless such holder has offered to the trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Registration Rights; Liquidated Damages

Itron, the Guarantors and the initial purchaser entered into a registration rights agreement pursuant to which Itron and the Guarantors agree to file with the Commission the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (as defined in the registration rights agreement) on the appropriate form under the Securities Act with respect to the exchange notes. Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, Itron and the Guarantors will offer to the holders of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer (as defined in the registration rights agreement) who are able to make certain representations the opportunity to exchange their Transfer Restricted Securities for exchange notes.

If:

(1) Itron and the Guarantors are not permitted to consummate the Exchange Offer because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy; or

(2) any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities notifies Itron prior to the 20^th day following consummation of the Exchange Offer that:

(a) it is prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer; or

(b) it may not resell the exchange notes acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales; or

(c) it is a broker-dealer and owns notes acquired directly from Itron or an affiliate of Itron,

then Itron and the Guarantors will file with the Commission a Shelf Registration Statement (as defined in the registration rights agreement) to cover resales of the notes by the holders of the notes who satisfy certain conditions relating to the provision of information in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement.

For purposes of the preceding, “Transfer Restricted Securities” means each note until the earliest to occur of:

(1) the date on which such note has been exchanged by a Person other than a broker-dealer for an exchange note in the Exchange Offer;

(2) following the exchange by a broker-dealer in the Exchange Offer of a note for an exchange note, the date on which such exchange note is sold to a purchaser who receives from such broker-dealer on or prior to the date of such sale a copy of the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement;

(3) the date on which such note has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement; or

(4) the date on which such note is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

If obligated to file the Shelf Registration Statement, Itron and the Guarantors will use all commercially reasonable efforts to file the Shelf Registration Statement with the Commission on or prior to 30 days after such filing obligation arises and to cause the Shelf Registration to be declared effective by the Commission on or prior to 90 days after such obligation arises.

If:

(1) Itron and the Guarantors fail to file any of the registration statements required by the registration rights agreement on or before the date specified for such filing; or

52

(2) any of such registration statements is not declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date specified for such effectiveness (the “Effectiveness Target Date”); or

(3) Itron and the Guarantors fail to consummate the Exchange Offer within 30 business days of the Effectiveness Target Date with respect to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; or

(4) the Shelf Registration Statement or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted Securities during the periods specified in the registration rights agreement (each such event referred to in clauses (1) through (4) above, a “Registration Default”),

then Itron and the Guarantors will pay Liquidated Damages to each holder of notes, with respect to the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of the first Registration Default in an amount equal to $.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of notes held by such holder.

The amount of the Liquidated Damages will increase by an additional $.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of notes with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum amount of Liquidated Damages for all Registration Defaults of $.20 per week per $1,000 principal amount of notes.

All accrued Liquidated Damages will be paid by Itron and the Guarantors on the next scheduled interest payment date to DTC or its nominee by wire transfer of immediately available funds or by federal funds check and to holders of Certificated Notes by wire transfer to the accounts specified by them or by mailing checks to their registered addresses if no such accounts have been specified.

Following the cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of Liquidated Damages will cease.

Holders of notes will be required to make certain representations to Itron (as described in the registration rights agreement) in order to participate in the Exchange Offer and will be required to deliver certain information to be used in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement and to provide comments on the Shelf Registration Statement within the time periods set forth in the registration rights agreement in order to have their notes included in the Shelf Registration Statement and benefit from the provisions regarding Liquidated Damages set forth above. By acquiring Transfer Restricted Securities, a holder will be deemed to have agreed to indemnify Itron and the Guarantors against certain losses arising out of information furnished by such holder in writing for inclusion in any Shelf Registration Statement. Holders of notes will also be required to suspend their use of the prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement under certain circumstances upon receipt of written notice to that effect from Itron.

Additional Information

Anyone who receives this prospectus may obtain a copy of the indenture, registration rights agreement and escrow and security agreement without charge by writing to Itron, Inc., 2818 North Sullivan Road, Spokane, Washington 99216, Attention: Investor Relations.

Certain Definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the indenture. Reference is made to the indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.

“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

53

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

“Acquisition” means the acquisition by Itron of Schlumberger Electricity, Inc., which conducts electricity meter manufacturing and sales operations in the United States, and the electricity meter operations of certain foreign affiliates of Schlumberger Limited in Canada, Mexico, Taiwan and France.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings.

“Asset Sale” means:

(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights; provided that the sale, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Itron and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of the indenture described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” and/or the provisions described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” and not by the provisions of the Asset Sale covenant; and

(2) the issuance of Equity Interests in any of Itron’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale:

(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than $1.0 million;

(2) a transfer of assets between or among Itron and its Restricted Subsidiaries,

(3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of Itron to Itron or to a Restricted Subsidiary of Itron;

(4) the sale or lease of products, services or accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, sales of products and services through the extension of credit to customers in the ordinary course of business) and any sale or other disposition of damaged, worn-out or obsolete assets in the ordinary course of business;

(5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; and

(6) a Restricted Payment that does not violate the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments” or a Permitted Investment.

“Asset Sale Offer” has the meaning assigned to that term in the indenture governing the notes.

“Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that if such sale and leaseback transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capital Lease Obligation.”

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used

54

in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning.

“Board of Directors” means:

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership;

(3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

(4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

“Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

“Capital Stock” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

“Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) United States dollars;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than 15 months from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 15 months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding 15 months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to the Credit Agreement or with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better;

(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor’s Rating Services and in each case maturing within 15 months after the date of acquisition; and

55

(6) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Itron and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act);

(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of Itron;

(3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above) becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of Itron, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or

(4) Itron consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, Itron, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of Itron or such other Person is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where the Voting Stock of Itron outstanding immediately prior to such transaction is converted into or exchanged for Voting Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the surviving or transferee Person constituting a majority of the outstanding shares of such Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person (immediately after giving effect to such issuance).

“Change of Control Offer” has the meaning assigned to that term in the indenture governing the notes.

“Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication:

(1) an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(2) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(3) the Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such Fixed Charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(4) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; minus

(5) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business;

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.

Notwithstanding the preceding, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash expenses of, a Restricted Subsidiary of Itron will be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow of Itron only to the extent that a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to Itron by such Restricted Subsidiary

56

without prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:

(1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person;

(2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders;

(3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded; and

(4) notwithstanding clause (1) above, the Net Income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary will be excluded, whether or not distributed to the specified Person or one of its Subsidiaries.

“Consolidated Tangible Assets” means, as of any date:

(1) the amount of property, plant and equipment of Itron and its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus

(2) the amount of current assets of Itron and its Restricted Subsidiaries,

in each case as set forth on such date on Itron’s consolidated balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.

“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of Itron who:

(1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of the indenture; or

(2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.

“Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2003, by and among Itron, Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as syndication agent, Wells Fargo Bank, as administrative agent, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., as lead arranger, and the other financial institutions party thereto, providing for revolving credit and term loan borrowings, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time, whether with the original agents and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, whether provided under the original Credit Agreement or otherwise and whether Itron or an Affiliate thereof is the borrower.

“Credit Facilities” means, one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each

57

case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time, whether with the original agents and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise and whether provided under the original debt or commercial paper facility or otherwise.

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Designated Senior Debt” means:

(1) any Indebtedness or other amounts outstanding under the Credit Facilities; and

(2) after payment in full in cash of all Obligations under the Credit Agreement, any other Senior Debt permitted under the indenture the principal amount of which is $25.0 million or more and that has been designated by Itron as “Designated Senior Debt.”

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require Itron to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that Itron may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.” The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of the indenture will be the maximum amount that Itron and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Outsourcing Project Subsidiary) of Itron that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia or that guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of Itron.

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

“Equity Offering” means any issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Itron.

“Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of Itron and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) in existence on the date of the indenture, until such amounts are repaid.

“Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Itron (unless otherwise provided in the indenture).

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed

58

Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period.

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

(1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date will be given pro forma effect (in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act) as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period;

(2) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded;

(3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date;

(4) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period;

(5) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period; and

(6) if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term as at the Calculation Date in excess of 12 months).

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates; plus

(2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus

(3) any interest accruing on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus

(4) the product of (a) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of Itron (other than Disqualified Stock) or to Itron or a Restricted Subsidiary of Itron, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.

59

“Foreign Borrowing Base” means, as of any date, an amount equal to:

(1) 85% of the face amount of all accounts receivable owned by Foreign Subsidiaries of Itron as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date that were not more than 90 days past due; plus

(2) 65% of the book value of all inventory owned by Foreign Subsidiaries of Itron as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Outsourcing Project Subsidiary) of Itron that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect from time to time.

“Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which obligations or guarantees the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at Itron’s option.

“Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise).

“Guarantors” means each of:

(1) Itron’s direct and indirect Domestic Subsidiaries existing on the date of the indenture; and

(2) any other Subsidiary of Itron that executes a Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of the indenture;

and their respective successors and assigns.

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(1) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; and

(3) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices.

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means, as of any date, any Restricted Subsidiary whose total assets, as of that date, are less than $100,000 and whose total revenues for the most recent 12-month period do not exceed $100,000; provided that a Restricted Subsidiary will not be considered to be an Immaterial Subsidiary if it, directly or indirectly, guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of Itron.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent:

(1) in respect of borrowed money;

(2) evidenced by bonds (other than performance bonds), notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof) (without duplication of any other obligations that would constitute Indebtedness);

60

(3) in respect of banker’s acceptances;

(4) representing Capital Lease Obligations or Attributable Debt in respect of sale and leaseback transactions;

(5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than six months after such property is acquired or such services are completed; or

(6) representing any Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit, Attributable Debt and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person.

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If Itron or any Subsidiary of Itron sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Itron such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of Itron, Itron will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of Itron’s Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.” The acquisition by Itron or any Subsidiary of Itron of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by Itron or such Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.” Except as otherwise provided in the indenture, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction.

“Liquidated Damages” means all liquidated damages then owing pursuant to the registration rights agreement.

“Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however:

(1) any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale; or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(2) any extraordinary gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (but not loss).

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of

61

any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, and amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness, other than Senior Debt, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP.

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness:

(1) as to which neither Itron nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender;

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

(3) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

“Outsourcing Project” means a project under which an Outsourcing Project Subsidiary operates a meter reading system constructed by Itron or a Subsidiary of Itron consisting of hardware and software within the service territory of a utility or the equivalent and enters into or succeeds to a contract with such Person for the construction or operation of the meter reading system and long-term operations and maintenance thereof for a price to be paid as output is delivered.

“Outsourcing Project Subsidiary” means (1) a wholly-owned special purpose Subsidiary of Itron formed for the purpose of obtaining financing for an Outsourcing Project, and (2) any Subsidiary of Itron whose sole asset is the Capital Stock of any such Subsidiary described in clause (1).

“Permitted Business” means the lines of business conducted by Itron and its Subsidiaries on the date of the indenture and any businesses similar, related, incidental or ancillary thereto or that constitutes a reasonable extension or expansion thereof;

“Permitted Investments” means:

(1) any Investment in Itron or in a Restricted Subsidiary of Itron;

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

(3) any Investment by Itron or any Restricted Subsidiary of Itron in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Itron; or

(b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, Itron or a Restricted Subsidiary of Itron;

(4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with the covenant described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales;”

62

(5) any acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Itron;

(6) any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (a) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; or (b) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates;

(7) Investments represented by Hedging Obligations;

(8) loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business of Itron or the Restricted Subsidiary of Itron in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(9) repurchases of the notes; and

(10) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at the time outstanding not to exceed $20.0 million.

“Permitted Junior Securities” means:

(1) Equity Interests in Itron or any Guarantor; or

(2) debt securities that are subordinated to all Senior Debt and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Debt under the indenture.

“Permitted Liens” means:

(1) Liens securing Obligations in respect of (a) the Credit Agreement or (b) any other Senior Debt that was permitted by the terms of the indenture to be incurred;

(2) Liens in favor of Itron or the Guarantors;

(3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with Itron or any Subsidiary of Itron; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with Itron or the Subsidiary and proceeds thereof;

(4) Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of the property by Itron or any Subsidiary of Itron; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to, such acquisition, and not incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition;

(5) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(6) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by clauses (4), (14) and (15) of the second paragraph of the covenant entitled “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” covering only (a) the assets acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness and proceeds thereof and (b) the Capital Stock of any Outsourcing Project Subsidiary to the extent a pledge of such Capital Stock is required to secure the Indebtedness of such Outsourcing Project Subsidiary obtained to finance its Outsourcing Projects;

(7) Liens existing on the date of the indenture;

(8) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefore;

63

(9) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlord’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(10) survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(11) Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the notes (or the Subsidiary Guarantees);

(12) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the indenture; provided, however, that:

(a) the new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof); and

(b) the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (x) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount, of the Permitted Referencing Indebtedness and (y) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancings, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; and

(13) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of Itron or any Subsidiary of Itron with respect to obligations that do not exceed $5.0 million at any one time outstanding.

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:

(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all expenses and premiums incurred in connection therewith);

(2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;

(3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the notes on terms at least as favorable to the holders of notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and

(4) such Indebtedness is incurred either by Itron or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

64

“Senior Debt” means:

(1) all Indebtedness of Itron or any Guarantor outstanding under Credit Facilities and all Hedging Obligations with respect thereto;

(2) any other Indebtedness of Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred under the terms of the indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to the notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee; and

(3) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1) and (2).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding, Senior Debt will not include:

(1) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by Itron;

(2) any intercompany Indebtedness of Itron or any of its Subsidiaries to Itron or any of its Affiliates;

(3) any trade payables;

(4) the portion of any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of the indenture; provided that Indebtedness under a Credit Facility will not cease to be Senior Debt as a result of this clause (4) if the lenders or their representative obtained a certificate from an officer of Itron as of the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness to the effect that such Indebtedness was permitted to be incurred by the indenture; or

(5) Indebtedness which is classified as non-recourse in accordance with GAAP or any unsecured claim arising in respect thereof by reason of the application of Section 1111(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date of the indenture.

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the date of the indenture, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof).

“Subsidiary Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of Itron’s obligations under the indenture and the notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of the indenture.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of Itron that is designated by the Board of Directors of Itron as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

(1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

65

(2) except as permitted by the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates,” is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with Itron or any Restricted Subsidiary of Itron unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to Itron or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of Itron;

(3) is a Person with respect to which neither Itron nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

(4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of Itron or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Any designation of a Subsidiary of Itron as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the trustee by filing with the trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an officers’ certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.” If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of Itron as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under the covenant described under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock,” Itron will be in default of such covenant. The Board of Directors of Itron may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of Itron; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of Itron of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under the covenant described under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock,” calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

66

BOOK-ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM

The Global Securities

The original notes are, and the exchange notes will be, issued in the form of one or more global certificates, known as “global securities.” The global securities will be deposited on the date of the acceptance for exchange of the original notes and the issuance of the exchange notes with, or on behalf of, DTC and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as DTC’s nominee.

Exchange notes that are issued as described below under “Issuance of Certificated Securities” will be issued in the form of registered definitive certificates, known as “certificated securities.” Upon the transfer of certificated securities, such certificated securities may, unless the global securities have previously been exchanged for certificated securities, be exchanged for an interest in the global securities representing the principal amount of exchange notes being transferred as described in the indenture.

Persons holding interests in the global securities may hold their interests directly through DTC or indirectly through organizations that are participants in DTC.

The descriptions of the operations and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream set forth below are provided solely as a matter of convenience. These operations and procedures are solely within the control of the respective settlement systems and are subject to change by them from time to time. Neither we, the trustee, nor any paying agent or registrar takes any responsibility for these operations or procedures, and holders of securities are urged to contact the relevant system or its participants directly to discuss these matters.

DTC has advised us that it is (1) a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York, (2) a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, (3) a member of the Federal Reserve System, (4) a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code, as amended, and (5) a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold securities for its participants and facilitates the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between participants through electronic book-entry changes to the accounts of its participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical transfer and delivery of certificates. DTC’s participants include securities brokers and dealers, including the initial purchaser, banks and trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Indirect access to DTC’s system is also available to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies, referred to as “indirect participants,” that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly. Investors who are not participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through participants or indirect participants.

Ownership of the exchange notes will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership thereof will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC, with respect to the interests of participants, and the records of participants and the indirect participants, with respect to the interests of persons other than participants.

The laws of some jurisdictions may require that some types of purchasers of exchange notes take physical delivery of the securities in definitive form. Accordingly, the ability to transfer interests in exchange notes represented by a global security to these persons may be limited. In addition, because DTC can act only on behalf of its participants, who in turn act on behalf of persons who hold interests through participants, the ability of a person having an interest in securities represented by a global security to pledge or transfer the interest to persons or entities that do not participate in DTC’s system, or to otherwise take actions in respect of the interest, may be affected by the lack of a physical definitive security in respect of the interest.

So long as DTC or its nominee is the registered owner of a global security, DTC or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the exchange notes represented by the global security for all purposes under the indenture. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in a global security

67

will not be entitled to have securities represented by the global security registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated securities, and will not be considered the owners or holders thereof under the indenture for any purpose, including with respect to the giving of any direction, instruction or approval to the trustee under the indenture. Accordingly, each holder owning a beneficial interest in a global security must rely on the procedures of DTC and, if the holder is not a participant or an indirect participant, on the procedures of the participant through which the holder owns its interest, to exercise any rights of a holder of exchange notes under the indenture or the global security.

We understand that under existing industry practice, in the event that we request any action of holders of exchange notes, or a holder that is an owner of a beneficial interest in a global security desires to take any action that DTC, as the holder of such global security, is entitled to take, DTC would authorize the participants to take the action and the participants would authorize holders owning through the participants to take the action or would otherwise act upon the instruction of the holders. Neither we nor the trustee will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to, or payments made on account of securities by, DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of DTC relating to the exchange notes.

Payments with respect to the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, any exchange notes represented by a global security registered in the name of DTC or its nominee on the applicable record date will be payable by the trustee to or at the direction of DTC or its nominee in its capacity as the registered holder of the global security representing the exchange notes under the indenture. Under the terms of the indenture, we may treat, and the trustee may treat, the persons in whose names the exchange notes, including the global securities, are registered as the owners of the exchange notes for the purpose of receiving payment on the exchange notes and for any and all other purposes whatsoever. Accordingly, neither we nor the trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for the payment of these amounts to owners of beneficial interests in the global security, including principal, premium, if any, and interest. Payments by the participants and the indirect participants to the owners of beneficial interests in the global securities will be governed by standing instructions and customary industry practice and will be the responsibility of the participants or the indirect participants and DTC.

Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in accordance with DTC’s procedures, and will be settled in same-day funds. Transfers between participants in Euroclear or Clearstream will be effected in the ordinary way in accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

Subject to compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the securities, cross-market transfers between the participants in DTC, on the one hand, and Euroclear or Clearstream participants, on the other hand, will be effected through DTC in accordance with DTC’s rules on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by its respective depositary; however, such cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by the counterparty in the system in accordance with the rules and procedures and within the established deadlines (Brussels time) of the system. Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its respective depositary to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving interests in the relevant global securities in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear participants and Clearstream participants may not deliver instructions directly to the depositaries for Euroclear or Clearstream.

Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear or Clearstream participant purchasing an interest in a global security from a participant in DTC will be credited, and any such crediting will be reported to the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream participant, during the securities settlement processing day, which must be a business day for Euroclear and Clearstream, immediately following the settlement date of DTC. Cash received in Euroclear or Clearstream as a result of the sale of an interest in a global security by or through a Euroclear or Clearstream participant to a participant in DTC will be received with value on the settlement date of DTC but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream cash account only as of the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream following DTC’s settlement date.

68

Although DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream have agreed to the foregoing procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the global securities among participants in DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, they are under no obligation to perform or to continue to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. Neither we nor the trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream or their respective participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Issuance of Certificated Securities

If (1) we notify the trustee in writing that DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream is no longer willing or able to act as a depositary or clearing system for the exchange notes or DTC ceases to be registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act, and a successor depositary or clearing system is not timely appointed, (2) we, at our option, notify the trustee in writing that we elect to cause the issuance of exchange notes in definitive form under the indenture, or (3) upon the occurrence and continuation of an event of default under the indenture with respect to any series of exchange notes, then, upon surrender by DTC of the global securities, certificated securities will be issued to each person that DTC identifies as the beneficial owner of the exchange notes represented by the global securities. Upon any such issuance, the trustee is required to register the certificated securities in the name of the person or persons or the nominee of any of these persons and cause the same to be delivered to these persons.

Neither we nor the trustee shall be liable for any delay by DTC or any participant or indirect participant in identifying the beneficial owners of the related exchange notes and each such person may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, instructions from DTC for all purposes, including with respect to the registration and delivery, and the respective principal amounts, of the exchange notes to be issued.

69

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

General

The following summary describes the material United States federal income tax consequences relevant to the exchange of original notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer. The following discussion is based on the provisions of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and related United States Treasury regulations, administrative rulings and judicial decisions now in effect, changes to which subsequent to the date hereof may affect the tax consequences described below.

This discussion does not describe all the tax consequences that may be relevant to holders in light of their particular circumstances or to holders subject to special rules under United States federal income tax law, such as (1) dealers in securities or currencies, (2) financial institutions, (3) investors in partnerships or other pass-through entities, (4) tax-exempt organizations or pension plans, (5) insurance companies, (6) persons holding notes as a hedge or as part of a straddle, constructive sale, conversion transaction or other risk management transaction, (7) United States holders whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar, and (8) certain former citizens or residents of the United States. Furthermore, this discussion does not address alternative minimum taxes or any state, local, foreign or other tax laws. We encourage holders to consult their tax advisors with respect to the United States federal income tax consequences to them of the exchange offer in light of their particular circumstances, as well as the effect of any state, local or foreign tax laws or any applicable tax treaty.

An exchange of original notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer will not be a taxable event for United States federal income tax purposes. Consequently, holders will not recognize any taxable gain or loss as a result of exchanging original notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer. The holding period of the exchange notes will include the holding period of the original notes, and the tax basis in the exchange notes will be the same as the tax basis in the original notes immediately before the exchange.

70

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a summary of certain considerations associated with the exchange of original notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer by (i) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”)) that is subject to ERISA, (ii) a “plan” described in Section 4975 of the Code, (iii) any entity deemed to hold “plan assets” of any of the foregoing by reason of an employee benefit plan’s or plan’s investment in such entity, or (iv) a governmental, foreign or church plan subject to applicable law that is substantially similar to the fiduciary responsibility or prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (“Similar Law”). Each of the foregoing is referred to herein as a “Plan.”

General Fiduciary Matters

ERISA imposes certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries of a Plan subject to ERISA (an “ERISA Plan”), and ERISA and the Code prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of a Plan and certain “parties in interest,” within the meaning of ERISA, or “disqualified persons,” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code.

In considering whether to invest the assets of any Plan in a note, a fiduciary of a Plan should determine, among other things, whether the investment is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing such Plan and the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code or any provisions of Similar Law relating to a fiduciary’s duties to such Plan, including, without limitation, the prudence, diversification, delegation of control and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA, the Code and any Similar Law.

Any insurance company proposing to invest assets of its general account in the notes should consider the extent that such investment would be subject to the requirements of ERISA in light of the U.S. Supreme Court’s decision in John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Co. v. Harris Trust and Savings Bank, 510 U.S. 86 (1993), and under any subsequent legislation or other guidance that has or may become available relating to that decision, including the enactment of Section 401(c) of ERISA by the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Prohibited Transaction Issues

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit Plans subject to ERISA or the Code from engaging in specified transactions involving plan assets with persons or entities who are parties in interest or disqualified persons, unless an exemption is available. A party in interest or disqualified person who engages in a nonexempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code, and any fiduciary who authorizes such a transaction may be subject to personal liability. In addition, if the Plan involved in a nonexempt prohibited transaction is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity (“IRA”), the IRA will lose its tax-exempt status. The acquisition and/or holding of a note by an ERISA Plan with respect to which we are considered a party in interest or a disqualified person may constitute or result in a direct or indirect prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code, unless the note is acquired and held in accordance with an applicable statutory or administrative prohibited transaction exemption. In this regard, the U.S. Department of Labor has issued prohibited transaction class exemptions, or “PTCEs,” that may apply to the acquisition and holding of a note. These class exemptions include, without limitation, PTCE 84–14, relating to transactions effected by independent qualified professional asset managers; PTCE 90–1, relating to investments by insurance company pooled separate accounts; PTCE 91–38, relating to investments by bank collective investment funds; PTCE 95–60, relating to investments by life insurance company general accounts; and PTCE 96–23, relating to transactions directed by in-house asset managers, although there can be no assurance that the conditions of any such class exemptions (or any other exemption) will be satisfied with respect to any particular transaction involving the notes.

71

Governmental, foreign and church plans that are subject to Similar Law may purchase or hold a note only in compliance with such Similar Law, including any applicable statutory or administrative prohibited transaction exemption available under such Similar Law.

Deemed Representation

Because of the foregoing, the notes should not be purchased or held by any person investing assets of any Plan, unless such purchase and holding will not constitute a nonexempt prohibited transaction under ERISA and the Code or a violation of any Similar Law. Accordingly, by its acceptance of a note, each purchaser and subsequent transferee of a note will be deemed to represent and warrant that either (i) it is not using assets of a Plan to purchase or hold a note or (ii) its purchase and holding of a note, throughout the period that it holds such note, will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code or any provisions of Similar Law.

The foregoing discussion is general in nature and is not intended to be all-inclusive. Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties that may be imposed on persons involved in nonexempt prohibited transactions, it is particularly important that fiduciaries, or other persons considering purchasing or holding a note on behalf of, or with the assets of, any Plan, consult with their counsel regarding the potential applicability of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or any Similar Law to such investment and whether an exemption would be applicable to the purchase or holding of a note.

72

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Based on interpretations of the SEC staff in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that you may resell or otherwise transfer exchange notes issued in the exchange offer without further compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act if:

• you acquire exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business, and

• you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of exchange notes.

We believe that you may not transfer exchange notes issued in the exchange offer without further compliance with such requirements or an exemption from such requirements if you are:

• our affiliate within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, or

• a broker-dealer that acquired original notes as a result of market-making or other trading activities.

The information described above concerning interpretations of and positions taken by the SEC staff is not intended to constitute legal advice. Broker-dealers should consult their own legal advisors with respect to these matters.

If you wish to exchange your original notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer, you will be required to make representations to us as described in “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering” and “—Your Representations to Us” of this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal. In addition, if a broker-dealer receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for original notes that were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it will be required to acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale by it of such exchange notes. A broker-dealer may use this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, in connection with these resales, and all dealers effecting transactions in the exchange notes may be required to deliver a prospectus, as amended or supplemented for 180 days following consummation of the exchange offer. For the 180 days following the consummation of the exchange offer, Itron and the subsidiary guarantors will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal. Itron and the subsidiary guarantors have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer (including certain expenses of counsel for the initial purchaser) other than dealers’ and brokers’ discounts, commissions and counsel fees and will indemnify the holders of the exchange notes (including any broker-dealer) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Act.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own account in the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions:

• in the over-the-counter market,

• in negotiated transactions,

• through the writing of options on the exchange notes, or

• a combination of such methods of resale.

The prices at which these sales occur may be:

• at market prices prevailing at the time of resale,

• at prices related to such prevailing market prices, or

• at negotiated prices.

Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any

73

exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that it received for its own account in the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of exchange notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. Any profit on any resale of exchange notes and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the exchange notes being offered hereby will be passed upon for Itron, Inc.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Itron, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003, incorporated in this prospectus by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 31, 2004, and the related financial statement schedule incorporated by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to the Company’s change in method of accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets in 2002), and have been so incorporated in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The combined financial statements of the Electricity Products Business of Schlumberger Limited as of December 31, 2003, and 2002, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003, included in our Form 8-K/A filed on September 2, 2004, have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon included therein and incorporated herein by reference. These combined financial statements are incorporated by reference in reliance upon such report given on authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We file our annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You can inspect and copy the materials we have filed with the SEC at the public reference room maintained by the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, D.C. 20549. You can call the SEC at 1-800-732-0330 for further information about the public reference room. We are also required to file electronic versions of these documents with the SEC, which may be accessed through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Our website is www.itron.com. We make our annual reports, quarterly reports, current reports ad proxy statements available free of charge on our website as soon as reasonably practicable as we file these reports with the SEC. Information contained on the website is not a part of this prospectus, except as explicitly incorporated by reference.

INCORPORATION OF DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” certain of our publicly-filed documents into this prospectus, which means that information in these documents is considered part of this prospectus.

• Items 1 through 6 and Items 9 through 15 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003;

74

• Our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended March 31, 2004 and June 30, 2004;

• Our Current Reports on Form 8-K filed on April 7, 2004, April 15, 2004, April 27, 2004, June 4, 2004 and July 15, 2004.

• Our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 31, 2004 updating Items 7 and 8 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.

• Our Current Reports on Form 8-K/A filed on September 2, 2004 amending our Form 8-K for the purchase of IEM.

In addition, all documents filed with the SEC pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act by us subsequent to the date of this prospectus and prior to the termination of this offering shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference into this prospectus and to be a part hereof from the date of filing of such documents with the SEC. Any statement contained in this prospectus or in a document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference into this prospectus shall be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this prospectus to the extent that a statement contained in this prospectus or in any other subsequent filed document which also is or is deemed to be incorporated by reference into this prospectus modifies or supersedes the statement. Any statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this prospectus.

Statements contained in this prospectus or in any document incorporated by reference into this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to herein or therein are not necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the documents incorporated by reference, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.

Copies of the documents listed above are also available free of charge through our website (www.itron.com) as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file the material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. In addition, you can obtain the documents referenced above by contacting us at:

Itron, Inc.

2818 North Sullivan Road

Spokane, Washington 99216-1897

(509) 924-9900

Attn: Investor Relations

75

No dealer, salesperson or other person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations other than those contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus in connection with the exchange offer, and, if given or made, such information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by Itron, Inc.. This prospectus does not constitute an offer of any securities other than those to which it relates or an offer or a solicitation by anyone in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so or to anyone to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall under any circumstance create an implication that there has been no change in the affairs of Itron, Inc. since the date hereof of this prospectus.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Page
Prospectus Summary	1
Itron, Inc.
Summary of the Exchange Offer	2
The Exchange Agent	5
The Exchange Notes	6
Risk Factors	8
Forward-Looking Information	16
Private Placement	17
Use of Proceeds	17
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges	18
Capitalization	19
Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information	20
The Exchange Offer	21
Description of Notes	30
Book Entry; Delivery and Form	67
Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations	70
Plan of Distribution	73
Legal Matters	74
Experts	74
Where You Can Find More Information	74
Incorporation by Reference	74

OFFER TO EXCHANGE ITS

7 ³/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012

that have been registered under the

Securities Act of 1933, as amended

for any and all of its outstanding

7 ³/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012

that were issued and sold in a transaction

exempt from registration

under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended

PROSPECTUS

                    , 2004

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Under the Washington Business Corporation Act, a corporation may indemnify directors against reasonable expenses for liability incurred in the defense of any proceeding to which such individuals were a party because of their position with the corporation. The director must have acted in good faith and reasonably believed that the conduct in the individual’s official capacity was in the best interests of the corporation and in all other cases that the conduct at least was not opposed to the corporation’s best interests. Indemnity is available for criminal proceedings if the individual had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct was unlawful. The Washington Business Corporation Act prohibits indemnification, however, in connection with any proceeding by or in the right of the corporation in which the individual is adjudged liable to the corporation or in connection with any other proceeding in which the individual was charged with and found liable for receiving an improper personal benefit. Washington law also provides for discretionary indemnification of officers. Under no circumstances, however, may any director or officer be indemnified for:

• acts or omissions finally adjudged to be intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law;

• conduct of a director or officer finally adjudged to be an unlawful distribution; or

• any transaction with respect to which it was finally adjudged that the director or officer personally received a benefit in money, property or services to which the director or officer was not legally entitled.

Itron’s restated bylaws provide this indemnification to directors and officers to the full extent of the law. This right to indemnification includes the right to advancement of expenses upon an undertaking by the director or officer to repay the expenses if it is later determined that such indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification. Under Itron’s restated bylaws, this right to indemnification is a contract right. Itron’s restated bylaws provide that it may maintain insurance to protect any director or officer against any loss, liability or expense whether or not Itron would have the power to indemnify such person against such loss, liability or expense under the Washington Business Corporation Act.

Itron’s restated bylaws also authorize Itron to enter into contracts with any director or officer in furtherance of the provisions of the restated bylaws regarding indemnification and to create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means to ensure the payment of amounts necessary to effect this indemnification.

Unless limited by the corporation’s articles of incorporation, Washington law requires indemnification if the director or officer is wholly successful on the merits of the action or otherwise. Any indemnification of a director in a derivative action must be reported to the shareholders in writing with or before notice of the next shareholders’ meeting. Itron’s restated articles of incorporation do not limit indemnification if the director or officer is wholly successful on the merits of the action.

II-1

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

a) Exhibits

Exhibit Number	Description of Exhibits
2.1	Agreement and Plan of Reorganization between Itron, Inc. and LineSoft Corporation dated February 14, 2002. (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Itron, Inc’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 1, 2002—File No. 0-22418)
2.2	Agreement and Plan of Merger By and Among Regional Economic Research, Inc., RER Combination, Inc. and Itron, Inc. dated September 9, 2002. (filed as Exhibit 2.2 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 27, 2003—File No. 0-22418)
2.3	Combination Agreement By and Among eMobile Data Corporation, Marc Jones, eMD Combination, Inc. and Itron, Inc. dated August 30, 2002. (filed as Exhibit 2.3 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 27, 2003—File No. 0-22418)
2.4	Agreement and Plan of Merger By and Among Silicon Energy Corp., Shadow Combination, Inc. and Itron, Inc. dated January 18, 2003 as amended on February 27, 2003 and February 28, 2003. (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 19, 2003—File No. 0-22418)
2.5	Corrected Schedule 1.1 of First Amendment dated February 27, 2003 of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, by and among Itron, Inc., Shadow Combination, Inc. and Silicon Energy Corp. (filed as Exhibit 2.1.1 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 8-K/A dated March 26, 2003—File No. 0-22418)
2.6	Amended & Restated Purchase Agreement dated July 1, 2004, by and among Itron, Inc., Itron Canada, Inc., Itron France and Schlumberger Electricity, Inc., Schlumberger Technology Corporation, Schlumberger Canada Limited, BVI Holdings Limited, Axalto S.A., Schlumberger B.V. (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 8-K dated July 15, 2004—File No. 0-22418)
3.1	Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Itron, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 27, 2003—File No. 0-22418)
3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of Itron, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Itron, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated August 12, 2002—File No. 0-22418)
3.3	Bylaws of EMD Holding, Inc.
3.4	Articles of Incorporation of EMD Holding, Inc.
3.5	Certificate of Amendment of Schlumberger Electricity, Inc. (now Itron Electricity Metering, Inc.)
3.6	Bylaws of Schlumberger Electricity, Inc. (now Itron Electricity Metering, Inc.)
3.7	Certificate of Incorporation of Schlumberger Electricity, Inc. (now Itron Electricity Metering, Inc.)†
3.8	Bylaws of Itron Engineering Services, Inc.
3.9	Articles of Incorporation of Itron Spectrum Holdings, Inc. (now Itron Engineering Services, Inc.)
3.10	Articles of Amendment of Itron Spectrum Holdings, Inc. changing its name to Itron Engineering Services, Inc.
3.11	Bylaws of Itron International, Inc.
3.12	Certificate of Incorporation of Itron International, Inc.
4.1	Rights Agreement between Itron, Inc. and Mellon Investor Services LLC, as Rights Agent, dated as of December 11, 2002. (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Itron, Inc.’s Registration of Securities on Form 8-A, filed on December 12, 2002—File No. 0-22418)

II-2

4.2	Credit Agreement, dated December 17, 2003, by and among Itron, Inc. and Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc. as Syndication Agent and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent. (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 8-K dated July 15, 2004—File No. 0-22418)
4.3	First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated March 15, 2004, by and among Itron, Inc. and Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc. as Syndication Agent and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent. (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 8-K dated July 15, 2004—File No. 0-22418)
4.4	Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated May 14, 2004, by and among Itron, Inc. and Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc. as Syndication Agent and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent. (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 8-K dated July 15, 2004—File No. 0-22418)
4.5	Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated June 30, 2004, by and among Itron, Inc. and Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc. as Syndication Agent and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent. (filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 8-K dated July 15, 2004—File No. 0-22418)
4.6	Form of Itron, Inc.’s 7.75% Exchange Note due 2012.
4.7	Indenture relating to Itron, Inc.’s 7.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012, dated as of May 10, 2004.
4.8	Registration Rights Agreement among Itron, Inc. domestic subsidiaries listed on Schedule I thereto and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., dated May 10, 2004.†
5.1	Opinion of Perkins Coie LLP as to the legality of the Exchange Notes issued by Itron, Inc.
8.1	Opinion of Perkins Coie LLP, special tax counsel, as to certain U.S. federal income tax matters.
10.1	Form of Change of Control Agreement between Itron, Inc. and certain of its executive officers. (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 26, 2000—File No. 0-22418)
10.2	Schedule of certain executive officers who are parties to Change of Control Agreements (see Exhibit 10.1 hereto) with Itron, Inc.
10.3	Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan. (filed as Appendix A to Itron, Inc.’s designated Proxy Statement dated April 21, 2003 for its meeting of shareholder’s held on May 23, 2003—File No. 0-22418)
10.4	Amended and Restated Stock Option Grant Program for Non-employee Directors under the Itron, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan. (filed as Exhibit 10.22 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 28, 2002—File No. 0-22418)
10.5	Executive Deferred Compensation Plan.* (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to Itron, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration #33-49832), as amended, filed on July 22, 1992)
10.6	Form of Indemnification Agreements between Itron, Inc. and certain directors and officers. (filed as Exhibit 10.9 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 26, 2000—File No. 0-22418)
10.7	Schedule of directors and executive officers who are parties to Indemnification Agreements (see Exhibit 10.6 hereto) with Itron, Inc.
10.8	Employment Agreement between Itron, Inc. and David G. Remington dated February 29, 1996.* (filed as Exhibit 10.16 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 30, 1996—File No. 0-22418)
10.9	Office Lease between Itron, Inc. and Woodville Leasing Inc. dated October 4, 1993. (filed as Exhibit 10.24 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 10-K filed on March 30, 1994—File No. 0-22418)
10.10	Asset Purchase Agreement between Itron, Inc. and DataCom Information Systems, LLC (e.g. an affiliate of Duquesne Light Company) dated March 30, 2000. (filed as Exhibit 10.19 to Itron, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated May 12, 2000—File No. 0-22418)

II-3

10.11	Amended and Restated Warranty and Maintenance Agreement between Itron, Inc. and Duquesne Light Company dated May 1, 2003. (filed as Exhibit 10.13 to Itron, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated May 9, 2003—File No. 0-22418)
10.12	Contribution Agreement between Itron, Inc. and Servatron, Inc. dated May 15, 2000. (filed as Exhibit 10.22 to Itron, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated August 14, 2000—File No. 0-22418)
10.13	2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. (filed as Appendix B to Itron, Inc.’s designated Proxy Statement dated April 16, 2002 for its annual meeting of shareholders held on May 24, 2002—File No. 0-22418)
10.14	Credit Agreement among Itron, Inc., the lenders listed and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association dated March 4, 2003. (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 19, 2003—File No. 0-22418)
10.15	First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated March 20, 2003 and entered into by and among Itron, Inc., the lenders listed, LaSalle Bank, N.A., KeyBank N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., and is made with reference to the Credit Agreement dated March 4, 2003. (filed as Exhibit 10.18 to Itron, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated May 9, 2003—File No. 0-22418)
10.16	Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated October 23, 2003 and entered into by and among Itron, Inc., the lenders listed, LaSalle Bank, N.A., KeyBank N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., and is made with reference to the Credit Agreement dated March 4, 2003. (filed as Exhibit 10.19 to Itron, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated November 13, 2003—File No. 0-22418)
10.17	Credit Agreement among Itron, Inc., several lenders from time to time parties hereto, Bear Stearns Corporate Lending, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association dated December 17, 2003. (filed as Exhibit 10.17 to Itron, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K dated March 12, 2004—File No. 0-22418)
12.1	Statement re Computation of Ratios.
21.1	Subsidiaries of Itron, Inc.
23.1	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Deloitte & Touche LLP.
23.2	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
23.3	Consent of Perkins Coie, LLP. (included in Exhibit 5.1 and Exhibit 8.1)
24.1	Power of Attorney. (contained on signature page)
25.1	Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas to act as trustee under the indenture.
99.1	Form of Letter of Transmittal.
99.2	Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
99.3	Form of Letter to Depository Trust Company Participants.
99.4	Form of Letter to Clients.

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

† To be filed by amendment.

Item 22. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act), that is incorporated by reference in this Registration Statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered herein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form S-4, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

II-5

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-4 and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Spokane, State of Washington, on the 3rd day of September, 2004.

ITRON, INC.

/s/    DAVID G. REMINGTON        

David G. Remington

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose individual signature appears below hereby authorizes LeRoy D. Nosbaum and David G. Remington, or either of them, as attorneys-in-fact with full power of substitution, to execute in the name and on the behalf of each person, individually and in each capacity stated below, and to file, any and all amendments to this Registration Statement, including any and all post-effective amendments.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated below on the 3rd day of September, 2004.

Signature	Title
/s/    LEROY D. NOSBAUM         LeRoy D. Nosbaum	Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/    ROBERT D. NEILSON         Robert D. Neilson	President and Chief Operating Officer and Director
/s/    DAVID G. REMINGTON         David G. Remington	Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
/s/    MICHAEL B. BRACY         Michael B. Bracy	Director
/s/    TED C. DEMERRITT         Ted C. DeMerritt	Director
/s/    JON E. ELIASSEN         Jon E. Eliassen	Director
/s/    THOMAS S. FOLEY         Thomas S. Foley	Director
/s/    THOMAS S. GLANVILLE         Thomas S. Glanville	Director
/s/    SHARON L. NELSON         Sharon L. Nelson	Director
/s/    MARY ANN PETERS         Mary Ann Peters	Director
/s/    GRAHAM M. WILSON         Graham M. Wilson	Director

II-6

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form S-4 and has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Spokane, State of Washington, on the 3^rd day of September, 2004.

ITRON INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:	/s/    ROBERT D. NEILSON
Name:	Robert D. Neilson
Title:	President and Sole Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes, appoints and authorizes Robert D. Neilson and David G. Remington, or either of them, as his attorney in fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 and any amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments including post-effective amendments thereto)) necessary or advisable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933 and any other laws, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the securities which are the subject of such registration statement, which amendments may make such changes in such registration statement as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated below on September 3, 2004.

Signature	Title
/s/    ROBERT D. NEILSON         Robert D. Neilson	President and Sole Director (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/    DAVID G. REMINGTON         David G. Remington	Treasurer (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

II-7

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form S-4 and has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Spokane, State of Washington, on the 3^rd day of September, 2004.

ITRON ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC.
By:	/s/    ROBERT D. NEILSON
Name:	Robert D. Neilson
Title:	President and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes, appoints and authorizes Robert D. Neilson and David G. Remington, or either of them, as his attorney in fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 and any amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments including post-effective amendments thereto)) necessary or advisable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933 and any other laws, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the securities which are the subject of such registration statement, which amendments may make such changes in such registration statement as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated below on September 3, 2004.

Signature	Title
/s/    ROBERT D. NEILSON         Robert D. Neilson	President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/    DAVID G. REMINGTON         David G. Remington	Treasurer (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)
/s/    MICHAEL PENBERTHY         Michael Penberthy	Director

II-8

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form S-4 and has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Spokane, State of Washington, on the 3^rd day of September, 2004.

EMD HOLDING, INC.
By:	/s/    ROBERT D. NEILSON
Name:	Robert D. Neilson
Title:	President and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes, appoints and authorizes Robert D. Neilson and David G. Remington, or either of them, as his attorney in fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 and any amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments including post-effective amendments thereto)) necessary or advisable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933 and any other laws, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the securities which are the subject of such registration statement, which amendments may make such changes in such registration statement as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated below on September 3, 2004.

Signature	Title
/s/    ROBERT D. NEILSON         Robert D. Neilson	President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/    DAVID G. REMINGTON         David G. Remington	Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Director (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

II-9

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form S-4 and has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Spokane, State of Washington, on the 3^rd day of September, 2004.

ITRON ELECTRICITY METERING, INC.
By:	/s/    MALCOLM UNSWORTH
Name:	Malcolm Unsworth
Title:	President

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes, appoints and authorizes Malcolm Unsworth and David G. Remington, or either of them, as his attorney in fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 and any amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments including post-effective amendments thereto)) necessary or advisable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933 and any other laws, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the securities which are the subject of such registration statement, which amendments may make such changes in such registration statement as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated below on September 3, 2004.

Signature	Title
/s/    MALCOLM UNSWORTH         Malcolm Unsworth	President (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/    DAVID G. REMINGTON         David G. Remington	Vice President, Treasurer and Sole Director (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

II-10

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number	Description of Exhibits
2.1	Agreement and Plan of Reorganization between Itron, Inc. and LineSoft Corporation dated February 14, 2002. (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Itron, Inc’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 1, 2002—File No. 0-22418)
2.2	Agreement and Plan of Merger By and Among Regional Economic Research, Inc., RER Combination, Inc. and Itron, Inc. dated September 9, 2002. (filed as Exhibit 2.2 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 27, 2003—File No. 0-22418)
2.3	Combination Agreement By and Among eMobile Data Corporation, Marc Jones, eMD Combination, Inc. and Itron, Inc. dated August 30, 2002. (filed as Exhibit 2.3 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 27, 2003—File No. 0-22418)
2.4	Agreement and Plan of Merger By and Among Silicon Energy Corp., Shadow Combination, Inc. and Itron, Inc. dated January 18, 2003 as amended on February 27, 2003 and February 28, 2003. (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 19, 2003—File No. 0-22418)
2.5	Corrected Schedule 1.1 of First Amendment dated February 27, 2003 of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, by and among Itron, Inc., Shadow Combination, Inc. and Silicon Energy Corp. (filed as Exhibit 2.1.1 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 8-K/A dated March 26, 2003—File No. 0-22418)
2.6	Amended & Restated Purchase Agreement dated July 1, 2004, by and among Itron, Inc., Itron Canada, Inc., Itron France and Schlumberger Electricity, Inc., Schlumberger Technology Corporation, Schlumberger Canada Limited, BVI Holdings Limited, Axalto S.A., Schlumberger B.V. (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 8-K dated July 15, 2004—File No. 0-22418)
3.1	Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Itron, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 27, 2003—File No. 0-22418)
3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of Itron, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Itron, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated August 12, 2002—File No. 0-22418)
3.3	Bylaws of EMD Holding, Inc.
3.4	Articles of Incorporation of EMD Holding, Inc.
3.5	Certificate of Amendment of Schlumberger Electricity, Inc. (now Itron Electricity Metering, Inc.)
3.6	Bylaws of Schlumberger Electricity, Inc. (now Itron Electricity Metering, Inc.)
3.7	Certificate of Incorporation of Schlumberger Electricity, Inc. (now Itron Electricity Metering, Inc.)†
3.8	Bylaws of Itron Engineering Services, Inc.
3.9	Articles of Incorporation of Itron Spectrum Holdings, Inc. (now Itron Engineering Services, Inc.)
3.10	Articles of Amendment of Itron Spectrum Holdings, Inc. changing its name to Itron Engineering Services, Inc.
3.11	Bylaws of Itron International, Inc.
3.12	Certificate of Incorporation of Itron International, Inc.
4.1	Rights Agreement between Itron, Inc. and Mellon Investor Services LLC, as Rights Agent, dated as of December 11, 2002. (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Itron, Inc.’s Registration of Securities on Form 8-A, filed on December 12, 2002—File No. 0-22418)
4.2	Credit Agreement, dated December 17, 2003, by and among Itron, Inc. and Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc. as Syndication Agent and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent. (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 8-K dated July 15, 2004—File No. 0-22418)

4.3	First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated March 15, 2004, by and among Itron, Inc. and Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc. as Syndication Agent and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent. (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 8-K dated July 15, 2004—File No. 0-22418)
4.4	Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated May 14, 2004, by and among Itron, Inc. and Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc. as Syndication Agent and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent. (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 8-K dated July 15, 2004—File No. 0-22418)
4.5	Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated June 30, 2004, by and among Itron, Inc. and Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc. as Syndication Agent and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent. (filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 8-K dated July 15, 2004—File No. 0-22418)
4.6	Form of Itron, Inc.’s 7.75% Exchange Note due 2012.
4.7	Indenture relating to Itron, Inc.’s 7.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2002, dated as of May 10, 2004.
4.8	Registration Rights Agreement among Itron, Inc. domestic subsidiaries listed on Schedule I thereto and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. dated May 10, 2004.†
5.1	Opinion of Perkins Coie LLP as to the legality of the Exchange Notes issued by Itron, Inc.
8.1	Opinion of Perkins Coie LLP, special tax counsel, as to certain U.S. federal income tax matters.
10.1	Form of Change of Control Agreement between Itron, Inc. and certain of its executive officers. (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 26, 2000—File No. 0-22418)
10.2	Schedule of certain executive officers who are parties to Change of Control Agreements (see Exhibit 10.1 hereto) with Itron, Inc.
10.3	Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan. (filed as Appendix A to Itron, Inc.’s designated Proxy Statement dated April 21, 2003 for its meeting of shareholder’s held on May 23, 2003—File No. 0-22418)
10.4	Amended and Restated Stock Option Grant Program for Non-employee Directors under the Itron, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan. (filed as Exhibit 10.22 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 28, 2002—File No. 0-22418)
10.5	Executive Deferred Compensation Plan.* (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to Itron, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration #33-49832), as amended, filed on July 22, 1992)
10.6	Form of Indemnification Agreements between Itron, Inc. and certain directors and officers. (filed as Exhibit 10.9 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 26, 2000—File No. 0-22418)
10.7	Schedule of directors and executive officers who are parties to Indemnification Agreements (see Exhibit 10.6 hereto) with Itron, Inc.
10.8	Employment Agreement between Itron, Inc. and David G. Remington dated February 29, 1996.* (filed as Exhibit 10.16 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 30, 1996—File No. 0-22418)
10.9	Office Lease between Itron, Inc. and Woodville Leasing Inc. dated October 4, 1993. (filed as Exhibit 10.24 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 10-K filed on March 30, 1994—File No. 0-22418)
10.10	Asset Purchase Agreement between Itron, Inc. and DataCom Information Systems, LLC (e.g. an affiliate of Duquesne Light Company) dated March 30, 2000. (filed as Exhibit 10.19 to Itron, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated May 12, 2000—File No. 0-22418)
10.11	Amended and Restated Warranty and Maintenance Agreement between Itron, Inc. and Duquesne Light Company dated May 1, 2003. (filed as Exhibit 10.13 to Itron, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated May 9, 2003—File No. 0-22418)

10.12	Contribution Agreement between Itron, Inc. and Servatron, Inc. dated May 15, 2000. (filed as Exhibit 10.22 to Itron, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated August 14, 2000—File No. 0-22418)
10.13	2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. (filed as Appendix B to Itron, Inc.’s designated Proxy Statement dated April 16, 2002 for its annual meeting of shareholders held on May 24, 2002—File No. 0-22418)
10.14	Credit Agreement among Itron, Inc., the lenders listed and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association dated March 4, 2003. (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Itron, Inc.’s Report on Form 8-K dated March 19, 2003—File No. 0-22418)
10.15	First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated March 20, 2003 and entered into by and among Itron, Inc., the lenders listed, LaSalle Bank, N.A., KeyBank N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., and is made with reference to the Credit Agreement dated March 4, 2003. (filed as Exhibit 10.18 to Itron, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated May 9, 2003—File No. 0-22418)
10.16	Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated October 23, 2003 and entered into by and among Itron, Inc., the lenders listed, LaSalle Bank, N.A., KeyBank N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., and is made with reference to the Credit Agreement dated March 4, 2003. (filed as Exhibit 10.19 to Itron, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated November 13, 2003—File No. 0-22418)
10.17	Credit Agreement among Itron, Inc., several lenders from time to time parties hereto, Bear Stearns Corporate Lending, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association dated December 17, 2003. (filed as Exhibit 10.17 to Itron, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K dated March 12, 2004—File No. 0-22418)
12.1	Statement re Computation of Ratios.
21.1	Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Deloitte & Touche LLP.
23.2	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
23.3	Consent of Perkins Coie, LLP. (included in Exhibit 5.1 and Exhibit 8.1)
24.1	Power of Attorney. (contained on signature page)
25.1	Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas to act as trustee under the indenture.
99.1	Form of Letter of Transmittal.
99.2	Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
99.3	Form of Letter to Depository Trust Company Participants.
99.4	Form of Letter to Clients.

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

† To be filed by Amendment.

EX-3.3

Exhibit 3.3

BYLAWS

OF

EMD HOLDING, INC.

Originally adopted on 9/3/2002:

Amendments are listed on: page i

AMENDMENTS

Section Effect of Amendment Date of Amendment

Page i

CONTENTS

SECTION 1.	OFFICES	1
SECTION 2.	SHAREHOLDERS	1
2.1	Annual Meeting	1
2.2	Special Meetings	1
2.3	Meetings by Communication Equipment	1
2.4	Date, Time and Place of Meeting	2
2.5	Notice of Meeting	2
	2.5.1    Number of Days’ Notice	2
	2.5.2    Adjourned Meeting	2
	2.5.3    Notice of Special Meeting Called by Shareholders	2
	2.5.4    Type of Notice	3
	2.5.5    Effectiveness of Notice	3
2.6	Waiver of Notice	4
	2.6.1    By Delivery of a Record	4
	2.6.2    Waiver by Attendance	4
	2.6.3    Waiver of Objection	4
2.7	Fixing of Record Date for Determining Shareholders Entitled to Notice of or to Vote at a Meeting or to Receive Payment of a Dividend	5
	2.7.1    Record Date for Meeting of Shareholders	5
	2.7.2    Record Date to Receive Payment of Dividend or Distribution	5
2.8	Voting Record	5
2.9	Quorum	5
2.10	Manner of Acting	6
	2.10.1    Matters Other than the Election of Directors	6
	2.10.2    Election of Directors	6
2.11	Proxies	6
	2.11.1    Written Authorization	6
	2.11.2    Recorded Telephone Call, Voice Mail or Other Electronic Transmission	6
	2.11.3    Effectiveness of Appointment of Proxy	7
	2.11.4    Revocability of Proxy	7
	2.11.5    Death or Incapacity of Shareholder Appointing a Proxy	7
	2.11.6    Acceptance of Proxy’s Vote or Action	8
	2.11.7    Meaning of Sign or Signature	8
2.12	Voting of Shares	8
2.13	Voting for Directors	8

Page ii

2.14	Action by Shareholders Without a Meeting	8
	2.14.1    Unanimous Written Consent	8
	2.14.2    Less Than Unanimous Written Consent	9
	2.14.3    General Provisions	9
SECTION 3.	BOARD OF DIRECTORS	10
3.1	General Powers	10
3.2	Number and Tenure	10
3.3	Regular Meetings	10
3.4	Special Meetings	10
3.5	Meetings by Communications Equipment	10
3.6	Notice of Special Meetings	11
	3.6.1    Number of Days’ Notice	11
	3.6.2    Type of Notice	11
	3.6.3    Effectiveness of Written Notice	12
	3.6.4    Effectiveness of Oral Notice	12
3.7	Waiver of Notice	13
	3.7.1    By Delivery of a Record	13
	3.7.2    By Attendance	13
3.8	Quorum	13
	3.8.1    Board of Directors	13
	3.8.2    Committees	13
3.9	Manner of Acting	14
3.10	Presumption of Assent	14
3.11	Action by Board or Committees Without a Meeting	14
3.12	Resignation of Directors and Committee Members	14
3.13	Removal of Directors and Committee Members	15
	3.13.1    Removal of Directors	15
	3.13.2    Removal of Committee Members	15
3.14	Vacancies	15
3.15	Executive and Other Committees	15
	3.15.1    Creation of Committees	15
	3.15.2    Authority of Committees	16
	3.15.3    Minutes of Meetings	16
3.16	Compensation of Directors and Committee Members	16
SECTION 4.	OFFICERS	16
4.1	Appointment and Term	16
4.2	Resignation	17
4.3	Removal	17
4.4	Contract Rights of Officers	17
4.5	Chairman of the Board and Vice Chairman of the Board	17
4.6	Chief Executive Officer	17
4.7	President	17

Page iii

4.8	Vice President	18
4.9	Secretary	18
4.10	Treasurer	18
4.11	Salaries	18
SECTION 5.	CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS	18
5.1	Contracts	18
5.2	Loans to the Corporation	19
5.3	Checks, Drafts, Etc.	19
5.4	Deposits	19
SECTION 6.	CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER	19
6.1	Issuance of Shares	19
6.2	Certificates for Shares	19
6.3	Stock Records	19
6.4	Restriction on Transfer	20
6.5	Transfer of Shares	20
6.6	Lost or Destroyed Certificates	20
SECTION 7.	BOOKS AND RECORDS	21
SECTION 8.	ACCOUNTING YEAR	21
SECTION 9.	SEAL	22
SECTION 10.	INDEMNIFICATION	22
10.1	Right to Indemnification	22
10.2	Restrictions on Indemnification	22
10.3	Advancement of Expenses	23
10.4	Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit	23
10.5	Procedures Exclusive	23
10.6	Nonexclusivity of Rights	23
10.7	Insurance, Contracts and Funding	23
10.8	Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation	24
10.9	Persons Serving Other Entities	24
SECTION 11.	AMENDMENTS	24

Page iv

BYLAWS

OF

EMD HOLDING, INC.

SECTION 1. OFFICES

The principal office of the corporation shall be located at the principal place of business or such other place as the Board of Directors (“Board”) may designate. The corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State of Washington, as the Board may designate or as the business of the corporation may require from time to time.

SECTION 2. SHAREHOLDERS

2.1 Annual Meeting

The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held within 90 to 180 days after the fiscal year end of the corporation at a date and time determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, the purpose of electing Directors and transacting such other business as may properly come before the meeting. If the day fixed for the annual meeting is a legal holiday at the place of the meeting, the meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day. At any time prior to the commencement of the annual meeting, the Board may postpone the annual meeting for a period of up to 120 days from the date fixed for such meeting in accordance with this subsection 2.1.

2.2 Special Meetings

The Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board may call special meetings of the shareholders for any purpose. Further, a special meeting of the shareholders shall be held if the holders of not less than 25% of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at such special meeting have dated, signed and delivered to the Secretary, at least 20 business days prior to the date of such meeting, one or more written demands for such meeting, describing the purpose or purposes for which it is to be held.

2.3 Meetings by Communication Equipment

Shareholders may participate in any meeting of the shareholders by any means of communication by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other during the meeting. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

Page 1

2.4 Date, Time and Place of Meeting

Except as otherwise provided herein, all meetings of shareholders, including those held pursuant to demand by shareholders as provided herein, shall be held on such date and at such time and place, within or without the State of Washington, designated by or at the direction of the Board.

2.5 Notice of Meeting

Notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be provided in the form of a record by or at the direction of the Board, the Chairperson of the Board, the President or the Secretary to each shareholder entitled to notice of or to vote at the meeting, as provided below.

2.5.1 Number of Days’ Notice

(a) Normal Business. Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this subsection, notice of the meeting shall be provided not less than 10 or more than 60 days before the meeting.

(b) Amendment to Articles of Incorporation; Merger or Share Exchange; Sale of Assets or Dissolution. Notice of a meeting held for the purpose of considering an amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, a plan of merger or share exchange, the sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the corporation’s assets other than in the regular course of business or the dissolution of the corporation shall be provided not less than 20 or more than 60 days before the meeting.

2.5.2 Adjourned Meeting

If an annual or special meeting of shareholders is adjourned to a different date, time or place, no notice of the new date, time or place is required if they are announced at the meeting before adjournment. If a new record date for the adjourned meeting is or must be fixed, notice of the adjourned meeting must be provided to shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote as of the new record date.

2.5.3 Notice of Special Meeting Called by Shareholders

Upon request of shareholders in accordance with Section 2.2 of these Bylaws, the shareholders may request that the corporation call a special meeting of shareholders. Within 30 days of such a request, it shall be the duty of the Secretary to provide notice of a special meeting of shareholders to be held on such date and at such place and hour as the Secretary may fix.

Page 2

2.5.4 Type of Notice

(a) Notice Provided in a Tangible Medium. Notice may be provided in a tangible medium and may be transmitted by mail, private carrier, personal delivery, telegraph, teletype, telephone or wire or wireless equipment that transmits a facsimile of the notice.

(b) Notice Provided in an Electronic Transmission. Notice may be provided in an electronic transmission and be electronically transmitted.

(1) Consent to Receive Notice by Electronic Transmission. Notice to shareholders in an electronic transmission is effective only with respect to shareholders that have consented, in the form of a record, to receive electronically transmitted notices and designated in the consent the address, location or system to which these notices may be electronically transmitted. Notice provided in an electronic transmission includes material required or permitted to accompany the notice by the Washington Business Corporation Act or other applicable statute or regulation.

(2) Revocation of Consent to Receive Notice by Electronic Transmission. A shareholder that has consented to receipt of electronically transmitted notices may revoke such consent by delivering a revocation to the corporation in the form of a record. The consent of a shareholder to receive notice by electronic transmission is revoked if the corporation is unable to electronically transmit two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with the consent, and this inability becomes known to the Secretary of the corporation, the transfer agent or any other person responsible for giving the notice. The inadvertent failure by the corporation to treat this inability as a revocation does not invalidate any meeting or other action.

(3) Posting Notice on an Electronic Network. Notice to shareholders that have consented to receipt of electronically transmitted notices may be provided by posting the notice on an electronic network and delivering to the shareholder a separate record of the posting, together with comprehensible instructions regarding how to obtain access to the posting on the electronic network.

2.5.5 Effectiveness of Notice

(a) Notice by Mail. Notice given by mail is effective when deposited in the United States mail, first-class postage prepaid, properly addressed to the shareholder at such shareholder’s address as it appears in the corporation’s current record of shareholders.

(b) Notice by Telegraph, Teletype or Facsimile Equipment. Notice given by telegraph, teletype or facsimile equipment that transmits a facsimile of the notice is effective when dispatched to the shareholder’s address, telephone number or other number appearing on the records of the corporation.

Page 3

(c) Notice by Air Courier. Notice given by air courier is effective when dispatched, if prepaid and properly addressed to the shareholder at such shareholder’s address as it appears in the corporation’s current record of shareholders.

(d) Notice by Ground Courier or Other Personal Delivery. Notice given by ground courier or other personal delivery is effective when received by a shareholder.

(e) Notice by Electronic Transmission. Notice provided in an electronic transmission, if in comprehensible form, is effective when it (i) is electronically transmitted to an address, location or system designated by the recipient for that purpose, or (ii) has been posted on an electronic network and a separate record of the posting has been delivered to the recipient together with comprehensible instructions regarding how to obtain access to the posting on the electronic network.

(f) Notice by Publication. Notice given by publication is effective five days after first publication.

2.6 Waiver of Notice

2.6.1 By Delivery of a Record

A shareholder may waive any notice required by these Bylaws, the Articles of Incorporation or the Washington Business Corporation Act, before or after the date and time of the meeting that is the subject of such notice or, in the case of notice required to be given to nonconsenting or nonvoting shareholders in connection with action taken by less than unanimous consent of the shareholders, before or after the action to be taken by executed consent is effective. The waiver must be (i) delivered by the shareholder entitled to notice to the corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the corporate records, and (ii) set forth either in an executed and dated written record or, if the corporation has designated an address, location or system to which the waiver may be electronically transmitted and the waiver is electronically transmitted to the designated address, location or system, in an executed and dated electronically transmitted record.

2.6.2 Waiver by Attendance

Notice of the time, place and purpose of any meeting will be waived by any shareholder by attendance in person or by proxy, unless such shareholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting.

2.6.3 Waiver of Objection

A shareholder waives objection to consideration of a particular matter at a meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the notice of the meeting unless the shareholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

Page 4

2.7 Fixing of Record Date for Determining Shareholders Entitled to Notice of or to Vote at a Meeting or to Receive Payment of a Dividend

2.7.1 Record Date for Meeting of Shareholders

For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment of such meeting, the Board may fix a future date as the record date for any such determination. Such record date shall be not more than 70 days and not less than 10 days, prior to the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting, the record date shall be the day immediately preceding the date on which notice of the meeting is first given to shareholders. Such a determination shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting unless the Board fixes a new record date, which it shall do if the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting.

2.7.2 Record Date to Receive Payment of Dividend or Distribution

For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or distribution (including a dividend or distribution in connection with a stock split), the Board may fix a future date as the record date for such dividend or distribution. Such record date shall be not more than 70 days prior to the date on which the dividend or distribution is payable. If no record date is set for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive payment of any stock dividend or distribution (other than one involving a purchase, redemption or other acquisition of the corporation’s shares) the record date shall be the date the Board authorizes the stock dividend or distribution.

2.8 Voting Record

At least 10 days before each meeting of shareholders, an alphabetical list of the shareholders entitled to notice of such meeting shall be made, arranged by voting group and by each class or series of shares, with the address of and number of shares held by each shareholder. This record shall be kept at the principal office of the corporation or at a place identified in the meeting notice in the city where the meeting will be held for 10 days prior to such meeting, and shall be kept open at such meeting, for the inspection of any shareholder or any shareholder’s agent or attorney.

2.9 Quorum

A majority of the votes entitled to be cast on a matter by the holders of shares that, pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation or the Washington Business Corporation Act, are entitled to vote and be counted collectively upon such matter, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum of such shares at a meeting of shareholders. If less than a quorum of such votes are represented at a meeting, a majority of the votes so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice if the new date, time and place is announced at the meeting before adjournment. Any business may be transacted at a

Page 5

reconvened meeting that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called, provided a quorum is present or represented at such meeting. Once a share is represented for any purpose at a meeting other than solely to object to holding the meeting or transacting business, it is deemed present for quorum purposes for the remainder of the meeting and any adjournment (unless a new record date is or must be set for the adjourned meeting) notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum.

2.10 Manner of Acting

2.10.1 Matters Other than the Election of Directors

If a quorum is present, action on a matter other than the election of Directors shall be approved if the votes cast in favor of the action by the shares entitled to vote and be counted collectively upon such matter exceed the votes cast against such action by the shares entitled to vote and be counted collectively thereon, unless the Articles of Incorporation or the Washington Business Corporation Act requires a greater number of affirmative votes.

2.10.2 Election of Directors

Directors shall be elected in the manner set forth in Section 2.13 of these Bylaws.

2.11 Proxies

A shareholder or the shareholder’s agent or attorney-in-fact may appoint a proxy to vote or otherwise act for the shareholder by an executed writing or by a recorded telephone call, voice mail or other electronic transmission.

2.11.1 Written Authorization

Execution of a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for the shareholder as proxy may be accomplished by the shareholder or the shareholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing the writing or causing his or her signature to be affixed to the writing by any reasonable means including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature.

2.11.2 Recorded Telephone Call, Voice Mail or Other Electronic Transmission

Authorizing another person or persons to act for the shareholder as proxy may be accomplished by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a recorded telephone call, voice mail or other electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive the transmission, provided that the transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information,

Page 6

including any security or validation controls used, from which it can reasonably be determined that the transmission was authorized by the shareholder. If it is determined that the transmission is valid, the inspectors of election or, if there are no inspectors, any officer or agent of the corporation making that determination on behalf of the corporation shall specify the information upon which they relied. The corporation shall require the holders of proxies received by transmission to provide to the corporation copies of the transmission and the corporation shall retain copies of the transmission for a reasonable period of time after the election provided that they are retained for at least 60 days.

2.11.3 Effectiveness of Appointment of Proxy

An appointment of a proxy is effective when a signed appointment form or telegram, cablegram, recorded telephone call, voicemail or other transmission of the appointment is received by the inspectors of election or the officer or agent of the corporation authorized to tabulate votes. An appointment is valid for 11 months unless a longer period is expressly provided in the appointment. A proxy with respect to a specified meeting shall entitle its holder to vote at any reconvened meeting following adjournment of such meeting but shall not be valid after the final adjournment.

2.11.4 Revocability of Proxy

An appointment of a proxy is revocable by the shareholder unless the appointment indicates that it is irrevocable and the appointment is coupled with an interest. Appointments coupled with an interest include the appointment of a pledgee, a person who purchased or agreed to purchase the shares, a creditor of the corporation who extended it credit under terms requiring the appointment, an employee of the corporation whose employment contract requires the appointment or a party to a voting agreement created under Section 07.310 of the Washington Business Corporation Act. An appointment made irrevocable is revoked when the interest with which it is coupled is extinguished. A transferee for value of shares subject to an irrevocable appointment may revoke the appointment if the transferee did not know of its existence when the transferee acquired the shares and the existence of the irrevocable appointment was not noted conspicuously on the certificate representing the shares or on the information statement for shares without certificates.

2.11.5 Death or Incapacity of Shareholder Appointing a Proxy

The death or incapacity of the shareholder appointing a proxy does not affect the right of the corporation to accept the proxy’s authority unless notice of the death or incapacity is received by the officer or agent of the corporation authorized to tabulate votes before the proxy exercises the proxy’s authority under the appointment.

Page 7

2.11.6 Acceptance of Proxy’s Vote or Action

Subject to Section 07.240 of the Washington Business Corporation Act and to any express limitation on the proxy’s authority stated in the appointment form or recorded telephone call, voice mail or other electronic transmission, the corporation is entitled to accept the proxy’s vote or other action as that of the shareholder making the appointment.

2.11.7 Meaning of Sign or Signature

For the purposes of this Section, “sign” or “signature” includes any manual, facsimile, conformed or electronic signature.

2.12 Voting of Shares

Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, or in Section 2.13, each outstanding share entitled to vote with respect to a matter submitted to a meeting of shareholders shall be entitled to one vote upon such matter.

2.13 Voting for Directors

Each shareholder entitled to vote at an election of Directors may vote, in person or by proxy, the number of shares owned by such shareholder for as many persons as there are Directors to be elected and for whose election such shareholder has a right to vote or, if cumulative voting is not denied in the Articles of Incorporation, each shareholder may cumulate such shareholder’s votes by distributing among one or more candidates as many votes as are equal to the number of such Directors multiplied by the number of such shareholder’s shares. Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, the candidates elected shall be those receiving the largest number of votes cast, up to the number of Directors to be elected. Directors may be elected by consent in lieu of an annual or special meeting in accordance with Section 2.14 of these Bylaws.

2.14 Action by Shareholders Without a Meeting

Any action that may or is required to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting or a vote, pursuant to the provisions of this subsection.

2.14.1 Unanimous Written Consent

Action may be taken by unanimous consent if (i) one or more consents, each in the form of a record, describing the action taken are executed by all the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the matter, and (ii) the executed consents are delivered to the corporation for filing with the corporate records.

Page 8

2.14.2 Less Than Unanimous Written Consent

If authorized by a general or limited authorization in the Articles of Incorporation, action may be taken by less than unanimous consent if (i) one or more consents, each in the form of a record describing the action taken, are executed by shareholders holding of record or otherwise entitled to vote in the aggregate not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote on the action were present and voted, (ii) the period of advance notice required by the Articles of Incorporation to be given to any nonconsenting shareholders has been satisfied and (iii) the executed consents are delivered to the corporation for filing with the corporate records.

2.14.3 General Provisions

(a) Form of Consent. The consent shall be set forth either in an executed written record or, if the corporation has designated an address, location or system to which the consent may be electronically transmitted and the consent is electronically transmitted to the designated address, location or system, in an executed electronically transmitted record.

(b) Record Date. If not otherwise fixed by the Board, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to take action without a meeting is the date the first shareholder consent is executed.

(c) Withdrawal of Consent. A shareholder may withdraw a consent only by delivering a notice of withdrawal in the form of a record to the corporation prior to the time that consents sufficient to authorize taking the action have been delivered to the corporation.

(d) Date of Signature. Every consent shall bear the date of execution of each shareholder that executes the consent.

(e) Time Allowed to Complete Execution of Consents. A consent is not effective to take the action referred to in the consent unless, within 60 days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation, consents executed by a sufficient number of shareholders to take action are delivered to the corporation.

(f) Effective Date of Consent Action. Unless the consent specifies a later effective date, actions taken by consent of the shareholders are effective when (a) consents sufficient to authorize taking the action are in possession of the corporation and (b) if action is taken by less than unanimous consent, the period of advance notice required by the Articles of Incorporation to be given to any nonconsenting or nonvoting shareholders has been satisfied.

Page 9

(g) Inclusion in Corporate Records. Any such consent shall be inserted in the minute book as if it were the minutes of a meeting of the shareholders.

SECTION 3. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

3.1 General Powers

All corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed under the direction of, the Board, except as may be otherwise provided in these Bylaws, the Articles of Incorporation or the Washington Business Corporation Act.

3.2 Number and Tenure

The Board shall be composed of not less than one nor more than ten Directors, the specific number to be set by resolution of the Board or the shareholders. The number of Directors may be changed from time to time by amendment to these Bylaws, but no decrease in the number of Directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent Director. Unless a Director dies, resigns, or is removed, his or her term of office shall expire at the next annual meeting of shareholders; provided, however, that a Director shall continue to serve until his or her successor is elected or until there is a decrease in the authorized number of Directors. Directors need not be shareholders of the corporation or residents of the State of Washington and need not meet any other qualifications.

3.3 Regular Meetings

By resolution, the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may specify the time and place for holding regular meetings without notice other than such resolution.

3.4 Special Meetings

Special meetings of the Board or any committee designated by the Board may be called by or at the request of the Chairperson of the Board, the President, the Secretary or, in the case of special Board meetings, any one Director and, in the case of any special meeting of any committee designated by the Board, by its Chairperson. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings may fix any place for holding any special Board or committee meeting called by them.

3.5 Meetings by Communications Equipment

Members of the Board or any committee designated by the Board may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by, or conduct the meeting through the use of, any means of communication by which all Directors participating in the meeting can hear each other during the meeting. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

Page 10

3.6 Notice of Special Meetings

Notice of a special Board or committee meeting stating the place, day and hour of the meeting shall be provided to each Director in the form of a record or orally, as provided below. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any special meeting need be specified in the notice of such meeting.

3.6.1 Number of Days’ Notice

Notice of the meeting shall be given at least two days before the meeting.

3.6.2 Type of Notice

(a) Oral Notice. Oral notice may be communicated in person, by telephone, wire or wireless equipment that does not transmit a facsimile of the notice, or by any electronic means that does not create a record.

(b) Notice Provided in a Tangible Medium. Notice may be provided in a tangible medium and may be transmitted by mail, private carrier, personal delivery, telegraph, teletype, telephone or wire or wireless equipment that transmits a facsimile of the notice.

(c) Notice Provided in an Electronic Transmission. Notice may be provided in an electronic transmission and be electronically transmitted.

(1) Consent to Receive Notice by Electronic Transmission. Notice to Directors in an electronic transmission is effective only with respect to Directors who have consented, in the form of a record, to receive electronically transmitted notices and designated in the consent the address, location or system to which these notices may be electronically transmitted. Notice provided in an electronic transmission includes material required or permitted to accompany the notice by the Washington Business Corporation Act or other applicable statute or regulation.

(2) Revocation of Consent to Receive Notice by Electronic Transmission. A Director who has consented to receipt of electronically transmitted notices may revoke such consent by delivering a revocation to the corporation in the form of a record. The consent of a Director to receive notice by electronic transmission is revoked if the corporation is unable to electronically transmit two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with the consent, and this inability becomes known to the Secretary of the corporation or any other person responsible for giving the notice. The inadvertent failure by the corporation to treat this inability as a revocation does not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Page 11

(3) Posting Notice on an Electronic Network. Notice to Directors who have consented to receipt of electronically transmitted notices may be provided by posting the notice on an electronic network and delivering to the Director a separate record of the posting, together with comprehensible instructions regarding how to obtain access to the posting on the electronic network.

3.6.3 Effectiveness of Written Notice

(a) Notice by Mail. Notice given by mail is effective five days after its deposit in the United States mail, as evidenced by the postmark, if mailed with first-class postage prepaid and correctly addressed to the Director at his or her address shown on the records of the corporation.

(b) Notice by Registered or Certified Mail. Notice is effective on the date shown on the return receipt, if sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, and the receipt is signed by or on behalf of the addressee.

(c) Notice by Telegraph, Teletype or Facsimile Equipment. Notice sent to the Director’s address, telephone number or other number appearing on the records of the corporation is effective when dispatched by telegraph, teletype or wire or wireless equipment that transmits a facsimile of the notice.

(d) Notice by Private Carrier. Notice given by private carrier is effective when received by the Director.

(e) Personal Notice. Notice given by personal delivery is effective when received by the Director.

(f) Notice by Electronic Transmission. Notice provided by electronic transmission, if in comprehensible form, is effective when it (i) is electronically transmitted to an address, location or system designated by the recipient for that purpose, or (ii) has been posted on an electronic network and a separate record of the posting has been delivered to the recipient together with comprehensible instructions regarding how to obtain access to the posting on the electronic network.

3.6.4 Effectiveness of Oral Notice

(a) Notice in Person or by Telephone. Oral notice is effective when received by the Director.

(b) Notice by Wire or Wireless Equipment. Notice given by wire or wireless equipment that does not transmit a facsimile of the notice or by any electronic means that does not create a record is effective when communicated to the Director.

Page 12

3.7 Waiver of Notice

3.7.1 By Delivery of a Record

A Director may waive any notice required to be given to any Director under the provisions of these Bylaws, the Articles of Incorporation or the Washington Business Corporation Act, before or after the date and time stated in the notice and such waiver shall be equivalent to the giving of such notice. The waiver must be delivered by the Director entitled to the notice to the corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the corporate records. Such waiver shall be set forth either in an executed written record or, if the corporation has designated an address, location or system to which the waiver may be electronically transmitted and the waiver has been electronically transmitted to the designated address, location or system, in an executed electronically transmitted record. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the Board or any committee designated by the Board need be specified in the waiver of notice of such meeting.

3.7.2 By Attendance

A Director’s attendance at or participation in a Board or committee meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, unless the Director at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon his or her arrival, objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at such meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting.

3.8 Quorum

3.8.1 Board of Directors

A majority of the number of Directors fixed by or in the manner provided in these Bylaws shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any Board meeting but, if less than a quorum are present at a meeting, a majority of the Directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.

3.8.2 Committees

A majority of the number of Directors composing any committee of the Board, as established and fixed by resolution of the Board, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of such committee but, if less than a quorum are present at a meeting, a majority of such Directors present may adjourn the committee meeting from time to time without further notice.

Page 13

3.9 Manner of Acting

If a quorum is present when the vote is taken, the act of the majority of the Directors present at a Board or committee meeting shall be the act of the Board or such committee, unless the vote of a greater number is required by these Bylaws, the Articles of Incorporation or the Washington Business Corporation Act.

3.10 Presumption of Assent

A Director of the corporation who is present at a Board or committee meeting at which any action is taken shall be deemed to have assented to the action taken unless (a) the Director objects at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon his or her arrival, to holding the meeting or transacting any business at such meeting, (b) the Director’s dissent or abstention from the action taken is entered in the minutes of the meeting, or (c) the Director delivers notice of the Director’s dissent or abstention to the presiding officer of the meeting before its adjournment or to the corporation within a reasonable time after adjournment of the meeting. The right of dissent or abstention is not available to a Director who votes in favor of the action taken.

3.11 Action by Board or Committees Without a Meeting

Any action that could be taken at a meeting of the Board or of any committee created by the Board may be taken without a meeting if one or more consents setting forth the action so taken are executed by all of the Directors or by all of the members of such committee either before or after the action is taken and delivered to the corporation, each of which shall be set forth in an executed written record or, if the corporation has designated an address, location or system to which the consent may be electronically transmitted and the consent is electronically transmitted to the designated address, location or system in an executed electronically transmitted record. Action taken by consent of Directors without a meeting is effective when the last Director executes the consent, unless the consent specifies a later effective date. Any such consent shall be inserted in the minute book as if it were the minutes of a Board or a committee meeting.

3.12 Resignation of Directors and Committee Members

Any Director may resign from the Board or any committee of the Board at any time by delivering either oral tender of resignation at any meeting of the Board or any committee or an executed notice to the Chairperson of the Board, the President, the Secretary or the Board. Any such resignation is effective upon delivery unless the notice of resignation specifies a later effective date and, unless otherwise specified, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Page 14

3.13 Removal of Directors and Committee Members

3.13.1 Removal of Directors

(a) General Requirements. At a meeting of shareholders called expressly for that purpose, one or more members of the Board, including the entire Board, may be removed with or without cause (unless the Articles of Incorporation permit removal for cause only) by the holders of the shares entitled to elect the Director or Directors whose removal is sought if the number of votes cast to remove the Director exceeds the number of votes cast to not remove the Director.

(b) Cumulative Voting. If the Articles of Incorporation permit cumulative voting in the election of Directors, then a Director may not be removed if the number of votes sufficient to elect such Director if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire Board or, if there are classes of Directors, at an election of the class of Directors of which such Director is a part, is voted against the Director’s removal.

3.13.2 Removal of Committee Members

The Board may remove any member of any committee elected or appointed by it but only by the affirmative vote of the greater of a majority of the Directors then in office and the number of Directors required to take action in accordance with these Bylaws.

3.14 Vacancies

Unless the Articles of Incorporation provide otherwise, any vacancy occurring on the Board may be filled by the shareholders, the Board or, if the Directors in office constitute fewer than a quorum, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors. Any vacant office to be held by a Director elected by the holders of one or more classes or series of shares entitled to vote and be counted collectively thereon shall be filled only by the vote of the holders of such class or series of shares. A Director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve only until the next election of Directors by the shareholders.

3.15 Executive and Other Committees

3.15.1 Creation of Committees

The Board, by resolution, may create standing or temporary committees, including an Executive Committee, and appoint members from its own number and invest such committees with such powers as it may see fit, subject to such conditions as may be prescribed by the Board, the Articles of Incorporation, these Bylaws and applicable law. Such resolution must be adopted by the greater of a majority of all the Directors then in office or the number of Directors required to take action in accordance with these Bylaws. Each committee must have two or more members, who shall serve at the pleasure of the Board.

Page 15

3.15.2 Authority of Committees

Each committee shall have and may exercise all of the authority of the Board to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board creating the committee and any subsequent resolutions adopted in like manner, except that no such committee shall have the authority to: (a) authorize or approve a distribution except according to a general formula or method prescribed by the Board, (b) approve or propose to shareholders actions or proposals required by the Washington Business Corporation Act to be approved by shareholders, (c) fill vacancies on the Board or any committee of the Board, (d) amend the Articles of Incorporation pursuant to RCW 23B.10.020, (e) adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws, (f) approve a plan of merger not requiring shareholder approval, or (g) authorize or approve the issuance or sale or contract for sale of shares, or determine the designation and relative rights, preferences and limitations of a class or series of shares except that the Board may authorize a committee or a senior executive officer of the corporation to do so within limits specifically prescribed by the Board.

3.15.3 Minutes of Meetings

All committees shall keep regular minutes of their meetings and shall cause them to be recorded in books kept for that purpose.

3.16 Compensation of Directors and Committee Members

By Board resolution, Directors and committee members may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each Board or committee meeting, a fixed sum for attendance at each Board or committee meeting or a stated salary as Director or a committee member, and such other compensation as the Board may determine. No such payment shall preclude any Director or committee member from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

SECTION 4. OFFICERS

4.1 Appointment and Term

The officers of the corporation shall be those officers appointed from time to time by the Board or by any other officer empowered to do so. The Board shall have sole power and authority to appoint executive officers. As used herein, the term “executive officer” shall mean the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President in charge of a principal business unit, division or function or any other officer who performs a policy-making function. The Board or the Chief Executive Officer may appoint such other officers and assistant officers to hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties as may be prescribed. The Board may delegate to any other officer the power to appoint any subordinate officers and to prescribe their respective terms of office, authority and duties. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. Unless an officer dies, resigns or is removed from office, he or she shall hold office until his or her successor is appointed.

Page 16

4.2 Resignation

Any officer may resign at any time by delivering written notice thereof to the corporation. Any such resignation is effective upon delivery thereof, unless the notice of resignation specifies a later effective date, and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

4.3 Removal

Any officer may be removed by the Board at any time, with or without cause. An officer or assistant officer, if appointed by another officer, may be removed by any officer authorized to appoint officers or assistant officers.

4.4 Contract Rights of Officers

The appointment of an officer does not itself create contract rights.

4.5 Chairman of the Board and Vice Chairman of the Board

If appointed, the Chairman of the Board shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the Board from time to time and shall preside over meetings of the Board and shareholders unless another officer is appointed or designated by the Board as Chairman of such meetings.

If appointed, the Vice Chairman of the board shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the Board from time to time.

4.6 Chief Executive Officer

If appointed, the Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation unless some other officer is so designated by the Board, shall preside over meetings of the Board and shareholders in the absence of a Chairman of the Board, and, subject to the Board’s control, shall supervise and control all of the assets, business and affairs of the corporation

4.7 President

If appointed, the President shall be the chief operating officer of the corporation unless some other officer is so designated by the Board and shall report to the Chief Executive Officer, unless the same person holds both offices. In general, the President shall perform such other duties as are prescribed by the Board from time to time. If no Secretary has been appointed, the President shall have responsibility for the preparation of minutes of meetings of the Board and shareholders and for authentication of the records of the corporation.

Page 17

4.8 Vice President

Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Chief Executive Officer or the President or by or at the direction of the Board.

4.9 Secretary

If appointed, the Secretary shall be responsible for preparation of minutes of the meetings of the Board and shareholders, maintenance of the corporation records and stock registers, and authentication of the corporation’s records and shall in general perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Chief Executive Officer or the President or by or at the direction of the Board. In the absence of the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary may perform the duties of the Secretary.

4.10 Treasurer

If appointed, the Treasurer shall have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation, receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the corporation from any source whatsoever, and deposit all such moneys in the name of the corporation in banks, trust companies or other depositories selected in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws, and in general perform all of the duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Chief Executive Officer, or the President or by or at the direction of the Board. In the absence of the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer may perform the duties of the Treasurer. If required by the Board, the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such amount and with such surety or sureties as the Board shall determine.

4.11 Salaries

The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board or by any person or persons to whom the Board has delegated such authority. No officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he or she is also a Director of the corporation.

SECTION 5. CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

5.1 Contracts

The Board may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Page 18

5.2 Loans to the Corporation

No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the corporation and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by a resolution of the Board. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

5.3 Checks, Drafts, Etc.

All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, or agent or agents, of the corporation and in such manner as is from time to time determined by resolution of the Board.

5.4 Deposits

All funds of the corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board may select.

SECTION 6. CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

6.1 Issuance of Shares

No shares of the corporation shall be issued unless authorized by the Board, or by a committee designated by the Board to the extent such committee is empowered to do so.

6.2 Certificates for Shares

Certificates representing shares of the corporation shall be signed, either manually or in facsimile, by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and shall include on their face written notice of any restrictions which may be imposed on the transferability of such shares. All certificates shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified.

6.3 Stock Records

The stock transfer books shall be kept at the principal office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar. The name and address of each person to whom certificates for shares are issued, together with the class and number of shares represented by each such certificate and the date of issue thereof, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the corporation. The person in whose name shares stand on the books of the corporation shall be deemed by the corporation to be the owner thereof for all purposes.

Page 19

6.4 Restriction on Transfer

Except to the extent that the corporation has obtained an opinion of counsel acceptable to the corporation that transfer restrictions are not required under applicable securities laws, or has otherwise satisfied itself that such transfer restrictions are not required, all certificates representing shares of the corporation shall bear a legend on the face of the certificate, or on the reverse of the certificate if a reference to the legend is contained on the face, which reads substantially as follows:

“The securities evidenced by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of l933, as amended, or any applicable state law, and no interest therein may be sold, distributed, assigned, offered, pledged or otherwise transferred unless (a) there is an effective registration statement under such Act and applicable state securities laws covering any such transaction involving said securities or (b) this corporation receives an opinion of legal counsel for the holder of these securities (concurred in by legal counsel for this corporation) stating that such transaction is exempt from registration or this corporation otherwise satisfies itself that such transaction is exempt from registration. Neither the offering of the securities nor any offering materials have been reviewed by any administrator under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any applicable state law.”

6.5 Transfer of Shares

The transfer of shares of the corporation shall be made only on the stock transfer books of the corporation pursuant to authorization or document of transfer made by the holder of record thereof or by his or her legal representative, who shall furnish proper evidence of authority to transfer, or by his or her attorney-in-fact authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the corporation. All certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer shall be cancelled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificates for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled.

6.6 Lost or Destroyed Certificates

In the case of a lost, destroyed or mutilated certificate, a new certificate may be issued therefor upon such terms and indemnity to the corporation as the Board may prescribe.

Page 20

SECTION 7. BOOKS AND RECORDS

The corporation shall:

(a) Keep as permanent records minutes of all meetings of its shareholders and the Board, a record of all actions taken by the shareholders or the Board without a meeting, and a record of all actions taken by a committee of the Board exercising the authority of the Board on behalf of the corporation.

(b) Maintain appropriate accounting records.

(c) Maintain a record of its shareholders, in a form that permits preparation of a list of the names and addresses of all shareholders, in alphabetical order by class of shares showing the number and class of shares held by each; provided, however, such record may be maintained by an agent of the corporation.

(d) Maintain its records in written form or in another form capable of conversion into written form within a reasonable time.

(e) Keep a copy of the following records at its principal office:

1. the Articles of Incorporation and all amendments thereto as currently in effect;

2. the Bylaws and all amendments thereto as currently in effect;

3. the minutes of all meetings of shareholders and records of all action taken by shareholders without a meeting, for the past three years;

4. the financial statements described in Section 23B.16.200(1) of the Washington Business Corporation Act, for the past three years;

5. all written communications to shareholders generally within the past three years;

6. a list of the names and business addresses of the current Directors and officers; and

7. the most recent annual report delivered to the Washington Secretary of State.

SECTION 8. ACCOUNTING YEAR

The accounting year of the corporation shall be the calendar year, provided that if a different accounting year is at any time selected by the Board for purposes of federal income taxes, or any other purpose, the accounting year shall be the year so selected.

Page 21

SECTION 9. SEAL

The Board may provide for a corporate seal which shall consist of the name of the corporation, the state of its incorporation and the year of its incorporation.

SECTION 10. INDEMNIFICATION

10.1 Right to Indemnification

Each person who was, is or is threatened to be made a named party to or is otherwise involved (including, without limitation, as a witness) in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Director or officer of the corporation or, that being or having been such a Director or officer or an employee of the corporation, he or she is or was serving at the request of an executive officer of the corporation as a Director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of a proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as such a Director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as such a Director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation against all expense, liability and loss (including counsel fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith, and such indemnification shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a Director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Except as provided in subsection 10.2 of this Section with respect to proceedings seeking to enforce rights to indemnification, the corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if a proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or ratified by the Board. The right to indemnification conferred in this Section shall be a contract right.

10.2 Restrictions on Indemnification

No indemnification shall be provided to any such indemnitee for acts or omissions of the indemnitee finally adjudged to be intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, for conduct of the indemnitee finally adjudged to be in violation of Section 23B.08.310 of the Washington Business Corporation Act, for any transaction with respect to which it was finally adjudged that such indemnitee personally received a benefit in money, property or services to which the indemnitee was not legally entitled or if the corporation is otherwise prohibited by applicable law from paying such indemnification, except that if Section 23B.08.560 or any successor provision of the Washington Business Corporation Act is hereafter amended, the restrictions on indemnification set forth in this subsection 10.2 shall be as set forth in such amended statutory provision.

Page 22

10.3 Advancement of Expenses

The right to indemnification conferred in this Section shall include the right to be paid by the corporation the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”). An advancement of expenses shall be made upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this subsection 10.3.

10.4 Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit

If a claim under subsection 10.1 or 10.3 of this Section is not paid in full by the corporation within 60 days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part, in any such suit or in a suit brought by the corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. The indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this Section upon submission of a written claim (and, in an action brought to enforce a claim for an advancement of expenses, where the required undertaking has been tendered to the corporation) and thereafter the corporation shall have the burden of proof to overcome the presumption that the indemnitee is so entitled.

10.5 Procedures Exclusive

Pursuant to Section 23B.08.560(2) or any successor provision of the Washington Business Corporation Act, the procedures for indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth in this Section are in lieu of the procedures required by Section 23B.08.550 or any successor provision of the Washington Business Corporation Act.

10.6 Nonexclusivity of Rights

The right to indemnification and the advancement of expenses conferred in this Section shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, general or specific action of the Board, contract or otherwise.

10.7 Insurance, Contracts and Funding

The corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of the corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person

Page 23

against such expense, liability or loss under the Washington Business Corporation Act. The corporation may enter into contracts with any Director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of the corporation in furtherance of the provisions of this Section and may create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means (including, without limitation, a letter of credit) to ensure the payment of such amounts as may be necessary to effect indemnification as provided in this Section.

10.8 Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation

The corporation may, by action of the Board, grant rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses to employees and agents or any class or group of employees and agents of the corporation (i) with the same scope and effect as the provisions of this Section with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of Directors and officers of the corporation; (ii) pursuant to rights granted pursuant to, or provided by, the Washington Business Corporation Act; or (iii) as are otherwise consistent with law.

10.9 Persons Serving Other Entities

Any person who, while a Director, officer or employee of the corporation, is or was serving (a) as a Director or officer of another foreign or domestic corporation of which a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of its Directors is held by the corporation or (b) as a partner, trustee or otherwise in an executive or management capacity in a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise of which the corporation or a wholly owned subsidiary of the corporation is a general partner or has a majority ownership(a) as a Director or officer of another foreign or domestic corporation of which a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of its Directors is held by the corporation or (b) as a partner, trustee or otherwise in an executive or management capacity in a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise of which the corporation or a wholly owned subsidiary of the corporation is a general partner or has a majority ownership shall be deemed to be so serving at the request of an executive officer of an executive officer of the corporation and entitled to indemnification and advancement of expenses under subsections 10.1 and 10.3 of this Section.

SECTION 11. AMENDMENTS

These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed and new Bylaws may be adopted by the Board, except that the Board may not repeal or amend any Bylaw that the shareholders have expressly provided, in amending or repealing such Bylaw, may not be amended or repealed by the Board. The shareholders may also alter, amend and repeal these Bylaws or adopt new Bylaws. All Bylaws made by the Board may be amended, repealed, altered or modified by the shareholders.

Page 24

The foregoing Bylaws were adopted by the Board of Directors on September 3, 2002.

/s/ MariLyn R. Blair

MariLyn R. Blair, Secretary

Page 25

EX-3.4

Exhibit 3.4

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

of

EMD HOLDING, INC.

The undersigned, as incorporator of a corporation under the Washington Business Corporation Act, adopts the following Articles of Incorporation:

ARTICLE 1. NAME

The name of this corporation is EMD Holding, Inc.

ARTICLE 2. SHARES

This corporation shall have authority to issue 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock without par value.

ARTICLE 3. REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The name of the initial registered agent of this corporation and the address of its initial registered office are as follows:

Lawco of Washington, Inc.

1201 Third Avenue, 40^th Floor

Seattle, WA 98101-3099

ARTICLE 4. PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

No preemptive rights shall exist with respect to shares of stock or securities convertible into shares of stock of this corporation.

ARTICLE 5. CUMULATIVE VOTING

The right to cumulate votes in the election of Directors shall not exist with respect to shares of stock of this corporation.

ARTICLE 6. DIRECTORS

The number of Directors of this corporation shall be determined in the manner provided by the Bylaws and may be increased or decreased from time to time in the manner provided therein. The initial Board of Directors shall consist of one Director, and the name and address of the person who shall serve as Director until the first annual meeting of shareholders or until his successor is elected and qualified is:

David G. Remington

2818 North Sullivan Road

Spokane, WA 99216-1897

The Directors of this corporation may be removed only for cause in the manner provided by the Bylaws.

ARTICLE 7. LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY

To the full extent that the Washington Business Corporation Act, as it exists on the date hereof or may hereafter be amended, permits the limitation or elimination of the liability of Directors, a Director of this corporation shall not be liable to this corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for conduct as a Director. Any amendments to or repeal of this Article shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Director this corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such Director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

ARTICLE 8. SHAREHOLDER ACTIONS

Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting or a vote if either:

(a) the action is taken by written consent of all shareholders entitled to vote on the action; or

(b) so long as this corporation is not a public company, the action is taken by written consent of shareholders holding of record, or otherwise entitled to vote, in the aggregate not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote on the action were present and voted.

To the extent the Washington Business Corporation Act requires prior notice of any such action to be given to nonconsenting or nonvoting shareholders, such notice shall be given at least one day before the date on which the action becomes effective. The form of the notice shall be sufficient to apprise the nonconsenting or nonvoting shareholder of the nature of the action to be effected, and shall be provided in the same manner as the Bylaws or these Articles on Incorporation require or permit other notices to shareholders to be provided.

ARTICLE 9. SHAREHOLDER VOTE REQUIRED ON CERTAIN MATTERS

Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, if shareholder approval of any of the following matter is required under the Washington Business Corporation Act, such matter may be approved by a majority of the votes in each voting group entitled to be

-2-

cast on such matter: (a) amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, (b) a plan of merger or share exchange of this corporation with any other corporation; (c) the sale, lease, exchange or other disposition, whether in one transaction or a series of transactions, by this corporation of all or substantially all of this corporation’s property other than in the usual and regular course of business; or (d) the dissolution of this corporation. This Article is intended to reduce the voting requirements otherwise prescribed by the Washington Business Corporation Act with respect to the foregoing matters.

ARTICLE 10. INCORPORATOR

The name and address of the incorporator are as follows:

Lance W. Bass

1201 Third Avenue, Suite 4800

Seattle, WA 98101-3099

Dated: August 20, 2002

/s/ Lance W. Bass

Lance W. Bass, Incorporator

-3-

EX-3.5

Exhibit 3.5

SCHLUMBERGER ELECTRICITY, INC.

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

Schlumberger Electricity, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify:

1. Article FIRST of the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

The name of the corporation is Itron Electricity Metering, Inc.

2. The amendment was duly proposed and declared advisable by the corporation’s Board of Directors and adopted by the corporation’s stockholders in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

3. The amendment does not provide for any exchange, reclassification or cancellation of issued shares.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has signed this Certificate this 2nd day of July, 2004.

SCHLUMBERGER ELECTRICITY, INC.
By	/s/    David G. Remington
	David G. Remington
	Vice President and Treasurer

EX-3.6

Exhibit 3.6

BYLAWS

OF

SCHLUMBERGER ELECTRICITY, INC.

(A Delaware Corporation)

BYLAWS

OF

SCHLUMBERGER ELECTRICITY, INC.

(A Delaware Corporation)

ARTICLE 1: DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions. The following terms used in the Bylaws have the meanings set forth below:

(a) “Certificate of Incorporation” means the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation as amended from time to time.

(b) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

(c) “Bylaws” means these bylaws as amended or restated from time to time.

(d) “Corporation” means the Delaware corporation named Schlumberger Electricity, Inc.

(e) “DGCL” refers to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any successor law of the State of Delaware, and a reference to a particular section of the DGCL is a reference to successor sections of such law or successor law.

(f) “Section” means a section of the Bylaws.

(g) “Stockholders” means the stockholders of the Corporation.

For purposes of the Bylaws: (i) titles and captions of or in, and the table of contents of, the Bylaws are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference and in no way define, limit, extend or describe the scope of the Bylaws or the intent of any of their provisions; and (ii) “including” and other words or phrases of inclusion, if any, shall not be construed as terms of limitation, so that references to “included” matters shall be regarded as non-exclusive, non-characterizing illustrations.

ARTICLE 2: STOCK CERTIFICATES

2.1 Stock Certificates. Stock certificates shall be issued in consecutive order and shall be numbered in the order in which they are issued. They shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President or a Vice President and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary (any of which signatures may be a facsimile), and the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile of it shall be affixed to the stock certificates. On the stub of each stock certificate, which stubs shall be kept in the stock records

-1-

of the Corporation, shall be entered the name and address of the owner of the stock, the number of shares of stock, and the date of issue. Each stock certificate exchanged or returned shall be cancelled and placed with its stub in the stock records of the Corporation.

2.2 List of Stockholders. The Corporation shall maintain an alphabetical record of the names and addresses of its Stockholders and the number of shares of stock held by each, which shall be maintained and made available in accordance with the DGCL.

2.3 Transfers of Stock. Transfers of stock of the Corporation shall be made in the stock records of the Corporation upon surrender of the certificate for such stock signed by the person in whose name the certificate is registered or on his or her behalf by a person legally authorized to so sign (or accompanied by a separate stock transfer power so signed) and otherwise in accordance with and subject to the applicable provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of Delaware, and subject to such other reasonable and lawful conditions and requirements as may be imposed by the Corporation.

2.4 Lost Certificates. The Chairman of the Board, if any, or the President may issue a new stock certificate in place of any certificate or certificates previously issued by the Corporation and alleged to have been lost or destroyed upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost or destroyed and, if the President in his or her sole discretion deems it appropriate, the delivery of a commercial indemnity bond issued by a company approved by him or her in such sum as he or she may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed.

ARTICLE 3: STOCKHOLDER’S MEETINGS

3.1 Annual Meetings of Stockholders. The annual meeting of the Stockholders of the Corporation shall be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as may from time to time be fixed by the Board; provided that the failure to hold the annual meeting shall not work a forfeiture of or otherwise affect valid corporate acts.

3.2 Special Meetings of Stockholders. Special meetings of the Stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, the Chairman of the Board, if any, or the President, or by the Corporation upon the written request of the holder or holders of at least 25 percent of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation. Special meetings of the Stockholders shall be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined by the person or persons calling the meeting.

3.3 Notice. The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the officer or persons calling the meeting shall deliver a written notice of the place, day and time of each meeting of the Stockholders, not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by first class mail, to each Stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail with first class postage thereon prepaid, addressed to the Stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the stock records of the Corporation. The notice of a special meeting of the Stockholders shall state the purpose or

-2-

purposes for which the meeting is called. Notice of a meeting of the Stockholders need not be given to any Stockholder who signs a waiver of notice, either before or after the meeting. Attendance of a Stockholder at a meeting, either in person or by proxy, shall of itself constitute waiver of notice of such meeting and waiver of any and all objections to the place of the meeting, the time of the meeting, and the manner in which it has been called or convened, except when a Stockholder attends the meeting solely for the purpose of stating, at the beginning of the meeting, any such objection or objections to the transaction of business.

3.4 Quorum. At all meetings of the Stockholders, a majority of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

3.5 Voting. Except as otherwise required by law or by the Bylaws, all resolutions adopted and business transacted shall require the favorable vote of a majority of the shares of stock represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter. Except as otherwise required by applicable law, by the Certificate of Incorporation, by filings with the Delaware Secretary of State fixing and determining the voting rights of the stock of the Corporation or by the Bylaws, at any meeting of the Stockholders, each Stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote shall have one vote, in person or by proxy, for each share of stock having voting rights standing in his or her name on the books of the Corporation at the record date fixed or otherwise determined for such meeting.

3.6 Adjournment. The holders of a majority of the shares of stock represented at a meeting, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn such meeting from time to time. If a quorum is not present, the holders of the shares of stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting, and entitled to vote, shall have the power, by the affirmative vote of the holders of such shares of stock which represent a majority of the votes which may be cast by the holders of such shares of stock, to adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place. Unless the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or unless a new record date is set for the adjourned meeting, no notice of the adjourned meeting need be given to any Stockholder provided that the time and place of the adjourned meeting were announced at the meeting at which the adjournment was taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

3.7 Presiding Officer. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at meetings of the Stockholders or, if there is no Chairman of the Board or if the Chairman of the Board is absent, the President shall preside at meetings of the Stockholders; provided, however, that the Chairman of the Board or President may delegate his or her authority to preside at meetings of the Stockholders pursuant to Section 5.2 or 5.3.

3.8 Written Consent of the Stockholders. Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the Stockholders of the Corporation, or any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing setting forth the action so taken shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Any such consent shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of

-3-

business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the minute book of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 4: BOARD OF DIRECTORS

4.1 Powers of Board. Subject to these Bylaws or any lawful agreement between or among the Stockholders, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by the Board.

4.2 Number of Board: Conduct of Meetings of Board. The Board shall consist of one or more directors, as fixed from time to time by the Stockholders, each of whom shall be elected at an annual meeting of the Stockholders, to serve until the next succeeding annual meeting and until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

4.3 Removal of Board. At any meeting of the Stockholders with respect to which notice of such purpose has been given, the entire Board or any individual director may be removed, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote.

4.4 Board Vacancies. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 4.4, any vacancy occurring in the Board may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors though less than a quorum of the Board, or by the sole remaining director, as the case may be, or, if the vacancy is not so filled, or if no director remains, by the Stockholders. Any vacancy arising as a result of the removal of a director by the Stockholders may be filled by the Stockholders, or, if the Stockholders so authorize, by the remaining director or directors, but only for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office. The Board may fill a vacancy created by an increase in the number of directors resulting from an amendment of Section 4.2, but only for a term of office continuing until the next annual election of directors by the Stockholders and the election and qualification of a successor.

4.5 Meetings.

(a) Time and Location. The Board shall meet annually immediately following the annual meeting of the Stockholders; provided that the failure to hold the annual meeting shall not work a forfeiture or otherwise affect valid corporate acts. A special meeting of the Board may be called at any time by the President, the Chairman of the Board, if any, or by any two directors, on five days’ notice, which may be given by personal delivery or by first class mail or telegram.

(b) Notice. The notice shall be deemed given when mailed or when the telegram is sent, addressed to the director at his or her address as it appears on the stock records of the Corporation or, if he is not a Stockholder, at his or her business address. Notice of a special meeting may be waived by an instrument in writing. Attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting and waiver of any and all objections to the place of the meeting, the time of the meeting and the manner in which it has been called or convened, except when a director states, at the beginning of the meeting, any such objection or objections to the transaction of business. Any meeting of the Board may be held within or without the State of Delaware at such place as may be determined by the person or persons calling the meeting.

-4-

(c) Quorum. A majority of said directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

(d) Voting. Except as otherwise provided in the Bylaws, all resolutions adopted and all business transacted by the Board shall require the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting in which a quorum is present.

(e) Presiding Officer. The Chairman of the Board or in his or, her absence, and if the President is a director, the President shall preside at all meetings of the Board, provided, however, that each of the Chairman of the Board or the President may delegate his or her authority to preside at Board meetings pursuant to Section 5.2 or 5.3, respectively. If the Chairman of the Board is not present and if the President is not a director, the Board shall select a director as chairman for each meeting.

4.6 Written Consent of Board. Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the Board, or any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Board, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing setting forth the action taken shall be signed by all the directors and shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the directors.

4.7 Telephonic Meetings of Board. Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the Board, or any action that may be taken at a meeting held by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meetings. In all other respects the provisions of Article 4 of the Bylaws with respect to meetings of the Board shall apply to such a meeting.

4.8 Executive and Other Committees. The Board may designate, by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board, from among its members an executive committee and one or more other committees, each consisting of one or more directors, subject to the following:

(a) Each such committee shall have and may exercise, consistent with and to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board designating such committee, all the authority of the Board, but not such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) amending the certificate of incorporation (except that a committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the Board as provided in DGCL § 151(a), fix the designations and any of the preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the Corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares of any other class or classes of any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the Corporation or fix the number of shares of any series of stock or authorize the increase or decrease of the shares of any series) (ii) adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation under DGCL §§ 251 or 252, (iii) recommending to the Stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, (iv) recommending to the Stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or (v) amending the Bylaws, and, unless the resolution of the Board or the certificate of incorporation so provides, no such committee shall

-5-

have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of a stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to DGCL §253.

(b) Each member of any such committee shall hold office until the next regular annual meeting of the Board following his or her designation and until his or her successor is designated, elected and qualified. Any vacancy in any such committee may be filled by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board. The Board by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any such committee, who may act in the place and stead of any absent member or members at any meeting of such committee. Any member of any such committee may be removed at any time with or without cause by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board. Any member of any such committee may resign from such committee at any time by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, the President or Secretary of the Corporation, and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

(c) Unless the Board otherwise provides, each committee designated by the Board may make, alter and repeal rules for the holding of its meetings and the conduct of its business, subject to the following: (i) a majority of the entire authorized number of members of such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; (ii) the vote of a majority of the members present at a meeting at the time of such vote if a quorum is then present shall be the act of such committee, and (iii) in other respects each committee shall hold its meetings and conduct its business in the same manner as does the Board pursuant to Article Four of the Bylaws (including, without limitation, the taking of action without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the members of such committee and be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee). Each such committee shall keep minutes or other records of its proceedings and shall report its actions to the Board as requested and at regularly scheduled meetings of the Board.

(d) The designation of any such committee and the delegation thereto of authority shall not operate to relieve the Board, or any member of the Board, of any responsibility imposed by law.

ARTICLE 5: OFFICERS

5.1 Officers Election. The Board shall elect a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer and may elect a Chairman of the Board (who shall be a member of the Board), one or more Vice Presidents, and such other officers, assistant officers or agent as the Board shall determine. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. A failure to elect officers shall not dissolve or otherwise affect the Corporation.

5.2 Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Stockholders and of the Board or he may delegate his or her authority to preside at such meetings to any other director or to an officer of the Corporation.

5.3 President. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation, and shall be responsible for the administration of the Corporation, including general supervision of the policies of the Corporation and general, active management of the financial affairs of the Corporation,

-6-

and supervision and direction of the actions of the other officers of the Corporation. He or she shall have the authority to execute bonds, mortgages or other contracts, agreements or instruments on behalf of the Corporation. If there is no Chairman of the Board, or if the Chairman of the Board is absent and has not delegated his or her authority to preside, the President shall preside at meetings of the Stockholders and, if he or she is a director, at meetings of the Board of the Corporation or he or she may delegate his or her authority to preside at such meetings to any other director or to an officer of the Corporation. The President shall have the authority to institute or defend legal proceedings when the directors are deadlocked.

5.4 Secretary. The Secretary shall keep minutes of all meetings of the Stockholders and Board, shall have charge of the minute books, stock records and seal of the Corporation, shall have the authority to certify as to the corporate books and records, and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be delegated to him or her by the President or the Board.

5.5 Treasurer. The Treasurer shall be charged with the management of the financial affairs of the Corporation. He or she shall in general perform all of the duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the President or the Board.

5.6 Vice President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such duties and exercise such powers as the President or the Board shall request or delegate and, unless the Board or the President otherwise provides, shall perform such other duties as are generally performed by Vice Presidents with equivalent restrictions, if any, on title. In the absence of the President or in the event of his or her death or inability to act, the Vice Presidents shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President; provided, however, that if there is more than one Vice President, any Vice President shall have the authority to execute bonds, mortgages or other contracts, agreements or instruments on behalf of the Corporation, subject to all the restrictions upon the President relating to such functions, but all other duties of the President shall be performed by the Vice President designated to perform such duties at the time of his or her election, or in the absence of any designation, then by the Vice President with the most seniority in office (or if more than one Vice President is elected at the same meeting, by the Vice President first listed in the resolution electing them), and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.

5.7 Appointment of Officers and Agents. The Board or the President may appoint one or more Vice Presidents and such other officers, assistant officers and agents as the Board or the President may determine. Any such officers, assistant officers or agents so appointed shall perform such duties as are set forth in the Bylaws and as the action appointing him or her provides, and, unless such action otherwise provides, such appointed officers and assistant officers shall perform such duties as are generally performed by elected officers or assistant officers having the same title.

5.8 Removal of Officers and Agents. Any officer, assistant officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board may be removed by the Board. Any officer, assistant officer or agent appointed by the President may be removed by the President or by the Board whenever in his or her or its judgment the best interests of the Corporation will be served thereby.

-7-

5.9 Vacancies. Any vacancy, however occurring, in any office may be filled by the Board.

ARTICLE 6: SEAL

6.1 Seal. The seal of the Corporation shall be in such form as the Board may from time to time determine. In the event it is inconvenient to use such a seal at any time, the words “Corporate Seal” or the word “Seal” accompanying the signature of an officer signing for and on behalf of the Corporation shall be the seal of the Corporation. The seal shall be in the custody of the Secretary and affixed by him or her on the stock certificates and such other papers as may be directed by law, by the Bylaws or by the Board.

ARTICLE 7: INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

7.1 Indemnification.

(a) General. The Corporation shall indemnify each person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation (including the heirs, executors, administrators or estate of such person) and may indemnify each person who is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation (including the heirs, executors, administrators or estate of such person) or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise to the full extent permitted under DGCL § 145(a), (b) and (c) or any other Provisions of the laws of the State of Delaware.

(b) Interim Payment of Expenses. Expenses incurred by a person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation (including the heirs, executors, administrators or estate of such person) or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in defending a civil or criminal action, suit, or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding, as authorized by the Board, upon receipt of an agreement or an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount, if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in, or as permitted by, this Article 7. If such a person or entity requests reimbursement of expenses pursuant to the foregoing, then the Board shall consider such request, and if they conclude that it is reasonably probable that such person or entity would be entitled to indemnification or if they conclude the interests of the Corporation would be served thereby, then the Board shall direct the payment of the expenses subject to the receipt of an agreement or undertaking as required by the foregoing. The Board may authorize the interim payment of such expenses incurred by employees or agents upon such other terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate.

(c) Procedure. If any such indemnification is requested pursuant to the foregoing, the Board shall cause a determination to be made (unless a court has ordered the indemnification or indemnification is required by DGCL § 145(c) pursuant to DGCL § 145(d) as to whether indemnification of the party requesting indemnification is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in DGCL §§ 145(a) or (b). Upon any such

-8-

determination that such indemnification is proper, the Corporation shall make indemnification payments of liability, cost, payment or expense asserted against, or paid or incurred by him or her to the maximum extent permitted by said sections of such laws.

(d) Subsequent Amendment. No amendment, termination or other elimination of this Article 7 or of any relevant provisions of the DGCL or any other applicable law shall affect or diminish in any way the rights to indemnification under this Article 7 with respect to any action, suit or proceeding arising out of, or relating to, any event or act or omission occurring or fact or circumstance existing prior to such amendment, termination or other elimination.

(e) Other Rights. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this Section 7.1 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any applicable law, agreement, vote of Stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in any other capacity while holding office of the Corporation, provided, however, that indemnification shall not be permitted (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its Stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for liability under DGCL §174, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Nothing contained in this Article 7 shall be deemed to prohibit, and the Corporation is specifically authorized to enter into, agreements which provide indemnification rights and procedures permitted by the DGCL.

(f) Continuation of Right to Indemnification. All rights to indemnification under this Article 7 (including those arising pursuant to subsection (e) above) shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent, shall inure to the benefit of heirs, executors, administrators and the estate of such person, and shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each such person or entity. This Article 7 shall be binding upon any successor corporation to the Corporation, whether by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise.

(g) Savings Clause. If this Article 7 or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify persons or entities specified in this Article 7 to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article 7 that shall not have been invalidated and to the full extent permitted by applicable law.

7.2 Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance at its expense, to protect itself and any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person or entity against such liability, cost, payment or expense.

-9-

ARTICLE 8: MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Voting of Securities Owned by The Corporation. The Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, any Vice-President, the Secretary, or the Treasurer of the Corporation or such other person or entity designated by the Board shall have authority to vote any shares of common stock or other securities having voting rights owned by the Corporation and to execute proxies and written waivers and consents in relation thereto.

8.2 Offices. The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware and name of the Corporation’s registered agent (other than that designated in the Certificate of Incorporation) shall be designated from time to time by resolution of the Board of the Corporation. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

8.3 Fiscal Year. The Corporation shall have such fiscal year as the officers of the Corporation shall from time to time determine.

ARTICLE 9: AMENDMENT

9.1 Amendment. The Bylaws may be amended by the Stockholders or by the Board either by written consent or approved at a meeting, in each case in accordance with the provisions of the Bylaws and applicable law. The Stockholders may prescribe that any or all provisions of the Bylaws adopted by them shall not be altered, amended or repealed by the Board.

-10-

EX-3.8

Exhbit 3.8

BYLAWS

OF

ITRON ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC.

Originally adopted on 10/25/2002:

Amendments are listed on: page i

AMENDMENTS

Section	Effect of Amendment	Date of Amendment
2.2	First sentence only amended to state: “The Presiden or any Director may call special meetings of the shareholders for any purpose.”	2/25/2004
	Name change from Itron Spectrum Holdings, Inc. – per Articles of Amendment	3/24/2004

Page i

CONTENTS

SECTION 1.	OFFICES	1
SECTION 2.	SHAREHOLDERS	1
2.1	Annual Meeting	1
2.2	Special Meetings	1
2.3	Meetings by Communication Equipment	1
2.4	Date, Time and Place of Meeting	2
2.5	Notice of Meeting	2
	2.5.1    Number of Days' Notice	2
	2.5.2    Adjourned Meeting	2
	2.5.3    Notice of Special Meeting Called by Shareholders	2
	2.5.4    Type of Notice	3
	2.5.5    Effectiveness of Notice	3
2.6	Waiver of Notice	4
	2.6.1    By Delivery of a Record	4
	2.6.2    Waiver by Attendance	4
	2.6.3    Waiver of Objection	4
2.7	Fixing of Record Date for Determining Shareholders Entitled to Notice of or to Vote at a Meeting or to Receive Payment of a Dividend	5
	2.7.1    Record Date for Meeting of Shareholders	5
	2.7.2    Record Date to Receive Payment of Dividend or Distribution	5
2.8	Voting Record	5
2.9	Quorum	5
2.10	Manner of Acting	6
	2.10.1    Matters Other than the Election of Directors	6
	2.10.2    Election of Directors	6
2.11	Proxies	6
	2.11.1    Written Authorization	6
	2.11.2    Recorded Telephone Call, Voice Mail or Other Electronic Transmission	6
	2.11.3    Effectiveness of Appointment of Proxy	7
	2.11.4    Revocability of Proxy	7
	2.11.5    Death or Incapacity of Shareholder Appointing a Proxy	7
	2.11.6    Acceptance of Proxy's Vote or Action	8
	2.11.7    Meaning of Sign or Signature	8
2.12	Voting of Shares	8
2.13	Voting for Directors	8
2.14	Action by Shareholders Without a Meeting	8
	2.14.1    Unanimous Written Consent	8

Page ii

	2.14.2    Less Than Unanimous Written Consent	9
	2.14.3    General Provisions	9
SECTION 3.	BOARD OF DIRECTORS	10
3.1	General Powers	10
3.2	Number and Tenure	10
3.3	Regular Meetings	10
3.4	Special Meetings	10
3.5	Meetings by Communications Equipment	10
3.6	Notice of Special Meetings	11
	3.6.1    Number of Days' Notice	11
	3.6.2    Type of Notice	11
	3.6.3    Effectiveness of Written Notice	12
	3.6.4    Effectiveness of Oral Notice	12
3.7	Waiver of Notice	13
	3.7.1    By Delivery of a Record	13
	3.7.2    By Attendance	13
3.8	Quorum	13
	3.8.1    Board of Directors	13
	3.8.2    Committees	13
3.9	Manner of Acting	14
3.10	Presumption of Assent	14
3.11	Action by Board or Committees Without a Meeting	14
3.12	Resignation of Directors and Committee Members	14
3.13	Removal of Directors and Committee Members	15
	3.13.1    Removal of Directors	15
	3.13.2    Removal of Committee Members	15
3.14	Vacancies	15
3.15	Executive and Other Committees	15
	3.15.1    Creation of Committees	15
	3.15.2    Authority of Committees	16
	3.15.3    Minutes of Meetings	16
3.16	Compensation of Directors and Committee Members	16
SECTION 4.	OFFICERS	16
4.1	Appointment and Term	16
4.2	Resignation	17
4.3	Removal	17
4.4	Contract Rights of Officers	17
4.5	Chairman of the Board and Vice Chairman of the Board	17
4.6	Chief Executive Officer	17
4.7	President	17
4.8	Vice President	18
4.9	Secretary	18

Page iii

4.10	Treasurer	18
4.11	Salaries	18
SECTION 5.	CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS	18
5.1	Contracts	18
5.2	Loans to the Corporation	19
5.3	Checks, Drafts, Etc.	19
5.4	Deposits	19
SECTION 6.	CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER	19
6.1	Issuance of Shares	19
6.2	Certificates for Shares	19
6.3	Stock Records	19
6.4	Restriction on Transfer	20
6.5	Transfer of Shares	20
6.6	Lost or Destroyed Certificates	20
SECTION 7.	BOOKS AND RECORDS	21
SECTION 8.	ACCOUNTING YEAR	21
SECTION 9.	SEAL	22
SECTION 10.	INDEMNIFICATION	22
10.1	Right to Indemnification	22
10.2	Restrictions on Indemnification	22
10.3	Advancement of Expenses	23
10.4	Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit	23
10.5	Procedures Exclusive	23
10.6	Nonexclusivity of Rights	23
10.7	Insurance, Contracts and Funding	23
10.8	Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation	24
10.9	Persons Serving Other Entities	24
SECTION 11.	AMENDMENTS	24

Page iv

BYLAWS

OF

ITRON ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC.

SECTION 1. OFFICES

The principal office of the corporation shall be located at the principal place of business or such other place as the Board of Directors (“Board”) may designate. The corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State of Washington, as the Board may designate or as the business of the corporation may require from time to time.

SECTION 2. SHAREHOLDERS

2.1 Annual Meeting

The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held within 90 to 180 days after the fiscal year end of the corporation at a date and time determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, the purpose of electing Directors and transacting such other business as may properly come before the meeting. If the day fixed for the annual meeting is a legal holiday at the place of the meeting, the meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day. At any time prior to the commencement of the annual meeting, the Board may postpone the annual meeting for a period of up to 120 days from the date fixed for such meeting in accordance with this subsection 2.1.

2.2 Special Meetings

The Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board may call special meetings of the shareholders for any purpose. Further, a special meeting of the shareholders shall be held if the holders of not less than 25% of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at such special meeting have dated, signed and delivered to the Secretary, at least 20 business days prior to the date of such meeting, one or more written demands for such meeting, describing the purpose or purposes for which it is to be held.

2.3 Meetings by Communication Equipment

Shareholders may participate in any meeting of the shareholders by any means of communication by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other during the meeting. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

Page 1

2.4 Date, Time and Place of Meeting

Except as otherwise provided herein, all meetings of shareholders, including those held pursuant to demand by shareholders as provided herein, shall be held on such date and at such time and place, within or without the State of Washington, designated by or at the direction of the Board.

2.5 Notice of Meeting

Notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be provided in the form of a record by or at the direction of the Board, the Chairperson of the Board, the President or the Secretary to each shareholder entitled to notice of or to vote at the meeting, as provided below.

2.5.1 Number of Days’ Notice

(a) Normal Business. Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this subsection, notice of the meeting shall be provided not less than 10 or more than 60 days before the meeting.

(b) Amendment to Articles of Incorporation; Merger or Share Exchange; Sale of Assets or Dissolution. Notice of a meeting held for the purpose of considering an amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, a plan of merger or share exchange, the sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the corporation’s assets other than in the regular course of business or the dissolution of the corporation shall be provided not less than 20 or more than 60 days before the meeting.

2.5.2 Adjourned Meeting

If an annual or special meeting of shareholders is adjourned to a different date, time or place, no notice of the new date, time or place is required if they are announced at the meeting before adjournment. If a new record date for the adjourned meeting is or must be fixed, notice of the adjourned meeting must be provided to shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote as of the new record date.

2.5.3 Notice of Special Meeting Called by Shareholders

Upon request of shareholders in accordance with Section 2.2 of these Bylaws, the shareholders may request that the corporation call a special meeting of shareholders. Within 30 days of such a request, it shall be the duty of the Secretary to provide notice of a special meeting of shareholders to be held on such date and at such place and hour as the Secretary may fix.

Page 2

2.5.4 Type of Notice

(a) Notice Provided in a Tangible Medium. Notice may be provided in a tangible medium and may be transmitted by mail, private carrier, personal delivery, telegraph, teletype, telephone or wire or wireless equipment that transmits a facsimile of the notice.

(b) Notice Provided in an Electronic Transmission. Notice may be provided in an electronic transmission and be electronically transmitted.

(1) Consent to Receive Notice by Electronic Transmission. Notice to shareholders in an electronic transmission is effective only with respect to shareholders that have consented, in the form of a record, to receive electronically transmitted notices and designated in the consent the address, location or system to which these notices may be electronically transmitted. Notice provided in an electronic transmission includes material required or permitted to accompany the notice by the Washington Business Corporation Act or other applicable statute or regulation.

(2) Revocation of Consent to Receive Notice by Electronic Transmission. A shareholder that has consented to receipt of electronically transmitted notices may revoke such consent by delivering a revocation to the corporation in the form of a record. The consent of a shareholder to receive notice by electronic transmission is revoked if the corporation is unable to electronically transmit two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with the consent, and this inability becomes known to the Secretary of the corporation, the transfer agent or any other person responsible for giving the notice. The inadvertent failure by the corporation to treat this inability as a revocation does not invalidate any meeting or other action.

(3) Posting Notice on an Electronic Network. Notice to shareholders that have consented to receipt of electronically transmitted notices may be provided by posting the notice on an electronic network and delivering to the shareholder a separate record of the posting, together with comprehensible instructions regarding how to obtain access to the posting on the electronic network.

2.5.5 Effectiveness of Notice

(a) Notice by Mail. Notice given by mail is effective when deposited in the United States mail, first-class postage prepaid, properly addressed to the shareholder at such shareholder’s address as it appears in the corporation’s current record of shareholders.

(b) Notice by Telegraph, Teletype or Facsimile Equipment. Notice given by telegraph, teletype or facsimile equipment that transmits a facsimile of the notice is effective when dispatched to the shareholder’s address, telephone number or other number appearing on the records of the corporation.

Page 3

(c) Notice by Air Courier. Notice given by air courier is effective when dispatched, if prepaid and properly addressed to the shareholder at such shareholder’s address as it appears in the corporation’s current record of shareholders.

(d) Notice by Ground Courier or Other Personal Delivery. Notice given by ground courier or other personal delivery is effective when received by a shareholder.

(e) Notice by Electronic Transmission. Notice provided in an electronic transmission, if in comprehensible form, is effective when it (i) is electronically transmitted to an address, location or system designated by the recipient for that purpose, or (ii) has been posted on an electronic network and a separate record of the posting has been delivered to the recipient together with comprehensible instructions regarding how to obtain access to the posting on the electronic network.

(f) Notice by Publication. Notice given by publication is effective five days after first publication.

2.6 Waiver of Notice

2.6.1 By Delivery of a Record

A shareholder may waive any notice required by these Bylaws, the Articles of Incorporation or the Washington Business Corporation Act, before or after the date and time of the meeting that is the subject of such notice or, in the case of notice required to be given to nonconsenting or nonvoting shareholders in connection with action taken by less than unanimous consent of the shareholders, before or after the action to be taken by executed consent is effective. The waiver must be (i) delivered by the shareholder entitled to notice to the corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the corporate records, and (ii) set forth either in an executed and dated written record or, if the corporation has designated an address, location or system to which the waiver may be electronically transmitted and the waiver is electronically transmitted to the designated address, location or system, in an executed and dated electronically transmitted record.

2.6.2 Waiver by Attendance

Notice of the time, place and purpose of any meeting will be waived by any shareholder by attendance in person or by proxy, unless such shareholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting.

2.6.3 Waiver of Objection

A shareholder waives objection to consideration of a particular matter at a meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the notice of the meeting unless the shareholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

Page 4

2.7 Fixing of Record Date for Determining Shareholders Entitled to Notice of or to Vote at a Meeting or to Receive Payment of a Dividend

2.7.1 Record Date for Meeting of Shareholders

For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment of such meeting, the Board may fix a future date as the record date for any such determination. Such record date shall be not more than 70 days and not less than 10 days, prior to the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting, the record date shall be the day immediately preceding the date on which notice of the meeting is first given to shareholders. Such a determination shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting unless the Board fixes a new record date, which it shall do if the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting.

2.7.2 Record Date to Receive Payment of Dividend or Distribution

For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or distribution (including a dividend or distribution in connection with a stock split), the Board may fix a future date as the record date for such dividend or distribution. Such record date shall be not more than 70 days prior to the date on which the dividend or distribution is payable. If no record date is set for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive payment of any stock dividend or distribution (other than one involving a purchase, redemption or other acquisition of the corporation’s shares) the record date shall be the date the Board authorizes the stock dividend or distribution.

2.8 Voting Record

At least 10 days before each meeting of shareholders, an alphabetical list of the shareholders entitled to notice of such meeting shall be made, arranged by voting group and by each class or series of shares, with the address of and number of shares held by each shareholder. This record shall be kept at the principal office of the corporation or at a place identified in the meeting notice in the city where the meeting will be held for 10 days prior to such meeting, and shall be kept open at such meeting, for the inspection of any shareholder or any shareholder’s agent or attorney.

2.9 Quorum

A majority of the votes entitled to be cast on a matter by the holders of shares that, pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation or the Washington Business Corporation Act, are entitled to vote and be counted collectively upon such matter, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum of such shares at a meeting of shareholders. If less than a quorum of such votes are represented at a meeting, a majority of the votes so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice if the new date, time and place is announced at the meeting before adjournment. Any business may be transacted at a

Page 5

reconvened meeting that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called, provided a quorum is present or represented at such meeting. Once a share is represented for any purpose at a meeting other than solely to object to holding the meeting or transacting business, it is deemed present for quorum purposes for the remainder of the meeting and any adjournment (unless a new record date is or must be set for the adjourned meeting) notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum.

2.10 Manner of Acting

2.10.1 Matters Other than the Election of Directors

If a quorum is present, action on a matter other than the election of Directors shall be approved if the votes cast in favor of the action by the shares entitled to vote and be counted collectively upon such matter exceed the votes cast against such action by the shares entitled to vote and be counted collectively thereon, unless the Articles of Incorporation or the Washington Business Corporation Act requires a greater number of affirmative votes.

2.10.2 Election of Directors

Directors shall be elected in the manner set forth in Section 2.13 of these Bylaws.

2.11 Proxies

A shareholder or the shareholder’s agent or attorney-in-fact may appoint a proxy to vote or otherwise act for the shareholder by an executed writing or by a recorded telephone call, voice mail or other electronic transmission.

2.11.1 Written Authorization

Execution of a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for the shareholder as proxy may be accomplished by the shareholder or the shareholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing the writing or causing his or her signature to be affixed to the writing by any reasonable means including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature.

2.11.2 Recorded Telephone Call, Voice Mail or Other Electronic Transmission

Authorizing another person or persons to act for the shareholder as proxy may be accomplished by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a recorded telephone call, voice mail or other electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive the transmission, provided that the transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information,

Page 6

including any security or validation controls used, from which it can reasonably be determined that the transmission was authorized by the shareholder. If it is determined that the transmission is valid, the inspectors of election or, if there are no inspectors, any officer or agent of the corporation making that determination on behalf of the corporation shall specify the information upon which they relied. The corporation shall require the holders of proxies received by transmission to provide to the corporation copies of the transmission and the corporation shall retain copies of the transmission for a reasonable period of time after the election provided that they are retained for at least 60 days.

2.11.3 Effectiveness of Appointment of Proxy

An appointment of a proxy is effective when a signed appointment form or telegram, cablegram, recorded telephone call, voicemail or other transmission of the appointment is received by the inspectors of election or the officer or agent of the corporation authorized to tabulate votes. An appointment is valid for 11 months unless a longer period is expressly provided in the appointment. A proxy with respect to a specified meeting shall entitle its holder to vote at any reconvened meeting following adjournment of such meeting but shall not be valid after the final adjournment.

2.11.4 Revocability of Proxy

An appointment of a proxy is revocable by the shareholder unless the appointment indicates that it is irrevocable and the appointment is coupled with an interest. Appointments coupled with an interest include the appointment of a pledgee, a person who purchased or agreed to purchase the shares, a creditor of the corporation who extended it credit under terms requiring the appointment, an employee of the corporation whose employment contract requires the appointment or a party to a voting agreement created under Section 07.310 of the Washington Business Corporation Act. An appointment made irrevocable is revoked when the interest with which it is coupled is extinguished. A transferee for value of shares subject to an irrevocable appointment may revoke the appointment if the transferee did not know of its existence when the transferee acquired the shares and the existence of the irrevocable appointment was not noted conspicuously on the certificate representing the shares or on the information statement for shares without certificates.

2.11.5 Death or Incapacity of Shareholder Appointing a Proxy

The death or incapacity of the shareholder appointing a proxy does not affect the right of the corporation to accept the proxy’s authority unless notice of the death or incapacity is received by the officer or agent of the corporation authorized to tabulate votes before the proxy exercises the proxy’s authority under the appointment.

Page 7

2.11.6 Acceptance of Proxy’s Vote or Action

Subject to Section 07.240 of the Washington Business Corporation Act and to any express limitation on the proxy’s authority stated in the appointment form or recorded telephone call, voice mail or other electronic transmission, the corporation is entitled to accept the proxy’s vote or other action as that of the shareholder making the appointment.

2.11.7 Meaning of Sign or Signature

For the purposes of this Section, “sign” or “signature” includes any manual, facsimile, conformed or electronic signature.

2.12 Voting of Shares

Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, or in Section 2.13, each outstanding share entitled to vote with respect to a matter submitted to a meeting of shareholders shall be entitled to one vote upon such matter.

2.13 Voting for Directors

Each shareholder entitled to vote at an election of Directors may vote, in person or by proxy, the number of shares owned by such shareholder for as many persons as there are Directors to be elected and for whose election such shareholder has a right to vote or, if cumulative voting is not denied in the Articles of Incorporation, each shareholder may cumulate such shareholder’s votes by distributing among one or more candidates as many votes as are equal to the number of such Directors multiplied by the number of such shareholder’s shares. Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, the candidates elected shall be those receiving the largest number of votes cast, up to the number of Directors to be elected. Directors may be elected by consent in lieu of an annual or special meeting in accordance with Section 2.14 of these Bylaws.

2.14 Action by Shareholders Without a Meeting

Any action that may or is required to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting or a vote, pursuant to the provisions of this subsection.

2.14.1 Unanimous Written Consent

Action may be taken by unanimous consent if (i) one or more consents, each in the form of a record, describing the action taken are executed by all the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the matter, and (ii) the executed consents are delivered to the corporation for filing with the corporate records.

Page 8

2.14.2 Less Than Unanimous Written Consent

If authorized by a general or limited authorization in the Articles of Incorporation, action may be taken by less than unanimous consent if (i) one or more consents, each in the form of a record describing the action taken, are executed by shareholders holding of record or otherwise entitled to vote in the aggregate not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote on the action were present and voted, (ii) the period of advance notice required by the Articles of Incorporation to be given to any nonconsenting shareholders has been satisfied and (iii) the executed consents are delivered to the corporation for filing with the corporate records.

2.14.3 General Provisions

(a) Form of Consent. The consent shall be set forth either in an executed written record or, if the corporation has designated an address, location or system to which the consent may be electronically transmitted and the consent is electronically transmitted to the designated address, location or system, in an executed electronically transmitted record.

(b) Record Date. If not otherwise fixed by the Board, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to take action without a meeting is the date the first shareholder consent is executed.

(c) Withdrawal of Consent. A shareholder may withdraw a consent only by delivering a notice of withdrawal in the form of a record to the corporation prior to the time that consents sufficient to authorize taking the action have been delivered to the corporation.

(d) Date of Signature. Every consent shall bear the date of execution of each shareholder that executes the consent.

(e) Time Allowed to Complete Execution of Consents. A consent is not effective to take the action referred to in the consent unless, within 60 days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation, consents executed by a sufficient number of shareholders to take action are delivered to the corporation.

(f) Effective Date of Consent Action. Unless the consent specifies a later effective date, actions taken by consent of the shareholders are effective when (a) consents sufficient to authorize taking the action are in possession of the corporation and (b) if action is taken by less than unanimous consent, the period of advance notice required by the Articles of Incorporation to be given to any nonconsenting or nonvoting shareholders has been satisfied.

Page 9

(g) Inclusion in Corporate Records. Any such consent shall be inserted in the minute book as if it were the minutes of a meeting of the shareholders.

SECTION 3. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

3.1 General Powers

All corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed under the direction of, the Board, except as may be otherwise provided in these Bylaws, the Articles of Incorporation or the Washington Business Corporation Act.

3.2 Number and Tenure

The Board shall be composed of not less than one nor more than ten Directors, the specific number to be set by resolution of the Board or the shareholders. The number of Directors may be changed from time to time by amendment to these Bylaws, but no decrease in the number of Directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent Director. Unless a Director dies, resigns, or is removed, his or her term of office shall expire at the next annual meeting of shareholders; provided, however, that a Director shall continue to serve until his or her successor is elected or until there is a decrease in the authorized number of Directors. Directors need not be shareholders of the corporation or residents of the State of Washington and need not meet any other qualifications.

3.3 Regular Meetings

By resolution, the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may specify the time and place for holding regular meetings without notice other than such resolution.

3.4 Special Meetings

Special meetings of the Board or any committee designated by the Board may be called by or at the request of the Chairperson of the Board, the President, the Secretary or, in the case of special Board meetings, any one Director and, in the case of any special meeting of any committee designated by the Board, by its Chairperson. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings may fix any place for holding any special Board or committee meeting called by them.

3.5 Meetings by Communications Equipment

Members of the Board or any committee designated by the Board may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by, or conduct the meeting through the use of, any means of communication by which all Directors participating in the meeting can hear each other during the meeting. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

Page 10

3.6 Notice of Special Meetings

Notice of a special Board or committee meeting stating the place, day and hour of the meeting shall be provided to each Director in the form of a record or orally, as provided below. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any special meeting need be specified in the notice of such meeting.

3.6.1 Number of Days’ Notice

Notice of the meeting shall be given at least two days before the meeting.

3.6.2 Type of Notice

(a) Oral Notice. Oral notice may be communicated in person, by telephone, wire or wireless equipment that does not transmit a facsimile of the notice, or by any electronic means that does not create a record.

(b) Notice Provided in a Tangible Medium. Notice may be provided in a tangible medium and may be transmitted by mail, private carrier, personal delivery, telegraph, teletype, telephone or wire or wireless equipment that transmits a facsimile of the notice.

(c) Notice Provided in an Electronic Transmission. Notice may be provided in an electronic transmission and be electronically transmitted.

(1) Consent to Receive Notice by Electronic Transmission. Notice to Directors in an electronic transmission is effective only with respect to Directors who have consented, in the form of a record, to receive electronically transmitted notices and designated in the consent the address, location or system to which these notices may be electronically transmitted. Notice provided in an electronic transmission includes material required or permitted to accompany the notice by the Washington Business Corporation Act or other applicable statute or regulation.

(2) Revocation of Consent to Receive Notice by Electronic Transmission. A Director who has consented to receipt of electronically transmitted notices may revoke such consent by delivering a revocation to the corporation in the form of a record. The consent of a Director to receive notice by electronic transmission is revoked if the corporation is unable to electronically transmit two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with the consent, and this inability becomes known to the Secretary of the corporation or any other person responsible for giving the notice. The inadvertent failure by the corporation to treat this inability as a revocation does not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Page 11

(3) Posting Notice on an Electronic Network. Notice to Directors who have consented to receipt of electronically transmitted notices may be provided by posting the notice on an electronic network and delivering to the Director a separate record of the posting, together with comprehensible instructions regarding how to obtain access to the posting on the electronic network.

3.6.3 Effectiveness of Written Notice

(a) Notice by Mail. Notice given by mail is effective five days after its deposit in the United States mail, as evidenced by the postmark, if mailed with first-class postage prepaid and correctly addressed to the Director at his or her address shown on the records of the corporation.

(b) Notice by Registered or Certified Mail. Notice is effective on the date shown on the return receipt, if sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, and the receipt is signed by or on behalf of the addressee.

(c) Notice by Telegraph, Teletype or Facsimile Equipment. Notice sent to the Director’s address, telephone number or other number appearing on the records of the corporation is effective when dispatched by telegraph, teletype or wire or wireless equipment that transmits a facsimile of the notice.

(d) Notice by Private Carrier. Notice given by private carrier is effective when received by the Director.

(e) Personal Notice. Notice given by personal delivery is effective when received by the Director.

(f) Notice by Electronic Transmission. Notice provided by electronic transmission, if in comprehensible form, is effective when it (i) is electronically transmitted to an address, location or system designated by the recipient for that purpose, or (ii) has been posted on an electronic network and a separate record of the posting has been delivered to the recipient together with comprehensible instructions regarding how to obtain access to the posting on the electronic network.

3.6.4 Effectiveness of Oral Notice

(a) Notice in Person or by Telephone. Oral notice is effective when received by the Director.

(b) Notice by Wire or Wireless Equipment. Notice given by wire or wireless equipment that does not transmit a facsimile of the notice or by any electronic means that does not create a record is effective when communicated to the Director.

Page 12

3.7 Waiver of Notice

3.7.1 By Delivery of a Record

A Director may waive any notice required to be given to any Director under the provisions of these Bylaws, the Articles of Incorporation or the Washington Business Corporation Act, before or after the date and time stated in the notice and such waiver shall be equivalent to the giving of such notice. The waiver must be delivered by the Director entitled to the notice to the corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the corporate records. Such waiver shall be set forth either in an executed written record or, if the corporation has designated an address, location or system to which the waiver may be electronically transmitted and the waiver has been electronically transmitted to the designated address, location or system, in an executed electronically transmitted record. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the Board or any committee designated by the Board need be specified in the waiver of notice of such meeting.

3.7.2 By Attendance

A Director’s attendance at or participation in a Board or committee meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, unless the Director at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon his or her arrival, objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at such meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting.

3.8 Quorum

3.8.1 Board of Directors

A majority of the number of Directors fixed by or in the manner provided in these Bylaws shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any Board meeting but, if less than a quorum are present at a meeting, a majority of the Directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.

3.8.2 Committees

A majority of the number of Directors composing any committee of the Board, as established and fixed by resolution of the Board, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of such committee but, if less than a quorum are present at a meeting, a majority of such Directors present may adjourn the committee meeting from time to time without further notice.

Page 13

3.9 Manner of Acting

If a quorum is present when the vote is taken, the act of the majority of the Directors present at a Board or committee meeting shall be the act of the Board or such committee, unless the vote of a greater number is required by these Bylaws, the Articles of Incorporation or the Washington Business Corporation Act.

3.10 Presumption of Assent

A Director of the corporation who is present at a Board or committee meeting at which any action is taken shall be deemed to have assented to the action taken unless (a) the Director objects at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon his or her arrival, to holding the meeting or transacting any business at such meeting, (b) the Director’s dissent or abstention from the action taken is entered in the minutes of the meeting, or (c) the Director delivers notice of the Director’s dissent or abstention to the presiding officer of the meeting before its adjournment or to the corporation within a reasonable time after adjournment of the meeting. The right of dissent or abstention is not available to a Director who votes in favor of the action taken.

3.11 Action by Board or Committees Without a Meeting

Any action that could be taken at a meeting of the Board or of any committee created by the Board may be taken without a meeting if one or more consents setting forth the action so taken are executed by all of the Directors or by all of the members of such committee either before or after the action is taken and delivered to the corporation, each of which shall be set forth in an executed written record or, if the corporation has designated an address, location or system to which the consent may be electronically transmitted and the consent is electronically transmitted to the designated address, location or system in an executed electronically transmitted record. Action taken by consent of Directors without a meeting is effective when the last Director executes the consent, unless the consent specifies a later effective date. Any such consent shall be inserted in the minute book as if it were the minutes of a Board or a committee meeting.

3.12 Resignation of Directors and Committee Members

Any Director may resign from the Board or any committee of the Board at any time by delivering either oral tender of resignation at any meeting of the Board or any committee or an executed notice to the Chairperson of the Board, the President, the Secretary or the Board. Any such resignation is effective upon delivery unless the notice of resignation specifies a later effective date and, unless otherwise specified, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Page 14

3.13 Removal of Directors and Committee Members

3.13.1 Removal of Directors

(a) General Requirements. At a meeting of shareholders called expressly for that purpose, one or more members of the Board, including the entire Board, may be removed with or without cause (unless the Articles of Incorporation permit removal for cause only) by the holders of the shares entitled to elect the Director or Directors whose removal is sought if the number of votes cast to remove the Director exceeds the number of votes cast to not remove the Director.

(b) Cumulative Voting. If the Articles of Incorporation permit cumulative voting in the election of Directors, then a Director may not be removed if the number of votes sufficient to elect such Director if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire Board or, if there are classes of Directors, at an election of the class of Directors of which such Director is a part, is voted against the Director’s removal.

3.13.2 Removal of Committee Members

The Board may remove any member of any committee elected or appointed by it but only by the affirmative vote of the greater of a majority of the Directors then in office and the number of Directors required to take action in accordance with these Bylaws.

3.14 Vacancies

Unless the Articles of Incorporation provide otherwise, any vacancy occurring on the Board may be filled by the shareholders, the Board or, if the Directors in office constitute fewer than a quorum, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors. Any vacant office to be held by a Director elected by the holders of one or more classes or series of shares entitled to vote and be counted collectively thereon shall be filled only by the vote of the holders of such class or series of shares. A Director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve only until the next election of Directors by the shareholders.

3.15 Executive and Other Committees

3.15.1 Creation of Committees

The Board, by resolution, may create standing or temporary committees, including an Executive Committee, and appoint members from its own number and invest such committees with such powers as it may see fit, subject to such conditions as may be prescribed by the Board, the Articles of Incorporation, these Bylaws and applicable law. Such resolution must be adopted by the greater of a majority of all the Directors then in office or the number of Directors required to take action in accordance with these Bylaws. Each committee must have two or more members, who shall serve at the pleasure of the Board.

Page 15

3.15.2 Authority of Committees

Each committee shall have and may exercise all of the authority of the Board to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board creating the committee and any subsequent resolutions adopted in like manner, except that no such committee shall have the authority to: (a) authorize or approve a distribution except according to a general formula or method prescribed by the Board, (b) approve or propose to shareholders actions or proposals required by the Washington Business Corporation Act to be approved by shareholders, (c) fill vacancies on the Board or any committee of the Board, (d) amend the Articles of Incorporation pursuant to RCW 23B.10.020, (e) adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws, (f) approve a plan of merger not requiring shareholder approval, or (g) authorize or approve the issuance or sale or contract for sale of shares, or determine the designation and relative rights, preferences and limitations of a class or series of shares except that the Board may authorize a committee or a senior executive officer of the corporation to do so within limits specifically prescribed by the Board.

3.15.3 Minutes of Meetings

All committees shall keep regular minutes of their meetings and shall cause them to be recorded in books kept for that purpose.

3.16 Compensation of Directors and Committee Members

By Board resolution, Directors and committee members may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each Board or committee meeting, a fixed sum for attendance at each Board or committee meeting or a stated salary as Director or a committee member, and such other compensation as the Board may determine. No such payment shall preclude any Director or committee member from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

SECTION 4. OFFICERS

4.1 Appointment and Term

The officers of the corporation shall be those officers appointed from time to time by the Board or by any other officer empowered to do so. The Board shall have sole power and authority to appoint executive officers. As used herein, the term “executive officer” shall mean the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President in charge of a principal business unit, division or function or any other officer who performs a policy-making function. The Board or the Chief Executive Officer may appoint such other officers and assistant officers to hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties as may be prescribed. The Board may delegate to any other officer the power to appoint any subordinate officers and to prescribe their respective terms of office, authority and duties. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. Unless an officer dies, resigns or is removed from office, he or she shall hold office until his or her successor is appointed.

Page 16

4.2 Resignation

Any officer may resign at any time by delivering written notice thereof to the corporation. Any such resignation is effective upon delivery thereof, unless the notice of resignation specifies a later effective date, and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

4.3 Removal

Any officer may be removed by the Board at any time, with or without cause. An officer or assistant officer, if appointed by another officer, may be removed by any officer authorized to appoint officers or assistant officers.

4.4 Contract Rights of Officers

The appointment of an officer does not itself create contract rights.

4.5 Chairman of the Board and Vice Chairman of the Board

If appointed, the Chairman of the Board shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the Board from time to time and shall preside over meetings of the Board and shareholders unless another officer is appointed or designated by the Board as Chairman of such meetings.

If appointed, the Vice Chairman of the board shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the Board from time to time.

4.6 Chief Executive Officer

If appointed, the Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation unless some other officer is so designated by the Board, shall preside over meetings of the Board and shareholders in the absence of a Chairman of the Board, and, subject to the Board’s control, shall supervise and control all of the assets, business and affairs of the corporation

4.7 President

If appointed, the President shall be the chief operating officer of the corporation unless some other officer is so designated by the Board and shall report to the Chief Executive Officer, unless the same person holds both offices. In general, the President shall perform such other duties as are prescribed by the Board from time to time. If no Secretary has been appointed, the President shall have responsibility for the preparation of minutes of meetings of the Board and shareholders and for authentication of the records of the corporation.

Page 17

4.8 Vice President

Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Chief Executive Officer or the President or by or at the direction of the Board.

4.9 Secretary

If appointed, the Secretary shall be responsible for preparation of minutes of the meetings of the Board and shareholders, maintenance of the corporation records and stock registers, and authentication of the corporation’s records and shall in general perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Chief Executive Officer or the President or by or at the direction of the Board. In the absence of the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary may perform the duties of the Secretary.

4.10 Treasurer

If appointed, the Treasurer shall have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation, receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the corporation from any source whatsoever, and deposit all such moneys in the name of the corporation in banks, trust companies or other depositories selected in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws, and in general perform all of the duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Chief Executive Officer, or the President or by or at the direction of the Board. In the absence of the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer may perform the duties of the Treasurer. If required by the Board, the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such amount and with such surety or sureties as the Board shall determine.

4.11 Salaries

The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board or by any person or persons to whom the Board has delegated such authority. No officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he or she is also a Director of the corporation.

SECTION 5. CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

5.1 Contracts

The Board may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Page 18

5.2 Loans to the Corporation

No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the corporation and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by a resolution of the Board. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

5.3 Checks, Drafts, Etc.

All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, or agent or agents, of the corporation and in such manner as is from time to time determined by resolution of the Board.

5.4 Deposits

All funds of the corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board may select.

SECTION 6. CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

6.1 Issuance of Shares

No shares of the corporation shall be issued unless authorized by the Board, or by a committee designated by the Board to the extent such committee is empowered to do so.

6.2 Certificates for Shares

Certificates representing shares of the corporation shall be signed, either manually or in facsimile, by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and shall include on their face written notice of any restrictions which may be imposed on the transferability of such shares. All certificates shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified.

6.3 Stock Records

The stock transfer books shall be kept at the principal office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar. The name and address of each person to whom certificates for shares are issued, together with the class and number of shares represented by each such certificate and the date of issue thereof, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the corporation. The person in whose name shares stand on the books of the corporation shall be deemed by the corporation to be the owner thereof for all purposes.

Page 19

6.4 Restriction on Transfer

Except to the extent that the corporation has obtained an opinion of counsel acceptable to the corporation that transfer restrictions are not required under applicable securities laws, or has otherwise satisfied itself that such transfer restrictions are not required, all certificates representing shares of the corporation shall bear a legend on the face of the certificate, or on the reverse of the certificate if a reference to the legend is contained on the face, which reads substantially as follows:

“The securities evidenced by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of l933, as amended, or any applicable state law, and no interest therein may be sold, distributed, assigned, offered, pledged or otherwise transferred unless (a) there is an effective registration statement under such Act and applicable state securities laws covering any such transaction involving said securities or (b) this corporation receives an opinion of legal counsel for the holder of these securities (concurred in by legal counsel for this corporation) stating that such transaction is exempt from registration or this corporation otherwise satisfies itself that such transaction is exempt from registration. Neither the offering of the securities nor any offering materials have been reviewed by any administrator under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any applicable state law.”

6.5 Transfer of Shares

The transfer of shares of the corporation shall be made only on the stock transfer books of the corporation pursuant to authorization or document of transfer made by the holder of record thereof or by his or her legal representative, who shall furnish proper evidence of authority to transfer, or by his or her attorney-in-fact authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the corporation. All certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer shall be cancelled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificates for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled.

6.6 Lost or Destroyed Certificates

In the case of a lost, destroyed or mutilated certificate, a new certificate may be issued therefor upon such terms and indemnity to the corporation as the Board may prescribe.

Page 20

SECTION 7. BOOKS AND RECORDS

The corporation shall:

(a) Keep as permanent records minutes of all meetings of its shareholders and the Board, a record of all actions taken by the shareholders or the Board without a meeting, and a record of all actions taken by a committee of the Board exercising the authority of the Board on behalf of the corporation.

(b) Maintain appropriate accounting records.

(c) Maintain a record of its shareholders, in a form that permits preparation of a list of the names and addresses of all shareholders, in alphabetical order by class of shares showing the number and class of shares held by each; provided, however, such record may be maintained by an agent of the corporation.

(d) Maintain its records in written form or in another form capable of conversion into written form within a reasonable time.

(e) Keep a copy of the following records at its principal office:

1. the Articles of Incorporation and all amendments thereto as currently in effect;

2. the Bylaws and all amendments thereto as currently in effect;

3. the minutes of all meetings of shareholders and records of all action taken by shareholders without a meeting, for the past three years;

4. the financial statements described in Section 23B.16.200(1) of the Washington Business Corporation Act, for the past three years;

5. all written communications to shareholders generally within the past three years;

6. a list of the names and business addresses of the current Directors and officers; and

7. the most recent annual report delivered to the Washington Secretary of State.

SECTION 8. ACCOUNTING YEAR

The accounting year of the corporation shall be the calendar year, provided that if a different accounting year is at any time selected by the Board for purposes of federal income taxes, or any other purpose, the accounting year shall be the year so selected.

Page 21

SECTION 9. SEAL

The Board may provide for a corporate seal which shall consist of the name of the corporation, the state of its incorporation and the year of its incorporation.

SECTION 10. INDEMNIFICATION

10.1 Right to Indemnification

Each person who was, is or is threatened to be made a named party to or is otherwise involved (including, without limitation, as a witness) in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Director or officer of the corporation or, that being or having been such a Director or officer or an employee of the corporation, he or she is or was serving at the request of an executive officer of the corporation as a Director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of a proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as such a Director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as such a Director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation against all expense, liability and loss (including counsel fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith, and such indemnification shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a Director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Except as provided in subsection 10.2 of this Section with respect to proceedings seeking to enforce rights to indemnification, the corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if a proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or ratified by the Board. The right to indemnification conferred in this Section shall be a contract right.

10.2 Restrictions on Indemnification

No indemnification shall be provided to any such indemnitee for acts or omissions of the indemnitee finally adjudged to be intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, for conduct of the indemnitee finally adjudged to be in violation of Section 23B.08.310 of the Washington Business Corporation Act, for any transaction with respect to which it was finally adjudged that such indemnitee personally received a benefit in money, property or services to which the indemnitee was not legally entitled or if the corporation is otherwise prohibited by applicable law from paying such indemnification, except that if Section 23B.08.560 or any successor provision of the Washington Business Corporation Act is hereafter amended, the restrictions on indemnification set forth in this subsection 10.2 shall be as set forth in such amended statutory provision.

Page 22

10.3 Advancement of Expenses

The right to indemnification conferred in this Section shall include the right to be paid by the corporation the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”). An advancement of expenses shall be made upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this subsection 10.3.

10.4 Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit

If a claim under subsection 10.1 or 10.3 of this Section is not paid in full by the corporation within 60 days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part, in any such suit or in a suit brought by the corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. The indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this Section upon submission of a written claim (and, in an action brought to enforce a claim for an advancement of expenses, where the required undertaking has been tendered to the corporation) and thereafter the corporation shall have the burden of proof to overcome the presumption that the indemnitee is so entitled.

10.5 Procedures Exclusive

Pursuant to Section 23B.08.560(2) or any successor provision of the Washington Business Corporation Act, the procedures for indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth in this Section are in lieu of the procedures required by Section 23B.08.550 or any successor provision of the Washington Business Corporation Act.

10.6 Nonexclusivity of Rights

The right to indemnification and the advancement of expenses conferred in this Section shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, general or specific action of the Board, contract or otherwise.

10.7 Insurance, Contracts and Funding

The corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of the corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person

Page 23

against such expense, liability or loss under the Washington Business Corporation Act. The corporation may enter into contracts with any Director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of the corporation in furtherance of the provisions of this Section and may create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means (including, without limitation, a letter of credit) to ensure the payment of such amounts as may be necessary to effect indemnification as provided in this Section.

10.8 Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation

The corporation may, by action of the Board, grant rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses to employees and agents or any class or group of employees and agents of the corporation (i) with the same scope and effect as the provisions of this Section with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of Directors and officers of the corporation; (ii) pursuant to rights granted pursuant to, or provided by, the Washington Business Corporation Act; or (iii) as are otherwise consistent with law.

10.9 Persons Serving Other Entities

Any person who, while a Director, officer or employee of the corporation, is or was serving (a) as a Director or officer of another foreign or domestic corporation of which a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of its Directors is held by the corporation or (b) as a partner, trustee or otherwise in an executive or management capacity in a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise of which the corporation or a wholly owned subsidiary of the corporation is a general partner or has a majority ownership(a) as a Director or officer of another foreign or domestic corporation of which a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of its Directors is held by the corporation or (b) as a partner, trustee or otherwise in an executive or management capacity in a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise of which the corporation or a wholly owned subsidiary of the corporation is a general partner or has a majority ownership shall be deemed to be so serving at the request of an executive officer of an executive officer of the corporation and entitled to indemnification and advancement of expenses under subsections 10.1 and 10.3 of this Section.

SECTION 11. AMENDMENTS

These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed and new Bylaws may be adopted by the Board, except that the Board may not repeal or amend any Bylaw that the shareholders have expressly provided, in amending or repealing such Bylaw, may not be amended or repealed by the Board. The shareholders may also alter, amend and repeal these Bylaws or adopt new Bylaws. All Bylaws made by the Board may be amended, repealed, altered or modified by the shareholders.

Page 24

The foregoing Bylaws were adopted by the Board of Directors on October 25, 2002.

/s/ MariLyn R. Blair

MariLyn R. Blair, Secretary

Page 25

EX-3.9

Exhibit 3.9

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

of

ITRON SPECTRUM HOLDINGS, INC.

The undersigned as incorporator of a corporation under the Washington Business Corporation Act adopts the following Articles of Incorporation.

ARTICLE 1. NAME

The name of this corporation is Itron Spectrum Holdings, Inc.

ARTICLE 2. SHARES

This corporation shall have authority to issue 1,000 shares of Common Stock without par value.

ARTICLE 3. REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The name of the initial registered agent of this corporation and the address of its initial registered office are as follows:

Lawco of Washington, Inc.

1201 Third Avenue, 40^th Floor

Seattle, WA 98101-3099

ARTILCE 4. PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

No preemptive rights shall exist with respect to shares of stock or securities convertible into shares of stock of this corporation.

ARTICLE 5. CUMULATIVE VOTING

The right to cumulate votes in the election of Directors shall not exist with respect to shares of stock of this corporation.

ARTICLE 6. DIRECTORS

The number of Directors of this corporation shall be determined in the manner provided by the Bylaws and may be increased or decreased from time to time in the manner provided therein. The initial Board of Directors shall consist of one Director, and the name and address of the person who shall serve as Director until the first annual meeting of shareholders or until his successor is elected and qualified is:

Robert D. Neilson

2818 North Sullivan Road

Spokane, WA 99216-1897

The Directors of this corporation may be removed only for cause in the manner provided by the Bylaws.

ARTICLE 7. LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY

To the full extent that the Washington Business Corporation Act, as it exists on the date hereof or may hereafter be amended, permits the limitation or elimination of the liability of Directors, a Director of this corporation shall not be liable to this corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for conduct as a Director. Any amendments to or repeal of this Article shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Director of this corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such Director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

ARTICLE 8. SHAREHOLDER ACTIONS

Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting or a vote if either.

(a) the action is taken by written consent of all shareholders entitled to vote on the action; or

(b) so long as this corporation is not a public company, the action is taken by written consent of shareholders holding of record, or otherwise entitled to vote, in the aggregate not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or taken such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote on the action were present and voted.

To the extent the Washington Business Corporation Act requires prior notice of any such action to be given to nonconsenting or nonvoting shareholders such notice shall be given at least one day before the date on which the action becomes effective. The form of the notice shall be sufficient to apprise the nonconsenting or nonvoting shareholder of the nature of the action to be effected and shall be provided in the same manner as the Bylaws or these Articles of Incorporation require or permit other notices to shareholders to be provided.

ARTICLE 9. SHAREHOLDER VOTE REQUIRED ON CERTAIN MATTERS

Except as otherwise provided in the Article of Incorporation, if shareholder approval of any of the following matters is required under the Washington Business Corporation Act, such matter may be approved by a majority of the votes in each voting group entitled to be

-2-

cast on such matter: (a) amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, (b) a plan of merger or share exchange of this corporation with any other corporation; (c) the sale, lease, exchange or other disposition, whether in one transaction or a series of transactions, by this corporation of all or substantially all of this corporation’s property other than in the usual and regular course of business; or (d) the dissolution of this corporation. This Article is intended to reduce the voting requirements otherwise prescribed by the Washington Business Corporation Act with respect to the foregoing matters.

ARTICLE 10. INCORPORATOR

The name and address of the incorporator are as follows:

Lance W. Bass

1201 Third Avenue, Suite 4800

Seattle, WA 98101-3099

Dated: Sept. 23, 2002

/s/ Lance W. Bass

Lance W. Bass, Incorporator

-3-

CONSENT TO APPOINTMENT AS REGISTERED AGENT

Lawco of Washington, Inc. hereby consents to serve as registered agent in the State of Washington for the following corporation, Itron Spectrum Holdings, Inc. Lawco of Washington, Inc. understands that as agent for the corporation, it will be its responsibility to accept service of process in the name of the corporation to forward all mail and license renewals to the appropriate officer(s) of the corporation, and to notify the Office of the Secretary of State immediately of its resignation or of any changes in the address of the registered office of the corporation for which it is agent.

	LAWCO OF WASHINGTON, INC.
Dated: Sept. 23, 2002	By:	/s/ Carol C. Cameron
		Carol C. Cameron its Vice President

          Address: Lawco of Washington, Inc. 1201 Third Avenue, 40^th Floor Seattle, WA 98101-3099

-4-

EX-3.10

Exhibit 3.10

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

OF

ITRON SPECTRUM HOLDINGS, INC.

The following Articles of Amendment are executed by the undersigned, a Washington corporation:

1. The name of the corporation is Itron Spectrum Holdings, Inc.

2. The Articles of Incorporation of this corporation are amended as follows:

Article I of the Articles of Incorporation of the corporation is amended to read as follows:

“The name of this corporation is Itron Engineering Services, Inc.”

Article 6 of the Articles of Incorporation is amended by deleting in its entirely the last sentence of Article 6 which currently reads as follows: “The Directors of the corporation may be removed only for cause in the manner provided in the Bylaws.”

3. The date of adoption of the amendment by the Board of Directors of the corporation is February 25, 2004.

4. The amendment was duly approved by the sole shareholder of the corporation in accordance with the provisions of RCW 23B. 10.030 and RCW 23B. 10.040.

Dated: March 5, 2004

ITRON SPECTRUM HOLDINGS, INC.
By:	/s/ ROBERT D. NEILSON
	Robert D. Neilson, President

EX-3.11

Exhibit 3.11

BYLAWS

OF

ITRON INTERNATIONAL, INC.

Originally adopted on May 23, 1996

Amendments are listed on p. i

ITRON INTERNATIONAL, INC.

AMENDMENTS

Section Effect of Amendment Date of Amendment

-i-

CONTENTS

SECTION 1.	OFFICES	1
SECTION 2.	STOCKHOLDERS	1
2.1	Annual Meeting	1
2.2	Special Meetings	1
2.3	Place of Meeting	1
2.4	Notice of Meeting	2
2.5	Waiver of Notice	2
	2.5.1    Waiver in Writing	2
	2.5.2    Waiver by Attendance	2
2.6	Fixing of Record Date for Determining Stockholders	3
	2.6.1    Meetings	3
	2.6.2    Consent to Corporate Action Without a Meeting	3
	2.6.3    Dividends, Distributions and Other Rights	4
2.7	Voting List	4
2.8	Quorum	4
2.9	Manner of Acting	5
2.10	Proxies	5
	2.10.1    Appointment	5
	2.10.2    Delivery to Corporation; Duration	5
2.11	Voting of Shares	6
2.12	Voting for Directors	6
2.13	Action by Stockholders Without a Meeting	6
SECTION 3.	BOARD OF DIRECTORS	7
3.1	General Powers	7
3.2	Number and Tenure	7
3.3	Annual and Regular Meetings	7
3.4	Special Meetings	7
3.5	Meetings by Telephone	8
3.6	Notice of Special Meetings	8
	3.6.1    Personal Delivery	8
	3.6.2    Delivery by Mail	8
	3.6.3    Delivery by Private Carrier	8
	3.6.4    Facsimile Notice	8
	3.6.5    Delivery by Telegraph	8
	3.6.6    Oral Notice	9
3.7	Waiver of Notice	9

-ii-

	3.7.1    In Writing	9
	3.7.2    By Attendance	9
3.8	Quorum	9
3.9	Manner of Acting	9
3.10	Presumption of Assent	10
3.11	Action by Board or Committees Without a Meeting	10
3.12	Resignation	10
3.13	Removal	10
3.14	Vacancies	11
3.15	Committees	11
	3.15.1    Creation and Authority of Committees	11
	3.15.2    Minutes of Meetings	12
	3.15.3    Quorum and Manner of Acting	12
	3.15.4    Resignation	12
	3.15.5    Removal	12
3.16	Compensation	12
SECTION 4.	OFFICERS	13
4.1	Number	13
4.2	Election and Term of Office	13
4.3	Resignation	13
4.4	Removal	13
4.5	Vacancies	14
4.6	Chairman of the Board	14
4.7	President	14
4.8	Vice President	14
4.9	Secretary	15
4.10	Treasurer	15
4.11	Salaries	15
SECTION 5.	CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS	15
5.1	Contracts	15
5.2	Loans to the Corporation	15
5.3	Checks, Drafts, Etc.	16
5.4	Deposits	16
SECTION 6.	CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER	16
6.1	Issuance of Shares	16
6.2	Certificates for Shares	16
6.3	Stock Records	16
6.4	Restriction on Transfer	17

-iii-

6.5	Transfer of Shares	17
6.6	Lost or Destroyed Certificates	18
6.7	Shares of Another Corporation	18
SECTION 7.	BOOKS AND RECORDS	18
SECTION 8.	ACCOUNTING YEAR	18
SECTION 9.	SEAL	18
SECTION 10.	INDEMNIFICATION	18
10.1	Right to Indemnification	18
10.2	Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit	19
10.3	Nonexclusivity of Rights	20
10.4	Insurance, Contracts and Funding	20
10.5	Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation	20
10.6	Persons Serving Other Entities	21
SECTION 11.	AMENDMENTS OR REPEAL	21

-iv-

BYLAWS

OF

ITRON INTERNATIONAL, INC.

SECTION 1. OFFICES

The principal office of the corporation shall be located at its principal place of business or such other place as the Board of Directors (the “Board”) may designate. The corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board may designate or as the business of the corporation may require from time to time.

SECTION 2. STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 Annual Meeting

The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held each year within 90 to 180 days after the fiscal year end of the corporation at a date, time and location determined by resolution of the Board for the purpose of electing Directors and transacting such other business as may properly come before the meeting. If the day fixed for the annual meeting is a legal holiday at the place of the meeting, the meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day. If the annual meeting is not held on the date designated therefor, the Board shall cause the meeting to be held on such other date as may be convenient.

2.2 Special Meetings

The Chairman of the Board, the President or the Board may call special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose. Holders of not less than one-tenth of all the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting may call special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose by giving notice to the corporation as specified in subsection 2.4 hereof.

2.3 Place of Meeting

All meetings shall be held at the principal office of the corporation or at such other place within or without the State of Delaware designated by the Board, by any persons entitled to call a meeting hereunder or in a waiver of notice signed by all the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

2.4 Notice of Meeting

The Chairman of the Board, the President, the Secretary, the Board, or stockholders calling an annual or special meeting of stockholders as provided for herein, shall cause to be delivered to each stockholder entitled to notice of or to vote at the meeting either personally or by mail, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the meeting, written notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Upon written request delivered to the corporation in accordance with subsection 2.5 hereof by the holders of not less than the number of outstanding shares of the corporation, the stockholders may request that the corporation call a special meeting of stockholders. Within 60 days of such a request, it shall be the duty of the Secretary to give notice of a special meeting of stockholders to be held on such date and at such place and hour as the Secretary may fix, and if the Secretary shall neglect or refuse to issue such notice, the person making the request may do so and may fix the date for such meeting. If such notice is mailed, it shall be deemed delivered when deposited in the official government mail properly addressed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the corporation with postage prepaid. If the notice is telegraphed, it shall be deemed delivered when the content of the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company. Notice given in any other manner shall be deemed delivered when dispatched to the stockholder’s address, telephone number or other number appearing on the stock transfer records of the corporation.

2.5 Waiver of Notice

2.5.1 Waiver in Writing

Whenever any notice is required to be given to any stockholder under the provisions of these Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation or the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as now or hereafter amended (the “DGCL”), a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.

2.5.2 Waiver by Attendance

The attendance of a stockholder at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when a stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

-2-

2.6 Fixing of Record Date for Determining Stockholders

2.6.1 Meetings

For the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall be not more than 60 (or the maximum number permitted by applicable law) nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

2.6.2 Consent to Corporate Action Without a Meeting

For the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which date shall not be more than 10 (or the maximum number permitted by applicable law) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. If no record date has been fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is required by Chapter 1 of the DGCL, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board and prior action by the Board is required by Chapter 1 of the DGCL, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

-3-

2.6.3 Dividends, Distributions and Other Rights

For the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 (or the maximum number permitted by applicable law) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

2.7 Voting List

At least 10 days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, or any adjournment thereof, shall be made, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and number of shares held by each stockholder. This list shall be open to examination by any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of 10 days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. This list shall also be produced and kept at such meeting for inspection by any stockholder who is present.

2.8 Quorum

A majority of the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of the stockholders; provided, that where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes, present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. If less than a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote are represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. If a quorum is present or represented at a reconvened meeting following such an adjournment, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called. The stockholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

-4-

2.9 Manner of Acting

In all matters other than the election of Directors, if a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, unless the vote of a greater number is required by these Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL. Where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, if a quorum of such class or classes is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of outstanding shares of such class or classes present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of Directors.

2.10 Proxies

2.10.1 Appointment

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy. Such authorization may be accomplished by the stockholder or such stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent executing a writing or causing his or her signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means, including facsimile signature, or (b) transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission to the intended holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service or similar agent duly authorized by the intended proxy holder to receive such transmission; provided, that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission must either set forth or be accompanied by information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission by which a stockholder has authorized another person to act as proxy for such stockholder may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

2.10.2 Delivery to Corporation; Duration

A proxy shall be filed with the Secretary before or at the time of the meeting or the delivery to the corporation of the consent to corporate action in writing. A proxy

-5-

shall become invalid three years after the date of its execution unless otherwise provided in the proxy. A proxy with respect to a specified meeting shall entitle the holder thereof to vote at any reconvened meeting following adjournment of such meeting but shall not be valid after the final adjournment thereof.

2.11 Voting of Shares

Each outstanding share entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter of an issue submitted to a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote upon each such issue.

2.12 Voting for Directors

Each stockholder entitled to vote at an election of Directors may vote, in person or by proxy, the number of shares owned by such stockholder for as many persons as there are Directors to be elected and for whose election such stockholder has a right to vote, or if the Certificate of Incorporation provides for cumulative voting, each stockholder may cumulate such stockholder’s votes by distributing among one or more candidates as many votes as are equal to the number of such Directors multiplied by the number of such stockholder’s shares.

2.13 Action by Stockholders Without a Meeting

Any action which could be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall (a) be signed by all stockholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof (as determined in accordance with subsection 2.6.2 hereof) and (b) be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the records of proceedings of meetings of stockholders. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified mail or registered mail, return receipt requested. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless written consents signed by all stockholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof are delivered to the corporation, in the manner required by this Section 2, within 60 (or the maximum number permitted by applicable law) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation in the manner required by this Section 2. The validity of any consent executed by a proxy for a stockholder pursuant to a telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission transmitted to such proxy holder by or upon the authorization of the stockholder shall be determined by or at the direction of the

-6-

Secretary. A written record of the information upon which the person making such determination relied shall be made and kept in the records of the proceedings of the stockholders. Any such consent shall be inserted in the minute book as if it were the minutes of a meeting of the stockholders.

SECTION 3. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

3.1 General Powers

The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by the Board.

3.2 Number and Tenure

The Board shall be composed of not less than one nor more than seven Directors, the specific number to be set by resolution of the Board or the stockholders, The number of Directors may be changed from time to time by amendment to these Bylaws, but no decrease in the number of Directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent Director. Unless a Director resigns or is removed, he or she shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders or until his or her successor is elected, whichever is later. Directors need not be stockholders of the corporation or residents of the State of Delaware.

3.3 Annual and Regular Meetings

An annual Board meeting shall be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders. By resolution, the Board or any committee designated by the Board may specify the time and place either within or without the State of Delaware for holding regular meetings thereof without other notice than such resolution.

3.4 Special Meetings

Special meetings of the Board or any committee appointed by the Board may be called by or at the request of the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Secretary or, in the case of special Board meetings, any one Director and, in the case of any special meeting of any committee appointed by the Board, by the Chairman thereof. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings may fix any place either within or without the State of Delaware as the place for holding any special meeting called by them.

-7-

3.5 Meetings by Telephone

Members of the Board or any committee designated by the Board may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

3.6 Notice of Special Meetings

Notice of a special Board or committee meeting stating the place, day and hour of the meeting shall be given to a Director in writing or orally by telephone or in person. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting need be specified in the notice of such meeting.

3.6.1 Personal Delivery

If notice is given by personal delivery, the notice shall be effective if delivered to a Director at least two days before the meeting.

3.6.2 Delivery by Mail

If notice is delivered by mail, the notice shall be deemed effective if deposited in the official government mail properly addressed to a Director at his or her address shown on the records of the corporation with postage prepaid at least five days before the meeting.

3.6.3 Delivery by Private Carrier

If notice is given by private carrier, the notice shall be deemed effective when dispatched to a Director at his or her address shown on the records of the corporation at least three days before the meeting.

3.6.4 Facsimile Notice

If notice is delivered by wire or wireless equipment that transmits a facsimile of the notice, the notice shall be deemed effective when dispatched at least two days before the meeting to a Director at his or her telephone number or other number appearing on the records of the corporation.

3.6.5 Delivery by Telegraph

If notice is delivered by telegraph, the notice shall be deemed effective if the content thereof is delivered to the telegraph company at least two days before the meeting for delivery to a Director at his or her address shown on the records of the corporation.

-8-

3.6.6 Oral Notice

If notice is delivered orally, by telephone or in person, the notice shall be deemed effective if personally given to the Director at least two days before the meeting.

3.7 Waiver of Notice

3.7.1 In Writing

Whenever any notice is required to be given to any Director under the provisions of these Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board or any committee appointed by the Board need be specified in the waiver of notice of such meeting.

3.7.2 By Attendance

The attendance of a Director at a Board or committee meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when a Director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

3.8 Quorum

A majority of the total number of Directors fixed by or in the manner provided in these Bylaws or, if vacancies exist on the Board, a majority of the total number of Directors then serving on the Board, provided, however, that such number may be not less than one-third of the total number of Directors fixed by or in the manner provided in these Bylaws, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any Board meeting. If less than a majority are present at a meeting, a majority of the Directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.

3.9 Manner of Acting

The act of the majority of the Directors present at a Board or committee meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board or committee, unless the vote of a greater number is required by these Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL.

-9-

3.10 Presumption of Assent

A Director of the corporation present at a Board or committee meeting at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his or her dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting, or unless such Director files a written dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof, or forwards such dissent by registered mail to the Secretary of the corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. A Director who voted in favor of such action may not dissent.

3.11 Action by Board or Committees Without a Meeting

Any action that could be taken at a meeting of the Board or of any committee appointed by the Board may be taken without a meeting if a written consent setting forth the action so taken is signed by each of the Directors or by each committee member. Any such written consent shall be inserted in the minute book as if it were the minutes of a Board or a committee meeting.

3.12 Resignation

Any Director may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Secretary or the Board, or to the registered office of the corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time is not specified, upon delivery thereof and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

3.13 Removal

At a meeting of stockholders called expressly for that purpose, one or more members of the Board (including the entire Board) may be removed, with or without cause, by a vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote on the election of Directors. If the Certificate of Incorporation provides for cumulative voting in the election of Directors, then if less than the entire Board is to be removed, no Director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against his or her removal would be sufficient to elect such Director if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire Board.

-10-

3.14 Vacancies

Any vacancy occurring on the Board may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors though less than a quorum of the Board. A Director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office. Any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of Directors may be filled by the Board.

3.15 Committees

3.15.1 Creation and Authority of Committees

The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the number of Directors fixed by or in the manner provided in these Bylaws, appoint standing or temporary committees, each committee to consist of one or more Directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board establishing such committee or as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (a) amending the Certificate of Incorporation (except that a committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the Board as provided in Section 151(a) of the DGCL, fix the designations, preferences or rights of such shares to the extent permitted under Section 141 of the DGCL), (b) adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation under Section 251 or 252 of the DGCL, (c) recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all the property and assets of the corporation, (d) recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or (e) amending these Bylaws; and, unless expressly provided by resolution of the Board, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the DGCL.

-11-

3.15.2 Minutes of Meetings

All committees so appointed shall keep regular minutes of their meetings and shall cause them to be recorded in books kept for that purpose.

3.15.3 Quorum and Manner of Acting

A majority of the number of Directors composing any committee of the Board, as established and fixed by resolution of the Board, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of such committee but, if less than a majority are present at a meeting, a majority of such Directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. The act of a majority of the members of a committee present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

3.15.4 Resignation

Any member of any committee may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Secretary, the Board or the Chairman of such committee. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time is not specified, upon delivery thereof and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

3.15.5 Removal

The Board may remove from office any member of any committee elected or appointed by it, but only by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the number of Directors fixed by or in the manner provided in these Bylaws.

3.16 Compensation

By Board resolution, Directors and committee members may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each Board or committee meeting, a fixed sum for attendance at each Board or committee meeting or a stated salary as Director or a committee member, or a combination of the foregoing. No such payment shall preclude any Director or committee member from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

-12-

SECTION 4. OFFICERS

4.1 Number

The officers of the corporation shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, each of whom shall be elected by the Board. One or more Vice Presidents and such other officers and assistant officers, including a Chairman of the Board, may be elected or appointed by the Board, such officers and assistant officers to hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as may be provided by resolution of the Board. Any officer may be assigned by the Board any additional title that the Board deems appropriate. The Board may delegate to any officer or agent the power to appoint any such subordinate officers or agents and to prescribe their respective terms of office, authority and duties. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

4.2 Election and Term of Office

The officers of the corporation shall be elected annually by the Board at the Board meeting held after the annual meeting of the stockholders. If the election of officers is not held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as a Board meeting conveniently may be held. Unless an officer dies, resigns or is removed from office, he or she shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the Board or until his or her successor is elected.

4.3 Resignation

Any officer may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the Chairman of the Board, the President, a Vice President, the Secretary or the Board. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time is not specified, upon delivery thereof and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

4.4 Removal

Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board may be removed by the Board whenever in its judgment the best interests of the corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

-13-

4.5 Vacancies

A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification, creation of a new office or any other cause may be filled by the Board for the unexpired portion of the term, or for a new term established by the Board.

4.6 Chairman of the Board

If elected, the Chairman of the Board shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the Board from time to time and shall preside over meetings of the Board and stockholders unless another officer is appointed or designated by the Board as Chairman of such meeting.

4.7 President

The President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation unless some other officer is so designated by the Board, shall preside over meetings of the Board and stockholders in the absence of a Chairman of the Board and, subject to the Board’s control, shall supervise and control all the assets, business and affairs of the corporation. The President may sign certificates for shares of the corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments, except when the signing and execution thereof have been expressly delegated by the Board or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the corporation or are required by law to be otherwise signed or executed by some other officer or in some other manner. In general, the President shall perform all duties incident to the office of President and such other duties as are prescribed by the Board from time to time.

4.8 Vice President

In the event of the death of the President or his or her inability to act, the Vice President (or if there is more than one Vice President, the Vice President who was designated by the Board as the successor to the President, or if no Vice President is so designated, the Vice President first elected to such office) shall perform the duties of the President, except as may be limited by resolution of the Board, with all the powers of and subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Any Vice President may sign with the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary certificates for shares of the corporation. Vice Presidents shall have, to the extent authorized by the President or the Board, the same powers as the President to sign deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments. Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to them by the President or the Board.

-14-

4.9 Secretary

The Secretary shall be responsible for preparation of minutes of meetings of the Board and stockholders, maintenance of the corporation’s records and stock registers, and authentication of the corporation’s records and shall in general perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the President or the Board. In the absence of the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary may perform the duties of the Secretary.

4.10 Treasurer

If required by the Board, the Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such amount and with such surety or sureties as the Board shall determine. The Treasurer shall: have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation; receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the corporation from any source whatsoever, and deposit all such moneys in the name of the corporation in banks, trust companies or other depositories selected in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws; sign certificates for shares of the corporation; and in general perform all the duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the President or the Board. In the absence of the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer may perform the duties of the Treasurer.

4.11 Salaries

The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board or by any person or persons to whom the Board has delegated such authority. No officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he or she is also a Director of the corporation.

SECTION 5. CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

5.1 Contracts

The Board may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

5.2 Loans to the Corporation

No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the corporation and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by a resolution of the Board. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

-15-

5.3 Checks, Drafts, Etc.

All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, or agent or agents, of the corporation and in such manner as is from time to time determined by resolution of the Board.

5.4 Deposits

All funds of the corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board may select.

SECTION 6. CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

6.1 Issuance of Shares

No shares of the corporation shall be issued unless authorized by the Board, which authorization shall include the maximum number of shares to be issued and the consideration to be received for each share.

6.2 Certificates for Shares

Certificates representing shares of the corporation shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board or a Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, or the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, any of whose signatures may be a facsimile. The Board may in its discretion appoint responsible banks or trust companies from time to time to act as transfer agents and registrars of the stock of the corporation; and, when such appointments shall have been made, no stock certificate shall be valid until countersigned by one of such transfer agents and registered by one of such registrars. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person was such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. All certificates shall include on their face written notice of any restrictions that may be imposed on the transferability of such shares and shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified.

6.3 Stock Records

The stock transfer books shall be kept at the registered office or principal place of business of the corporation or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or

-16-

registrar. The name and address of each person to whom certificates for shares are issued, together with the class and number of shares represented by each such certificate and the date of issue thereof, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the corporation. The person in whose name shares stand on the books of the corporation shall be deemed by the corporation to be the owner thereof for all purposes.

6.4 Restriction on Transfer

Except to the extent that the corporation has obtained an opinion of counsel acceptable to the corporation that transfer restrictions are not required under applicable securities laws, or has otherwise satisfied itself that such transfer restrictions are not required, all certificates representing shares of the corporation shall bear a legend on the face of the certificate, or on the reverse of the certificate if a reference to the legend is contained on the face, that reads substantially as follows:

“The securities evidenced by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or any applicable state law, and no interest therein may be sold, distributed, assigned, offered, pledged or otherwise transferred unless (a) there is an effective registration statement under such Act and applicable state securities laws covering any such transaction involving said securities or (b) this corporation receives an opinion of legal counsel for the holder of these securities (concurred in by legal counsel for this corporation) stating that such transaction is exempt from registration or this corporation otherwise satisfies itself that such transaction is exempt from registration. Neither the offering of the securities nor any offering materials have been reviewed by any administrator under the Securities Act of 1933 or any applicable state law.”

6.5 Transfer of Shares

The transfer of shares of the corporation shall be made only on the stock transfer books of the corporation pursuant to authorization or document of transfer made by the holder of record thereof or by his or her legal representative, who shall furnish proper evidence of authority to transfer, or by his or her attorney-in-fact authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the corporation. All certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer shall be canceled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificates for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and canceled.

-17-

6.6 Lost or Destroyed Certificates

In the case of a lost, destroyed or mutilated certificate, a new certificate may be issued therefor upon such terms and indemnity to the corporation as the Board may prescribe.

6.7 Shares of Another Corporation

Shares owned by the corporation in another corporation, domestic or foreign, may be voted by such officer, agent or proxy as the Board may determine or, in the absence of such determination, by the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President of the corporation.

SECTION 7. BOOKS AND RECORDS

The corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of account, stock transfer books, minutes of the proceedings of its stockholders and Board and such other records as may be necessary or advisable.

SECTION 8. ACCOUNTING YEAR

The accounting year of the corporation shall be the calendar year, provided that if a different accounting year is at any time selected for purposes of federal income taxes, the accounting year shall be the year so selected.

SECTION 9. SEAL

The seal of the corporation, if any, shall consist of the name of the corporation, the state of its incorporation and the year of its incorporation.

SECTION 10. INDEMNIFICATION

10.1 Right to Indemnification

Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (including, without limitation, as a witness) in any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Director or officer of the corporation or that, being or having been such a Director or officer or an employee of the corporation, he or she is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a Director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as such a Director, officer,

-18-

employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as such a Director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the full extent permitted by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), or by other applicable law as then in effect, against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a Director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that except as provided in subsection 10.2 hereof with respect to proceedings seeking to enforce rights to indemnification, the corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or ratified by the Board. The right to indemnification conferred in this subsection 10.1 shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a Director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this subsection 10.1 or otherwise.

10.2 Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit

If a claim under subsection 10.1 hereof is not paid in full by the corporation within 60 days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. The indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this Section 10 upon submission of a written claim (and, in an action brought to enforce a claim for an advancement of expenses, where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the corporation),

-19-

and thereafter the corporation shall have the burden of proof to overcome the presumption that the indemnitee is not so entitled. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification shall be a defense to the suit or create a presumption that the indemnitee is not so entitled.

10.3 Nonexclusivity of Rights

The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Section 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors, provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws or of Itron, Inc. or otherwise. Notwithstanding any amendment to or repeal of this Section 10, any indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification in accordance with the provisions hereof with respect to any acts or omissions of such indemnitee occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

10.4 Insurance, Contracts and Funding

The corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL. The corporation, without further stockholder approval, may enter into contracts with any Director, officer, employee or agent in furtherance of the provisions of this Section 10 and may create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means (including, without limitation, a letter of credit) to ensure the payment of such amounts as may be necessary to effect indemnification as provided in this Section 10.

10.5 Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation

The corporation may, by action of the Board, grant rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses to employees or agents or groups of employees or agents of the corporation with the same scope and effect as the provisions of this Section 10 with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of Directors and officers of the corporation; provided, however, that an undertaking shall be made by an employee or agent only if required by the Board.

-20-

10.6 Persons Serving Other Entities

Any person who is or was a Director, officer or employee of the corporation who is or was serving as a Director or officer of another corporation of which a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of its Directors is held by the corporation shall be deemed to be so serving at the request of the corporation and entitled to indemnification and advancement of expenses under subsection 10.1 hereof.

SECTION 11. AMENDMENTS OR REPEAL

These Bylaws may be amended or repealed and new Bylaws may be adopted by the Board. The stockholders may also amend and repeal these Bylaws or adopt new Bylaws. All Bylaws made by the Board may be amended or repealed by the stockholders. Notwithstanding any amendment to Section 10 hereof or repeal of these Bylaws, or of any amendment or repeal of any of the procedures that may be established by the Board pursuant to Section 10 hereof, any indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification in accordance with the provisions hereof and thereof with respect to any acts or omissions of such indemnitee occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

The foregoing Bylaws were adopted by the Board of Directors on May 23, 1996.

M. Scott Hunter

Secretary

-21-

EX-3.12

Exhibit 3.12

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ITRON INTERNATIONAL, INC.

ARTICLE 1. NAME

The name of this corporation is Itron International, Inc.

ARTICLE 2. REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

This address of the initial registered office of this corporation is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware 19801, and the name of its initial registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE 3. PURPOSES

The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE 4. SHARES

The total authorized stock of the corporation shall consist of 100,000 shares of common stock having a par value of $.01 per share.

ARTICLE 5. INCORPORATOR

The name and mailing address of the incorporator are as follows:

Charles J. Katz, Jr

1201 Third Avenue, 40th Floor

Seattle, Washington 98101-3099

ARTICLE 6. DIRECTORS

The powers of the incorporator shall terminate upon the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. The names and mailing addresses of the persons who are to serve as Directors until the first annual meeting of stockholders or until their successors are elected and qualify are:

Johnny M. Humphreys	N. 2828 Sullivan Road Spokane, Washington 99216
Carl R. Aron	N. 2828 Sullivan Road Spokane, Washington 99216

ARTICLE 7. BY-LAWS

The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the By-laws for this corporation, subject to the power of the stockholders to amend or repeal such By-laws. The stockholders shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the By-laws for this corporation.

ARTICLE 8. ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Written ballots are not required in the election of Directors.

ARTICLE 9. PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

Preemptive rights shall not exist with respect to shares of stock or securities convertible into shares of stock of this corporation.

ARTICLE 10. CUMULATIVE VOTING

The right to cumulate votes in the election of Directors shall not exist with respect to shares of stock of this corporation.

ARTICLE 11. AMENDMENTS TO CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

This corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any of the provisions contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in any manner now or hereafter permitted by law, and the rights of the stockholders of this corporation are granted subject to this reservation.

ARTICLE 12. LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY

To the full extent that the Delaware General Corporation Law, as it exists on the date hereof or may hereafter be amended, permits the limitation or elimination of the liability of directors, a director of this corporation shall not be liable to this corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Any amendment to or repeal of this Article 12 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of this corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

ARTICLE 13. ACTION BY STOCKHOLDERS WITHOUT A MEETING

Any action which could be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a written consent setting forth the action taken is signed by all of the stockholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

ARTICLE 14. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS WITH INTERESTED STOCKHOLDERS

The corporation expressly elects not to be governed by section 203(a) of Title 8 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

I, Charles J. Katz, Jr., being the incorporator hereinbefore named for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly I have hereunto set my hand this 23rd day of May, 1996.

/s/ CHARLES J. KATZ JR.

Charles J. Katz, Jr., Incorporator

EX-4.6

Exhibit 4.6

[FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE]

ITRON, INC.

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

CUSIP/CINS                     

7 ³/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012

No.      $                    

ITRON, INC.

promises to pay to              or registered assigns,

the principal sum of                                                                                                                                                             DOLLARS on May 15, 2012.

Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15

Record Dates: May 1 and November 1

Dated:             , 200    

ITRON, INC.
By:
	Name:
	Title:

This is one of the Notes referred to

in the within-mentioned Indenture:

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Trustee
By:
	Authorized Signatory

2

[Back of Note]

7 ³/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

(i) INTEREST. Itron, Inc., a Washington corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 7¾% per annum from             , 20     until maturity and shall pay the Liquidated Damages, if any, payable pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company will pay interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be             , 20    . The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

(ii) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the May 1 or November 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

(iii) PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

(iv) INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of May 10, 2004 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. Except to the extent provided in the Escrow

3

and Security Agreement dated as of May 10, 2004 (the “Escrow and Security Agreement”), among the Company, the Trustee and the Escrow Agent, the Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder.

(v) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

At any time prior to September 13, 2004, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, upon not less than five days’ notice, at a redemption price of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued interest to the redemption date; provided that the Company determines in its sole judgment that the Acquisition will not be consummated on or prior to September 7, 2004 on substantially the terms described in the Offering Memorandum. The Notes will be redeemed with the Escrow Property pursuant to the Escrow and Security Agreement.

(b) Except as set forth in subparagraphs (a) and (c) of this Paragraph 5, the Company will not have the option to redeem the Notes prior to May 15, 2008. On or after May 15, 2008, the Company will have the option to redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes redeemed to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date:

Year	Percentage
2008	103.875	%
2009	101.938	%
2010 and thereafter	100.000	%

Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph 5, at any time prior to May 15, 2007, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price equal to 107.750% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any to the redemption date; provided that at least 65% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued under the Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption and that such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION.

Except as described below, the Company will not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

If the conditions to release of the Escrow Property to the Company in connection with the consummation of the Acquisition, which are set forth in Section 1.3(b) of the Escrow and Security Agreement, have not been satisfied

4

by September 7, 2004, the Company will redeem all of the outstanding Notes on September 13, 2004, pursuant to the terms of the Escrow and Security Agreement, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, including Liquidated Damages, if any, to, but not including the redemption date. Such redemption may be made prior to September 13, 2004, in accordance with the provisions described in Section 3.07(a) of the Indenture if the Company determines at such time that the Acquisition will not be consummated by September 7, 2004 on substantially the terms described in the Offering Memorandum. Immediately upon receipt by the Paying Agent of the Escrow Property, the Trustee will notify the Holders of the date fixed for special mandatory redemption.

(i) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER.

(1) If there is a Change of Control, the Company will be required to make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 10 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

(2) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Sales, within five days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company will commence an offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets (an “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section 3.10 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes.

(ii) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction or discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed.

(III) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

5

(iv) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

(v) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any existing Default or Event or Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of the Notes and Note Guarantees in case of a merger or consolidation, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, to conform the text of the Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum, to the extent that such provision in that “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes; to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture, or to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture to the Indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes.

(vi) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Liquidated Damages with respect to, the Notes whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture; (ii) default in the payment when due of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes, whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture; (iii) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 days after written notice to comply with Section 4.07, 4.09, 4.10, 4.15 or 5.01 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after written notice to comply with any of the other agreements in the Indenture; (v) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the date of the Indenture, if that default (a)is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”), or (b)(x) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity and (y) the obligations that have been accelerated are recourse to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and, in each case, (A) with respect to any such Indebtedness that is not Indebtedness of an Outsourcing Subsidiary, the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness of an Outsourcing Subsidiary) under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $10.0 million or more, or (B) with respect to any such Indebtedness of an Outsourcing Subsidiary, the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness of an Outsourcing Subsidiary under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $25.0 million or more; (vi) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $10.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; (vii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee; (viii) failure by the Company to comply with any material term of the Escrow and Security Agreement that is not cured within 10 days; (ix) the Escrow and Security Agreement or any other security document or any Lien purported to be granted thereby on the Escrow Account or the cash or Government Securities therein is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid, in whole or in part, or ceases for any reason (other than pursuant to a release that is delivered or becomes

6

effective as set forth in the Indenture) to be fully enforceable and perfected; and (x) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency described in the Indenture with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any,) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

(vii) SUBORDINATION. Payment of principal, interest and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes is subordinated to the prior payment of Senior Debt on the terms provided in the Indenture.

(viii) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

(ix) NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any of the Guarantors, as such, will not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

(x) AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

(xi) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

(xii) ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 10, 2004, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company and the Guarantors to the purchasers of any Additional Notes (collectively, the “Registration Rights Agreement”).

7

(xiii) CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

(xiv) GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to:

Itron, Inc.

2818 North Sullivan Road

Spokane, Washington 99216

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

8

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:                                                                                                                                          

(Insert assignee’s legal name)

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                                                             to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                     

Your Signature:

        (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

9

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

ØSection 4.10                         ØSection 4.15

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$                    

Date:                     

Your Signature:

        (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Tax Identification No.:

Signature Guarantee*:

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

10

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE *

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

Date of Exchange Amount of decrease in Principal Amount of this Global Note Amount of increase in Principal Amount of this Global Note Principal Amount of this Global Note
following such
decrease (or
increase) Signature of
authorized officer of
Trustee or Custodian

11

EX-4.7

EXECUTION COPY

Exhibit 4.7

ITRON, INC.

EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

7 ³/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2012

INDENTURE

Dated as of May 10, 2004

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Trustee

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

Trust Indenture Act Section	Indenture Section
310(a)(1)	7.10
(a)(2)	7.10
(a)(3)	N.A.
(a)(4)	N.A.
(a)(5)	7.10
(b)	7.10
(c)	N.A.
311(a)	7.11
(b)	7.11
(c)	N.A.
312(a)	2.05
(b)	13.03
(c)	13.03
313(a)	7.06
(b)(2)	7.06; 7.07
(c)	7.06; 13.02
(d)	7.06
314(a)	4.03; 13.02; 13.05
(c)(1)	13.04
(c)(2)	13.04
(c)(3)	N.A.
(e)	13.05
(f)	N.A.
315(a)	7.01
(b)	7.05; 13.02
(c)	7.01
(d)	7.01
(e)	6.11
316(a) (last sentence)	2.09
(a)(1)(A)	6.05
(a)(1)(B)	6.04
(a)(2)	N.A.
(b)	6.07
(c)	2.12
317(a)(1)	6.08
(a)(2)	6.09
(b)	2.04
318(a)	13.01
(b)	N.A.
(c)	13.01

N.A. means not applicable.

* This Cross Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
BY REFERENCE
Section 1.01	Definitions.	1
Section 1.02	Other Definitions.	20
Section 1.03	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.	21
Section 1.04	Rules of Construction.	21
ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES
Section 2.01	Form and Dating.	22
Section 2.02	Execution and Authentication.	22
Section 2.03	Registrar and Paying Agent.	23
Section 2.04	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.	23
Section 2.05	Holder Lists.	24
Section 2.06	Transfer and Exchange.	24
Section 2.07	Replacement Notes.	35
Section 2.08	Outstanding Notes.	35
Section 2.09	Treasury Notes.	36
Section 2.10	Temporary Notes.	36
Section 2.11	Cancellation.	36
Section 2.12	Defaulted Interest.	36
ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
Section 3.01	Notices to Trustee.	37
Section 3.02	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.	37
Section 3.03	Notice of Redemption.	38
Section 3.04	Effect of Notice of Redemption.	38
Section 3.05	Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.	39
Section 3.06	Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.	39
Section 3.07	Optional Redemption.	39
Section 3.08	Mandatory Redemption.	40
Section 3.09	Special Mandatory Redemption.	40
Section 3.10	Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.	41
ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS
Section 4.01	Payment of Notes.	42
Section 4.02	Maintenance of Office or Agency.	43
Section 4.03	Reports.	43
Section 4.04	Compliance Certificate.	44
Section 4.05	Taxes.	44
Section 4.06	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.	44
Section 4.07	Restricted Payments.	45
Section 4.08	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.	47
Section 4.09	Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.	49

i

Section 4.10	Asset Sales.	52
Section 4.11	Transactions with Affiliates.	53
Section 4.12	Liens.	54
Section 4.13	Business Activities.	54
Section 4.14	Corporate Existence.	54
Section 4.15	Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.	55
Section 4.16	No Layering of Debt.	56
Section 4.17	Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions.	57
Section 4.18	Payments for Consent.	57
Section 4.19	Additional Note Guarantees.	57
Section 4.20	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.	57
ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSORS
Section 5.01	Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.	58
Section 5.02	Successor Corporation Substituted.	59
ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
Section 6.01	Events of Default.	59
Section 6.02	Acceleration.	61
Section 6.03	Other Remedies.	62
Section 6.04	Waiver of Past Defaults.	62
Section 6.05	Control by Majority.	62
Section 6.06	Limitation on Suits.	62
Section 6.07	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.	63
Section 6.08	Collection Suit by Trustee.	63
Section 6.09	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.	63
Section 6.10	Priorities.	64
Section 6.11	Undertaking for Costs.	64
ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE
Section 7.01	Duties of Trustee.	64
Section 7.02	Rights of Trustee.	65
Section 7.03	Individual Rights of Trustee.	66
Section 7.04	Trustee’s Disclaimer.	67
Section 7.05	Notice of Defaults.	67
Section 7.06	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.	67
Section 7.07	Compensation and Indemnity.	67
Section 7.08	Replacement of Trustee.	68
Section 7.09	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	69
Section 7.10	Eligibility; Disqualification.	69
Section 7.11	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.	69
ARTICLE 8
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
Section 8.01	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.	70
Section 8.02	Legal Defeasance and Discharge.	70
Section 8.03	Covenant Defeasance.	70
Section 8.04	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.	71

ii

Section 8.05	Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.	72
Section 8.06	Repayment to Company.	72
Section 8.07	Reinstatement.	73
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
Section 9.01	Without Consent of Holders of Notes.	73
Section 9.02	With Consent of Holders of Notes.	74
Section 9.03	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.	75
Section 9.04	Revocation and Effect of Consents.	75
Section 9.05	Notation on or Exchange of Notes.	75
Section 9.06	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.	76
ARTICLE 10
SUBORDINATION
Section 10.01	Agreement to Subordinate.	76
Section 10.02	Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy.	76
Section 10.03	Default on Designated Senior Debt.	76
Section 10.04	Acceleration of Notes.	77
Section 10.05	When Distribution Must Be Paid Over.	77
Section 10.06	Notice by Company.	78
Section 10.07	Subrogation.	78
Section 10.08	Relative Rights.	78
Section 10.09	Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company.	78
Section 10.10	Distribution or Notice to Representative.	78
Section 10.11	Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.	79
Section 10.12	Authorization to Effect Subordination.	79
Section 10.13	Amendments.	79
ARTICLE 11
NOTE GUARANTEES
Section 11.01	Guarantee.	79
Section 11.02	Subordination of Note Guarantee.	80
Section 11.03	Limitation on Guarantor Liability.	81
Section 11.04	Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee.	81
Section 11.05	Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.	81
Section 11.06	Releases.	82
ARTICLE 12
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
Section 12.01	Satisfaction and Discharge.	83
Section 12.02	Application of Trust Money.	84
ARTICLE 13
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 13.01	Trust Indenture Act Controls.	84
Section 13.02	Notices.	84
Section 13.03	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.	85
Section 13.04	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.	85

iii

Section 13.05	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.	85
Section 13.06	Rules by Trustee and Agents.	86
Section 13.07	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.	86
Section 13.08	Governing Law.	86
Section 13.09	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.	86
Section 13.10	Successors.	86
Section 13.11	Severability.	87
Section 13.12	Counterpart Originals.	87
Section 13.13	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	87

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A	FORM OF NOTE
Exhibit B	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Exhibit C	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
Exhibit D	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
Exhibit E	FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE
Exhibit F	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

iv

INDENTURE dated as of May 10, 2004 among Itron, Inc., a Washington corporation (the “Company”), 2818 North Sullivan Road, Spokane, Washington 99216, the Guarantors (as defined) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York Banking Corporation, Trust and Securities Services, 60 Wall Street, 27^th Floor, New York, New York 10005, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined) of the 7 ³/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “Notes”):

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION

BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01 Definitions.

“144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

“Acquisition” means the acquisition by the Company of Schlumberger Electricity, Inc., which conducts electricity meter manufacturing and sales operations in the United States, and the electricity meter operations of certain foreign affiliates of Schlumberger Limited in Canada, Mexico, Taiwan and France.

“Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings.

“Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

1

“Asset Sale” means

(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights; provided that the sale, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of this Indenture described in Sections 4.15 and 5.01 and not by the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof; and

(2) the issuance of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale:

(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than $1.0 million;

(2) a transfer of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries,

(3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(4) the sale or lease of products, services or accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, sales of products and services through the extension of credit to customers in the ordinary course of business) and any sale or other disposition of damaged, worn-out or obsolete assets in the ordinary course of business;

(5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; and

(6) a Restricted Payment that does not violate the covenant described in Section 4.07 hereof or a Permitted Investment.

“Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that if such sale and leaseback transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capital Lease Obligation.”

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning.

2

“Board of Directors” means:

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership;

(3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

(4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

“Broker-Dealer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

“Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

“Capital Stock” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

“Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) United States dollars;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than 15 months from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 15 months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding 15 months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to the Credit Agreement or with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better;

3

(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor’s Rating Services and, in each case, maturing within 15 months after the date of acquisition; and

(6) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act);

(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

(3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above) becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or

(4) the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company or such other Person is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where the Voting Stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction is converted into or exchanged for Voting Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the surviving or transferee Person constituting a majority of the outstanding shares of such Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person (immediately after giving effect to such issuance).

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A.

“Company” means Itron, Inc., and any and all successors thereto.

“Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication:

(1) an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(2) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

4

(3) the Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such Fixed Charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(4) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; minus

(5) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business;

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.

Notwithstanding the preceding, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash expenses of, a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company will be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company only to the extent that a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:

(1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person;

(2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders;

(3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded; and

(4) notwithstanding clause (1) above, the Net Income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary will be excluded, whether or not distributed to the specified Person or one of its Subsidiaries.

5

“Consolidated Tangible Assets” means, as of any date:

(1) the amount of property, plant and equipment of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus

(2) the amount of current assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries,

in each case as set forth on such date on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.

“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who:

(1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of this Indenture; or

(2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.

“Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 13.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.

“Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as December 17, 2003, by and among the Company, Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as syndication agent, Wells Fargo Bank, as administrative agent, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., as lead arranger, and the other financial institutions party thereto, providing for revolving credit and term loan borrowings, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time, whether with the original agents and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, whether provided under the original Credit Agreement or otherwise and whether the Company or an Affiliate thereof is the borrower.

“Credit Facilities” means, one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time.

“Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

6

“Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

“Designated Senior Debt” means:

(1) any Indebtedness or other amounts outstanding under the Credit Facilities; and

(2) after payment in full in cash of all Obligations under the Credit Agreement, any other Senior Debt permitted under this Indenture the principal amount of which is $25.0 million or more and that has been designated by the Company as “Designated Senior Debt.”

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07 hereof. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture will be the maximum amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Outsourcing Project Subsidiary) of the Company that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia or that guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company.

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

“Equity Offering” means any issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company.

“Escrow Account” has the meaning set forth in the Escrow and Security Agreement.

“Escrow Agent” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Escrow and Security Agreement and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

“Escrow and Security Agreement” means the Escrow and Security Agreement, dated as of date of this Indenture, among the Company, the Trustee and the Escrow Agent, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

“Escrow Property” has the meaning set forth in the Escrow and Security Agreement.

7

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Exchange Notes” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof.

“Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) in existence on the date of this Indenture, until such amounts are repaid.

“Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (unless otherwise provided in this Indenture).

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period.

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

(1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date will be given pro forma effect (in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act) as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period;

(2) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded;

(3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date;

8

(4) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period;

(5) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period; and

(6) if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term as at the Calculation Date in excess of 12 months).

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates; plus

(2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus

(3) any interest accruing on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus

(4) the product of (a) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.

“Foreign Borrowing Base” means, as of any date, an amount equal to:

(1) 85% of the face amount of all accounts receivable owned by Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date that were not more than 90 days past due; plus

(2) 65% of the book value of all inventory owned by Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date.

9

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Outsourcing Project Subsidiary) of the Company that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect from time to time.

“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(2) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

“Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(3), 2.06(b)(4), 2.06(d)(2) or 2.06(f) hereof.

“Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which obligations or guarantees the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the Company’s option.

“Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise).

“Guarantors” means each of:

(1) the Company’s direct and indirect Domestic Subsidiaries existing on the date of this Indenture; and

(2) any other Subsidiary of the Company that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture;

and their respective successors and assigns.

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(1) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; and

(3) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices.

10

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

“IAI Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors.

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means, as of any date, any Restricted Subsidiary whose total assets, as of that date, are less than $100,000 and whose total revenues for the most recent 12-month period do not exceed $100,000; provided that a Restricted Subsidiary will not be considered to be an Immaterial Subsidiary if it, directly or indirectly, guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent:

(1) in respect of borrowed money;

(2) evidenced by bonds (other than performance bonds), notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof)(without duplication of any other obligations that would constitute Indebtedness);

(3) in respect of banker’s acceptances;

(4) representing Capital Lease Obligations or Attributable Debt in respect of sale and leaseback transactions;

(5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than six months after such property is acquired or such services are completed; or

(6) representing any Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit, Attributable Debt and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person.

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

“Initial Notes” means the first $125.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the date hereof.

“Initial Purchaser” means Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.

11

“Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs.

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof. The acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof. Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

“Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction.

“Liquidated Damages” means all liquidated damages then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however:

(1) any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in connection with:

(A) any Asset Sale; or

12

(B) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(2) any extraordinary gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (but not loss).

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, and amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness, other than Senior Debt, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP.

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness:

(1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender;

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

(3) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

“Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.

“Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.

“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

“Offering Memorandum” means the Company’s offering memorandum, dated May 5, 2004, relating to the initial offering of the Notes.

13

“Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person.

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of Section 13.05 hereof.

“Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 13.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee.

“Outsourcing Project” means a project under which an Outsourcing Project Subsidiary operates a meter reading system constructed by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company consisting of hardware and software within the service territory of a utility or the equivalent and enters into or succeeds to a contract with such Person for the construction or operation of the meter reading system and long-term operations and maintenance thereof for a price to be paid as output is delivered.

“Outsourcing Project Subsidiary” means (1) a wholly-owned special purpose Subsidiary of the Company formed for the purpose of obtaining financing for an Outsourcing Project, and (2) any Subsidiary of the Company whose sole asset is the Capital Stock of any such Subsidiary described in clause (1).

“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

“Permitted Business” means the lines of business conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the date of this Indenture and any businesses similar, related, incidental or ancillary thereto or that constitutes a reasonable extension or expansion thereof.

“Permitted Investments” means

(1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

(A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

(B) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with the covenant described in Section 4.10 hereof;

14

(5) any acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

(6) any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (a) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; or (b) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates;

(7) Investments represented by Hedging Obligations;

(8) loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(9) repurchases of the Notes; and

(10) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at the time outstanding not to exceed $20.0 million.

“Permitted Junior Securities” means:

(1) Equity Interests in the Company or any Guarantor; or

(2) debt securities that are subordinated to all Senior Debt (and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt) to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Notes and the Note Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Debt under this Indenture.

“Permitted Liens” means:

(1) Liens securing Obligations in respect of (a) the Credit Agreement or (b) any other Senior Debt that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred;

(2) Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors;

(3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or the Subsidiary and proceeds thereof;

(4) Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to, such acquisition, and not incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition;

(5) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

15

(6) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by clauses (4), (14) and (15) of paragraph (b) of Section 4.09 hereof covering only (a) the assets acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness and proceeds thereof and (b) the Capital Stock of any Outsourcing Project Subsidiary to the extent a pledge of such Capital Stock is required to secure the Indebtedness of such Outsourcing Project Subsidiary obtained to finance its Outsourcing Projects;

(7) Liens existing on the date of this Indenture;

(8) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor;

(9) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlord’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(10) survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(11) Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes (or the Note Guarantees);

(12) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; provided, however, that:

(A) the new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof); and

(B) the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (x) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount, of the Permitted Referencing Indebtedness and (y) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancings, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; and

(13) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company with respect to obligations that do not exceed $5.0 million at any one time outstanding.

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:

(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all expenses and premiums incurred in connection therewith);

16

(2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;

(3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and

(4) such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(1) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2004, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

Representative” means this Indenture trustee or other trustee, agent or representative for any Senior Debt.

“Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the trust and securities services group of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee), including any managing director, director, vice president, assistant vice president, trust officer or corporate secretary or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

17

“Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

“Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

“Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Senior Debt” means:

(1) all Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor outstanding under Credit Facilities and all Hedging Obligations with respect thereto;

(2) any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Note Guarantee, and

(3) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1) and (2).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding, Senior Debt will not include:

(1) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company;

(2) any intercompany Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to the Company or any of its Affiliates;

(3) any trade payables;

(4) the portion of any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of this Indenture; provided that Indebtedness under a Credit Facility will not cease to be Senior Debt as a result of this clause (4) if the lenders or their representative obtained a certificate from an officer of the Company as of the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness to the effect that such Indebtedness was permitted to be incurred by this Indenture; or

18

(5) Indebtedness which is classified as non-recourse in accordance with GAAP or any unsecured claim arising in respect thereof by reason of the application of Section 1111(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date of this Indenture.

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the date of this Indenture, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof).

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).

“Trustee” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

“Unrestricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

“Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

(1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

(2) except as permitted by Section 4.11 hereof, is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company

19

unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;

(3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

(4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the trustee by filing with the trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an officers’ certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by provisions of Section 4.07 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof, the Company will be in default of such covenant. The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under provisions of Section 4.09 hereof calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Voting Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

20

Section 1.02 Other Definitions.

Term	Defined in Section
“Affiliate Transaction”	4.11
“Asset Sale Offer”	3.10
“Authentication Order”	2.02
“Change of Control Offer”	4.15
“Change of Control Payment”	4.15
“Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceeding”	10.02
“Change of Control Payment Date”	4.15
“Covenant Defeasance”	8.03
“DTC”	2.03
“Event of Default”	6.01
“Excess Proceeds”	4.10
“incur”	4.09
“Legal Defeasance”	8.02
“Offer Amount”	3.10
“Offer Period”	3.10
“Paying Agent”	2.03
“Permitted Debt”	4.09
“Payment Blockage Notice”	10.03
“Payment Default”	6.01
“Purchase Date”	3.10
“Registrar”	2.03
“Restricted Payments”	4.07

Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

“indenture securities” means the Notes;

“indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note;

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

“obligor” on the Notes and the Note Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Note Guarantees, respectively.

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction.

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

21

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(3) “or” is not exclusive;

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(5) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

(7) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

Section 2.01 Form and Dating.

(a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

(b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

(c) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

22

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication.

At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.

A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by two Officers (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company.

Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent.

The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

23

Section 2.05 Holder Lists.

The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a).

Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange.

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if:

(1) the Company delivers to the Trustee written notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary;

(2) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or

(3) there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (1) or (2) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be

24

made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1).

(2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either:

(A) both:

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

(ii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or

(B) both:

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

(ii) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above;

Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(2) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

(3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

25

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

(4) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

(ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an

26

Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

(1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable;

(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global

27

Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(2) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

(ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(3) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the

28

applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

(1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable;

(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

29

the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note.

(2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(i) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(ii) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a

30

request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (2)(B), (2)(D) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

(1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

(2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

31

(C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(i) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(ii) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate:

(1) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; and

(2) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company.

Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount.

(g) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

32

(1) Private Placement Legend.

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (1)(a) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (b) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (d) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”)) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO ITRON, INC. THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT OR (e) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF ITRON, INC. SO REQUESTS), (2) TO ITRON, INC. OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE.”

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(4), (c)(2), (c)(3), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS

33

GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF ITRON, INC.

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

(1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

(2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.10, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 hereof).

(3) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

34

(4) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(5) Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required:

(A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection;

(B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or

(C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

(6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(7) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

(8) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes.

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge the Holders for its expenses in replacing a Note.

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes.

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(a) hereof.

35

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.

The Trustee may conclusively rely on, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge that a security is not outstanding or owned by the Company or any of its affiliates.

Section 2.09 Treasury Notes.

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded.

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes.

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

Section 2.11 Cancellation.

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will destroy canceled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

36

Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest.

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee.

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days (or in the case of an optional redemption pursuant to paragraph (a) of Section 3.07, at least 5 days) before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth:

(1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

(2) the redemption date;

(3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and

(4) the redemption price.

Within one Business Day after receipt by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee of such an Officers’ Certificate in connection with a redemption pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.07(a) hereof, the Trustee shall provide written notice to the Escrow Agent in accordance with Section 1.3(e) of the Escrow and Security Agreement.

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption or purchase on a pro rata basis except:

(1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or

(2) if otherwise required by law.

In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.

The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount

37

thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $1,000 or whole multiples of $1,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption.

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days (or in the case of an optional redemption pursuant to paragraph (a) of Section 3.07, at least 5 days) before a redemption date, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 12 hereof.

The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state:

(1) the redemption date;

(2) the redemption price;

(3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

(8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date (except in the case of a redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(a) or Section 3.09 hereof), an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. In the event of a redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(a) hereof, such Officers’ Certificate may be provided at least 10 days prior to such redemption.

38

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption.

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional.

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

Subject to Sections 3.07(a) and 3.09 hereof, one Business Day prior to the redemption or purchase date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered.

Section 3.07 Optional Redemption.

(a) At any time prior to September 13, 2004, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, upon not less than five days’ notice to each Holder, at a redemption price of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued interest to, but not including, the redemption date; provided that the Company determines in its sole judgment that the Acquisition will not be consummated on or prior to September 7, 2004 on substantially the terms described in the Offering Memorandum. The Notes will be redeemed with the Escrow Property pursuant to the Escrow and Security Agreement.

(b) At any time prior to May 15, 2007, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture at a redemption price of 107.750% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that:

(1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

39

(2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

(c) Except pursuant to the preceding paragraphs, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to May 15, 2008.

(d) On or after May 15, 2008, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes redeemed to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date:

Year	Percentage
2008	103.875	%
2009	101.938	%
2010 and thereafter	100.000	%

Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

(e) Except as otherwise set forth in Section 3.07(a), any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption.

Except as described in Section 3.09, the Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

Section 3.09 Special Mandatory Redemption.

(a) The Escrow Property, in an aggregate amount of $128,309,895.83 representing the gross proceeds from the issuance and sale of the Initial Notes of $124,081,250.00 together with $4,228,645.83 contributed by the Company, will be held by the Escrow Agent in the Escrow Account pursuant to the Escrow and Security Agreement. The Escrow Property will be invested as provided in the Escrow and Security Agreement.

(b) In addition to any payments required by Sections 4.10 and 4.15 hereof, if the conditions to release of the Escrow Property to the Company in connection with the consummation of the Acquisition, which are set forth in Section 1.3(b) of the Escrow and Security Agreement, have not been satisfied by September 7, 2004, the Company will redeem all of the outstanding Notes on September 13, 2004, pursuant to the terms of the Escrow and Security Agreement, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, including Liquidated Damages, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date. Such redemption may be made prior to September 13, 2004, in accordance with the provisions described in Section 3.07(a) if the Company determines at such time that the Acquisition will not be consummated by September 7, 2004 on substantially the terms described in the Offering Memorandum.

(c) Immediately upon receipt by the Paying Agent of the Escrow Property, the Trustee will notify the Holders of the date fixed for special mandatory redemption pursuant to this Section 3.09.

40

(d) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.09 will be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.03 through 3.05 hereof.

Section 3.10 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.

In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company is required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”), it will follow the procedures specified below.

The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets. The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, will state:

(1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.10 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open;

(2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

(3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest;

(4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

(5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1,000 only;

(6) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

(7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

41

(8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company will select the Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, will be purchased); and

(9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).

On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.10. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date.

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.10, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.10 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

Section 4.01 Payment of Notes.

The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. The Company will pay all Liquidated Damages, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

42

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency.

The Company will maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

Section 4.03 Reports.

(a) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Holders of Notes or cause the Trustee to furnish to the Holders of Notes, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations:

(1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such reports; and

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports.

All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports. Each annual report on Form 10-K will include a report on the Company’s consolidated financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants. In addition, the Company will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and will post the reports on its website within those time periods. The Company will at all times comply with TIA § 314(a).

If, at any time, the Company is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, the Company will nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the preceding paragraph with the SEC within the time periods specified above unless the SEC will not accept such a filing. The Company will not take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept the Company’s filings for any reason, the Company will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraph on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Company were required to file those reports with the SEC.

(b) If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by paragraph (a) of this Section 4.03 will include a

43

reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

(c) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, if at any time they are not required to file with the SEC the reports required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 4.03, the Company and the Guarantors will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate.

(a) The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. Such Officers’ Certificate must comply with TIA § 314.

(b) So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the year-end financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.03 above shall be accompanied by a written statement of the Company’s independent public accountants (who shall be a firm of established national reputation) that in making the examination necessary for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that the Company has violated any provisions of Article 4 or Article 5 hereof or, if any such violation has occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation.

(c) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 4.05 Taxes.

The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

44

Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 4.07 Restricted Payments.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);

(2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company;

(3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), except a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof; or

(4) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”),

unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment; and

(2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the date of this Indenture (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (6) and (8) of paragraph (b) of this Section 4.07), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the date of this Indenture to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus

45

(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company since the date of this Indenture as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company); plus

(c) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the date of this Indenture is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the lesser of (i) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any) and (ii) the initial amount of such Restricted Investment; plus

(d) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company designated as such after the date of this Indenture is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or (ii) such Fair Market Value as of the date on which such Subsidiary was originally designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture; plus

(e) 50% of any dividends received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor after the date of this Indenture from an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company, to the extent that such dividends were not otherwise included in the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for such period.

So long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof will not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend, if at the date of declaration the dividend payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

(2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the Company; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from clause (3)(b) of Section 4.07(a) hereof;

(3) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

46

(4) the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;

(5) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any current or former officer, director or employee of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, shareholders’ agreement or similar agreement or (b) upon the death, disability or termination of employment of such officer, director or employee; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $1.0 million in any twelve-month period, with any unused amounts in any twelve-month period being available to be utilized in subsequent twelve-month periods only to the extent the aggregate price paid for all such Equity Interests does not exceed $3.0 million in any such subsequent twelve-month period;

(6) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock options;

(7) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company issued on or after the date of this Indenture in accordance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in Section 4.09 hereof;

(8) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million since the date of this Indenture.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The Fair Market Value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 4.07 will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company whose resolution with respect thereto will be delivered to the Trustee. The Board of Directors’ determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing if the Fair Market Value exceeds $10.0 million.

Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

47

(b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities as in effect on the date of this Indenture and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the date of this Indenture;

(2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

(3) applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

(4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired, together with such Person’s Subsidiaries; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred;

(5) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts and licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(6) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof;

(7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending the sale or other disposition;

(8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(9) Liens permitted to be incurred under the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

(10) provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into with the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements;

(11) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(12) encumbrances and restrictions contained in the terms of any Indebtedness or any agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness was issued if:

(a) the encumbrance or restriction applies only in the event of a payment default or a default with respect to a financial covenant contained in such Indebtedness or agreement; and

48

(b) such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Company’s ability to pay all principal, interest and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company; and

(13) restrictions in connection with financing for Outsourcing Projects obtained by Outsourcing Project Subsidiaries.

Section 4.09 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, and the Company’s Guarantors may incur Indebtedness or issue preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock or preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

(b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

(1) the incurrence by the Company and any Guarantor of additional Indebtedness and letters of credit under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed $240.0 million less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the date of this Indenture to repay any term Indebtedness under a Credit Facility or to repay any revolving credit Indebtedness under a Credit Facility and effect a corresponding commitment reduction thereunder pursuant to the covenant described in Section 4.10 hereof;

(2) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness;

(3) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the related Note Guarantees to be issued on the date of this Indenture and the Exchange Notes and the related Note Guarantees to be issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement;

(4) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the

49

business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed $15.0 million at any time outstanding;

(5) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under Section 4.09(a) hereof or clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (14) or (15) of this Section 4.09(b);

(6) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that:

(A) if the Company or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not the Company or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor; and

(B) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);

(7) the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that:

(A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and

(B) any sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (7);

(8) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations in the ordinary course of business;

(9) the guarantee by the Company or any of the Guarantors of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the Notes, then the guarantee shall be subordinated to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed;

50

(10) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances, performance and surety bonds in the ordinary course of business;

(11) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days;

(12) the incurrence by Foreign Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding pursuant to this clause (12), including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance, defease, renew, extend or replace Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (12), not to exceed the greater of (a) $15.0 million (or the equivalent thereof, measured at the time of each incurrence, in applicable foreign currency) and (b) an amount equal to the Foreign Borrowing Base as of the date of such occurrence;

(13) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Subsidiary was acquired by the Company (other than Indebtedness incurred in contemplation of, or in connection with, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Subsidiary became a Subsidiary of or was otherwise acquired by the Company); provided, however, that for any such Indebtedness outstanding at any time under this clause (13), in excess of $5.0 million, on the date that such Subsidiary is acquired by the Company, the Company would have been able to incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a) after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (13);

(14) the incurrence by any Outsourcing Project Subsidiary of Indebtedness obtained to finance Outsourcing Projects, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (14), not to exceed the greater of (a) $35.0 million at any time outstanding and (b) an amount equal to 10% of Consolidated Tangible Assets; and

(15) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (15), not to exceed $20.0 million.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (15) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Company will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09. Indebtedness under Credit Facilities outstanding on the date on which Notes are first issued and authenticated under this Indenture will initially be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt. The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Fixed Charges of the Company as accrued. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values.

51

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

(1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

(2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and

(3) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

(A) the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and

(B) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person.

Section 4.10 Asset Sales.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash. For purposes of this provision, each of the following shall be deemed to be cash:

(A) any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s most recent consolidated balance sheet, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability;

(B) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are contemporaneously, subject to ordinary settlement periods, converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion; and

(C) any stock or assets of the kind referred to in clauses (2) or (4) of the next paragraph of this Section 4.10.

Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds at its option:

(1) to repay Senior Debt and, if the Senior Debt repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

52

(2) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of, another Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, the Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(3) to make a capital expenditure; or

(4) to acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and that are used or useful in a Permitted Business.

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the second paragraph of this Section 4.10 will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, within five days thereof, the Company will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets in accordance with Section 3.10 hereof to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of Section 3.10 hereof or this Section 4.10, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.10 hereof or this Section 4.10 by virtue of such compliance.

Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

(1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

53

(2) the Company delivers to the Trustee:

(A) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a) and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company; and

(B) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing.

(b) The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a) hereof:

(1) any employment agreement, employee benefit plan, officer and director indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(2) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company) that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person;

(4) payment of reasonable directors’ fees to Persons who are not otherwise Affiliates of the Company;

(5) any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to Affiliates of the Company;

(6) Restricted Payments that do not violate Section 4.07 hereof; and

(7) loans or advances to employees in the ordinary course of business not to exceed $2.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding.

Section 4.12 Liens.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness, Attributable Debt or trade payables on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens.

Section 4.13 Business Activities.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

54

Section 4.14 Corporate Existence.

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect:

(1) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary; and

(2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

Section 4.15 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and stating:

(1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment;

(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

(3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

(4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date;

(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and

55

(7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof.

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change in Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of Sections 3.10 or 4.15 hereof, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.10 hereof or this Section 4.15 by virtue of such compliance.

(b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.

The Paying Agent will promptly mail (but in any case not later than five days after the Change of Control Payment Date) to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

Prior to complying with any of the provisions of this Section 4.15, but in any event within 90 days following a Change of Control, the Company will either repay all outstanding Senior Debt or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under all agreements governing outstanding Senior Debt to permit the repurchase of Notes required by this Section 4.15.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.15, the Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 and Section 3.10 hereof and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price.

Section 4.16 No Layering of Debt.

The Company will not incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is contractually subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior Debt of the Company and senior in right of payment to the Notes. No Guarantor will incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is contractually subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Senior Debt of such Guarantor and senior in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee. No such Indebtedness will be considered to be senior by virtue of being secured on a first or junior priority basis.

56

Section 4.17 Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction; provided that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if:

(1) the Company or that Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, could have (a) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test in Section 4.09(a) hereof and (b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof;

(2) the gross cash proceeds of that sale and leaseback transaction are at least equal to the Fair Market Value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, of the property that is the subject of that sale and leaseback transaction; and

(3) the transfer of assets in that sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and the Company applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with, Section 4.10 hereof.

Section 4.18 Payments for Consent.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

Section 4.19 Additional Note Guarantees.

If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, then that newly acquired or created Domestic Subsidiary will become a Guarantor and execute a supplemental indenture in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee and deliver an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee within 30 Business Days of the date on which it was acquired or created; provided that any Domestic Subsidiary that constitutes an Immaterial Subsidiary need not become a Guarantor until such time as it ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary. The form of such Note Guarantee is attached as Exhibit E hereto.

Section 4.20 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as Unrestricted will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 hereof or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise

57

meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default.

ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.

The Company shall not, directly or indirectly: (i) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

(1) either:

(A) the Company is the surviving corporation; or

(B) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;

(2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(4) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made will, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof.

In addition, the Company will not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person. This Section 5.01 will not apply to:

(1) a merger of the Company with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction; or

(2) any sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors.

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that all conditions precedent relating to the merger, consolidation or sale of assets contemplated by this Section 5.01 have been complied with at the time of such merger, consolidation or sale of assets.

58

Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted.

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Company’s assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01 Events of Default.

Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of interest on, or Liquidated Damages with respect to, the Notes, whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of this Indenture;

(2) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on, the Notes, whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of this Indenture;

(3) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with the provisions of Sections 4.07, 4.09, 4.10, 4.15 or 5.01 hereof;

(4) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in this Indenture;

(5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture, if that default:

(A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or

59

(B) (i) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity and (ii) the obligations that have been accelerated are recourse to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,

and, in each case, (A) with respect to any such Indebtedness that is not Indebtedness of an Outsourcing Subsidiary, the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness of an Outsourcing Subsidiary) under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $10.0 million or more, or (B) with respect to any such Indebtedness of an Outsourcing Subsidiary, the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness of an Outsourcing Subsidiary under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $25.0 million or more;

(6) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $10.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;

(7) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee;

(8) failure by the Company to comply with any material term of the Escrow and Security Agreement that is not cured within 10 days;

(9) the Escrow and Security Agreement or any other security document or any Lien purported to be granted thereby on the Escrow Account or the cash or Government Securities therein is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid, in whole or in part, or ceases for any reason (other than pursuant to a release that is delivered or becomes effective as set forth in the indenture) to be fully enforceable and perfected;

(10) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

(A) commences a voluntary case,

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

(C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

(E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

60

(11) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(A) is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

(B) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

(C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary,

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have actual knowledge or receives written notice of the same.

Section 6.02 Acceleration.

In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (10) or (11) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately; provided that so long as any Obligations in respect of the Credit Agreement are outstanding or the commitments thereunder have not expired or been terminated, such acceleration will not be effective until the earlier to occur of (1) the acceleration of any Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement or (2) five Business Days after receipt by the Company and the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement of written notice of such acceleration.

Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under this Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes.

Within one Business Day of the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in clause (10) or (11) of Section 6.01 hereof or of any such declaration described in the first paragraph above, the Trustee shall provide written notice of such acceleration to the Escrow Agent.

If an Event of Default occurs on or after May 15, 2008 by reason of any willful action or inaction taken or not taken by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had to pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, then an equivalent premium will also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes. If an Event of Default occurs prior to May 15, 2008, by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the

61

Company with the intention of avoiding the prohibition on redemption of the Notes prior to such date, then, upon acceleration of the Notes, an additional premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law, in an amount, for each of the years beginning on May 15 of the years set forth below, as set forth below (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount of the Notes on the date of payment that would otherwise be due but for the provisions of this sentence):

Year	Percentage
2004	7.750	%
2005	6.781	%
2006	5.813	%
2007	4.844	%

Section 6.03 Other Remedies.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults.

Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase); provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.05 Control by Majority.

Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability.

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits.

A Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if:

(1) such Holder has previously given a Responsible Officer of the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

62

(2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) such Holders have offered the Trustee security satisfactory to it or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee has not complied with the request within 60 days after receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee.

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, as administrative expenses associated with any such proceeding, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

63

Section 6.10 Priorities.

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any and interest, respectively; and

Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee.

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer has actual knowledge or receives written notice:

(1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others (it being understood that the Trustee shall not be a trustee or have any fiduciary obligation to the Company or any of the Guarantors), and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

64

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which pursuant to any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any such certificates or opinions.

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, as determined by the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, no longer subject to appeal or review, except that:

(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

(2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by an officer or officers of the Trustee, unless it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(3) neither the Trustee nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01.

(e) No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

(f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee.

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through its attorneys or agents or a custodian or nominee, and the Trustee will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence on the part of any such attorney, agent, custodian or nominee appointed with due care.

65

(d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

(f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture, or to institute, conduct or defend any litigation hereunder or in relation hereto, at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against the costs, losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, Officers’ Certificate, or other certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, appraisal, bond, debenture, note, coupon, security, or other paper or document.

(h) The Trustee shall not be bound to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any covenants, conditions or agreements an the part of the Company, except as otherwise set forth in this Indenture, but the Trustee may require of the Company full information and advice as to the performance of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Indenture and shall be entitled in connection herewith to examine the books, records and premises of the Company.

(i) The permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty, and the Trustee shall not be answerable for other than its gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(j) The Trustee shall have no obligation to invest or reinvest any amounts held hereunder in the absence of such written investment direction. In no event shall the Trustee be liable for the selection of investments or for investment losses incurred thereon. The Trustee shall have no liability in respect of losses incurred as a result of the liquidation of any such investment prior to its stated maturity or the failure of the party directing such investment to provide timely written investment direction.

(k) For so long as the Trustee serves as Escrow Agent, Registrar, Paying Agent, and Custodian, it shall be afforded in such capacities the same rights, protections, immunities and indemnities provided to the Trustee in this Indenture.

(l) The Company (for itself and any person or entity claiming through it) hereby releases, waives, discharges, exculpates and covenants not to sue the Trustee for any action taken or omitted under this Indenture except to the extent caused by the Trustee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(m) Anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall the Trustee be liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

66

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer.

The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults.

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of an Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee obtains actual knowledge of such event or the Trustee receives written notice of such event.

Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

(a) Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also will comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee will also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c).

(b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes will be mailed by the Trustee to the Company and filed by the Trustee with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company will promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity.

(a) The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation as agreed in writing between the Company and the Trustee for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in connection with this Indenture and any related document in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

67

(b) The Company and the Guarantors will indemnify and defend the Trustee and its officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents and to hold it and them harmless against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ and agents’ fees, incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture and any documents related thereto, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

(c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

(d) To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

(e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(10) or (11) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

(f) The Trustee will comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee.

(a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.

(b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

68

(4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

(d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all fees, expenses and indemnification amounts owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee.

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification.

There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

This Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b).

Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

69

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The Company may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on written demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

(2) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties, immunities and indemnities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) this Article 8.

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance.

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19 and 4.20 hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such

70

covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Note Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3) through 6.01(5) hereof will not constitute Events of Default.

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof:

(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm, or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on, the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that:

(A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

(B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

71

(6) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company or others; and

(7) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Company will pay (and the Trustee shall have no obligation to pay) and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge that by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.06 Repayment to Company.

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, shall at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

72

Section 8.07 Reinstatement.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees without the consent of any Holder of Note:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(3) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes and Note Guarantees by a successor to the Company or such Guarantor pursuant to Article 5 or Article 11 hereof;

(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder;

(5) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

(6) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum, to the extent that such provision in that “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes;

(7) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the date hereof; or

(8) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes.

73

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.06 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes.

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 3.10, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof) and the Notes and the Note Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02.

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.06 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture.

It is not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company will mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

74

(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (except as provided above with respect to Sections 3.10, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof);

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note;

(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

(6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, on, the Notes;

(7) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by Sections 3.10, 4.10 or 4.15 hereof);

(8) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

(9) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in a amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents.

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

75

Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities, indemnities or immunities of the Trustee; provided that any amendment or supplement that modifies in any way the Trustee’s duties, obligations or covenants hereunder shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors of the Company approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and conclusively rely (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 13.04 hereof, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

ARTICLE 10

SUBORDINATION

Section 10.01 Agreement to Subordinate.

The Company agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 10, to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt (whether outstanding on the date hereof or hereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed), and that the subordination is for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt.

Section 10.02 Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy.

Upon any distribution to creditors of the Company in a liquidation or dissolution of the Company or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property, in an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshaling of the Company’s assets and liabilities (each such event referred to as a “Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceeding”):

(1) holders of Senior Debt will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of all Obligations due in respect of such Senior Debt (including interest, fees, expense reimbursements, indemnities and other Obligations in respect of Senior Debt accruing or incurred after the commencement of any Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceeding at the rate or on the amount specified in the applicable Senior Debt, in each case whether or not a claim therefore is allowed, allowable or enforceable in such Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceeding) before the Holders of Notes will be entitled to receive any payment with respect to the Notes (except that Holders of Notes may receive and retain Permitted Junior Securities and payments made from any defeasance trust created pursuant to Section 8.01 hereof); and

(2) until all Obligations with respect to Senior Debt (as provided in clause (1) above) are paid in full, any distribution to which Holders would be entitled but for this Article 10 will be made to holders of Senior Debt (except that Holders of Notes may receive and retain Permitted Junior Securities and payments made from any defeasance trust created pursuant to Section 8.01 hereof), as their interests may appear.

Section 10.03 Default on Designated Senior Debt.

(a) The Company may not make any payment or distribution to the Trustee or any Holder in respect of Obligations with respect to the Notes and may not acquire from the Trustee or any Holder any

76

Notes for cash or property (other than Permitted Junior Securities and payments made from any defeasance trust created pursuant to Sections 8.01 and 12.01 hereof) until all principal and other Obligations with respect to the Senior Debt have been paid in full if:

(1) payment default on Designated Senior Debt occurs and is continuing; or

(2) any other default occurs and is continuing on any Designated Senior Debt that permits holders of that Designated Senior Debt to accelerate its maturity and the Trustee receives a notice of such default (a “Payment Blockage Notice”) from the Company of the holders of any Designated Senior Debt. If the Trustee receives any such Payment Blockage Notice, no subsequent Payment Blockage Notice will be effective for purposes of this Section 10.03 unless and until at least 360 days have elapsed since the effectiveness of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice.

No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee will be, or will be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice unless such default has been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 days.

(b) The Company may and will resume payments on and distributions in respect of the Notes and may acquire them upon the earlier of:

(1) in the case of a payment default, upon the date upon which such default is cured or waived, or

(2) in the case of a nonpayment default, upon the earlier of the date on which such nonpayment default is cured or waived or 179 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received, unless the maturity of any Designated Senior Debt has been accelerated,

if this Article 10 otherwise permits the payment, distribution or acquisition at the time of such payment or acquisition.

Section 10.04 Acceleration of Notes.

If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Company will promptly notify holders of Senior Debt of the acceleration.

Section 10.05 When Distribution Must Be Paid Over.

In the event that the Trustee or any Holder receives any payment of any Obligations with respect to the Notes (other than Permitted Junior Securities and payments made from any defeasance trust created pursuant to Sections 8.01 and 12.01 hereof), such payment will be held by the Trustee or such Holder, in trust for the benefit of, and will be paid forthwith over and delivered, upon written request, to, the holders of Senior Debt, as their interests may appear, or their Representative under the agreement, indenture or other document (if any) pursuant to which Senior Debt may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, for application to the payment of all Obligations with respect to Senior Debt remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay such Obligations in full in accordance with their terms, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of Senior Debt.

With respect to the holders of Senior Debt, the Trustee undertakes to perform only those obligations on the part of the Trustee as are specifically set forth in this Article 10, and no implied

77

covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of Senior Debt will be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee will not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt, and will not be liable to any such holders if the Trustee pays over or distributes to or on behalf of Holders or the Company or any other Person money or assets to which any holders of Senior Debt are then entitled by virtue of this Article 10, except if such payment is made as a result of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Trustee.

Section 10.06 Notice by Company.

The Company will promptly notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent of any facts known to the Company that would cause a payment of any Obligations with respect to the Notes to violate this Article 10, but failure to give such notice will not affect the subordination of the Notes to the Senior Debt as provided in this Article 10.

Section 10.07 Subrogation.

After all Senior Debt is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders of Notes will be subrogated (equally and ratably with all other Indebtedness pari passu with the Notes) to the rights of holders of Senior Debt to receive distributions applicable to Senior Debt to the extent that distributions otherwise payable to the Holders of Notes have been applied to the payment of Senior Debt. A distribution made under this Article 10 to holders of Senior Debt that otherwise would have been made to Holders of Notes is not, as between the Company and Holders, a payment by the Company on the Notes.

Section 10.08 Relative Rights.

This Article 10 defines the relative rights of Holders of Notes and holders of Senior Debt. Nothing in this Indenture will:

(1) impair, as between the Company and Holders of Notes, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of, premium and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, the Notes in accordance with their terms;

(2) affect the relative rights of Holders of Notes and creditors of the Company other than their rights in relation to holders of Senior Debt; or

(3) prevent the Trustee or any Holder of Notes from exercising its available remedies upon a Default or Event of Default, subject to the rights of holders and owners of Senior Debt to receive distributions and payments otherwise payable to Holders of Notes.

If the Company fails because of this Article 10 to pay principal of, premium or interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on, a Note on the due date, the failure is still a Default or Event of Default.

Section 10.09 Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company.

No right of any holder of Senior Debt to enforce the subordination of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes may be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Company or any Holder or by the failure of the Company or any Holder to comply with this Indenture.

78

Section 10.10 Distribution or Notice to Representative.

Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Debt, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative.

Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article 10, the Trustee and the Holders of Notes will be entitled to rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction or upon any certificate of such Representative or of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making any distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders of Notes for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other Indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 10.

Section 10.11 Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 10 or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee will not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment or distribution by the Trustee, and the Trustee and the Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Notes, unless the Trustee has received at its Corporate Trust Office (and a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge) at least five Business Days prior to the date of such payment written notice of facts that would cause the payment of any Obligations with respect to the Notes to violate this Article 10. Only the Company or a Representative may give the notice. Nothing in this Article 10 will impair the claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Debt with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights.

Section 10.12 Authorization to Effect Subordination.

Each Holder of Notes, by the Holder’s acceptance thereof, authorizes and directs the Trustee on such Holder’s behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in this Article 10, and appoints the Trustee to act as such Holder’s attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. If the Trustee does not file a proper proof of claim or proof of debt in the form required in any proceeding referred to in Section 6.09 hereof at least 30 days before the expiration of the time to file such claim, the Representatives are hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on behalf of the Holders of the Notes.

Section 10.13 Amendments.

The provisions of this Article 10 may not be amended or modified without the written consent of the holders of all Senior Debt.

ARTICLE 11

NOTE GUARANTEES

Section 11.01 Guarantee.

(a) Subject to this Article 11, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:

(1) the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

79

(2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.

Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

(c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.

(d) Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee.

Section 11.02 Subordination of Note Guarantee.

The Obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee pursuant to this Article 11 will be junior and subordinated to the Senior Debt of such Guarantor on the same basis as the Notes are junior and subordinated to Senior Debt of the Company. For the purposes of the foregoing sentence, the Trustee and the Holders will have the right to receive and/or retain payments by any of the Guarantors only at such times as they may receive and/or retain payments in respect of the Notes pursuant to this Indenture, including Article 10 hereof.

80

Section 11.03 Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 11, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

Section 11.04 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee.

To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto will be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officers.

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee.

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee will be valid nevertheless.

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries creates or acquires any Domestic Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, if required by Section 4.19 hereof, the Company will cause such Domestic Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.19 hereof and this Article 11, to the extent applicable.

Section 11.05 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.06 hereof, no Guarantor may sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless:

(1) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists as certified in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and

(2) either:

(a) subject to Section 11.06 hereof, the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger unconditionally assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture, its Note

81

Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement on the terms set forth herein or therein, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; or

(b) the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation, Section 4.10 hereof.

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person (by supplemental indenture executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee and by delivery of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such transaction is upon terms that substantially preserve and do not prejudice any of the rights and powers of the Trustee or of the Holders) of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses 2(a) and (b) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor.

Section 11.06 Releases.

(a) In the event of any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of any Guarantor, in each case to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transactions) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor) will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee; provided that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee will execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee.

(b) Upon designation of any Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, such Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee.

(c) Upon Legal Defeasance in accordance with Article 8 hereof or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article 12 hereof, each Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee.

82

Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee as provided in this Section 11.06 will remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 11.

ARTICLE 12

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 12.01 Satisfaction and Discharge.

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:

(1) either:

(a) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(b) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

(2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;

(3) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and

(4) the Company has delivered irrevocable written instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 12.01, the provisions of Sections 12.02 and 8.06 hereof will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 12.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

83

Section 12.02 Application of Trust Money.

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 12.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 13

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls.

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA §318(c), the imposed duties will control.

Section 13.02 Notices.

Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

If to the Company and/or any Guarantor:

Itron, Inc.

2818 North Sullivan Road

Spokane, Washington 99216

Facsimile No.: (509) 891-3334

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

With a copy to:

Perkins Coie LLP

1201 Third Avenue, #4800

Seattle, Washington 98101

Facsimile No.: (206) 359-9000

Attention: James Gradel, Esq.

84

If to the Trustee:

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Trust and Securities Services

60 Wall Street

27^th Floor – MS NYC60-2710

New York, New York 10005-2858

Facsimile No.: (212)797-8614

Attention: Trust and Securities Services

The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if sent by certified mail, return receipt requested; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication will also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

Section 13.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

Section 13.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

(1) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

(2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

85

Section 13.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) must comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and must include:

(1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

Section 13.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

Section 13.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

Section 13.08 Governing Law.

THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

Section 13.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 13.10 Successors.

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 11.05 hereof.

86

Section 13.11 Severability.

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 13.12 Counterpart Originals.

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

Section 13.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

[Signatures on following page]

87

SIGNATURES

Dated as of May 10, 2004

ITRON, INC.
By:	/s/ David Remington
Name:	David Remington
Title:	Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
ITRON INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:	/s/ David Remington
Name:	David Remington
Title:	Treasurer
ITRON ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC.
By:	/s/ David Remington
Name:	David Remington
Title:	Chief Financial Officer
EMD HOLDING, INC.
By:	/s/ David Remington
Name:	David Remington
Title:	Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, solely in its capacity as Trustee
By:	/s/ Annie Jayhatspanyan
Name:	Annie Jayhatspanyan
Title:	Associate

EXHIBIT A

[Face of Note]

CUSIP/CINS             

7 ³/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012

No.      $            

ITRON, INC.

promises to pay to              or registered assigns,

the principal sum of                                                                                                                                         DOLLARS on May 15, 2012.

Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15

Record Dates: May 1 and November 1

Dated:             , 200_

ITRON, INC.

By:

Name:

Title:

This is one of the Notes referred to

in the within-mentioned Indenture:

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Trustee
By:
	Authorized Signatory

A-1

[Back of Note]

7 ³/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

(1) INTEREST. Itron, Inc., a Washington corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 7¾% per annum from             , 20     until maturity and shall pay the Liquidated Damages, if any, payable pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company will pay interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be             , 20    . The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

(2) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the May 1 or November 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

(3) PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

A-2

(4) INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of May 10, 2004 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. Except to the extent provided in the Escrow and Security Agreement dated as of May 10, 2004 (the “Escrow and Security Agreement”), among the Company, the Trustee and the Escrow Agent, the Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder.

(5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) At any time prior to September 13, 2004, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, upon not less than five days’ notice, at a redemption price of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued interest to the redemption date; provided that the Company determines in its sole judgment that the Acquisition will not be consummated on or prior to September 7, 2004 on substantially the terms described in the Offering Memorandum. The Notes will be redeemed with the Escrow Property pursuant to the Escrow and Security Agreement.

(b) Except as set forth in subparagraphs (a) and (c) of this Paragraph 5, the Company will not have the option to redeem the Notes prior to May 15, 2008. On or after May 15, 2008, the Company will have the option to redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes redeemed to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date:

Year	Percentage
2008	103.875	%
2009	101.938	%
2010 and thereafter	100.000	%

Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph 5, at any time prior to May 15, 2007, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price equal to 107.750% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any to the redemption date; provided that at least 65% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued under the Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption and that such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

(6) SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION.

Except as described below, the Company will not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

A-3

If the conditions to release of the Escrow Property to the Company in connection with the consummation of the Acquisition, which are set forth in Section 1.3(b) of the Escrow and Security Agreement, have not been satisfied by September 7, 2004, the Company will redeem all of the outstanding Notes on September 13, 2004, pursuant to the terms of the Escrow and Security Agreement, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, including Liquidated Damages, if any, to, but not including the redemption date. Such redemption may be made prior to September 13, 2004, in accordance with the provisions described in Section 3.07(a) of the Indenture if the Company determines at such time that the Acquisition will not be consummated by September 7, 2004 on substantially the terms described in the Offering Memorandum. Immediately upon receipt by the Paying Agent of the Escrow Property, the Trustee will notify the Holders of the date fixed for special mandatory redemption.

(7) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER.

(a) If there is a Change of Control, the Company will be required to make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 10 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

(b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Sales, within five days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company will commence an offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets (an “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section 3.10 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes.

(8) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction or discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed.

A-4

(9) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

(10) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

(11) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any existing Default or Event or Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of the Notes and Note Guarantees in case of a merger or consolidation, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, to conform the text of the Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum, to the extent that such provision in that “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes; to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture, or to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture to the Indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes.

(12) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Liquidated Damages with respect to, the Notes whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture; (ii) default in the payment when due of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes, whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture; (iii) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 days after written notice to comply with Section 4.07, 4.09, 4.10, 4.15 or 5.01 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after written notice to comply with any of the other agreements in the Indenture; (v) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the

A-5

date of the Indenture, if that default (a)is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”), or (b)(x) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity and (y) the obligations that have been accelerated are recourse to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and, in each case, (A) with respect to any such Indebtedness that is not Indebtedness of an Outsourcing Subsidiary, the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness of an Outsourcing Subsidiary) under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $10.0 million or more, or (B) with respect to any such Indebtedness of an Outsourcing Subsidiary, the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness of an Outsourcing Subsidiary under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $25.0 million or more; (vi) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $10.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; (vii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee; (viii) failure by the Company to comply with any material term of the Escrow and Security Agreement that is not cured within 10 days; (ix) the Escrow and Security Agreement or any other security document or any Lien purported to be granted thereby on the Escrow Account or the cash or Government Securities therein is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid, in whole or in part, or ceases for any reason (other than pursuant to a release that is delivered or becomes effective as set forth in the Indenture) to be fully enforceable and perfected; and (x) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency described in the Indenture with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any,) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

(13) SUBORDINATION. Payment of principal, interest and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes is subordinated to the prior payment of Senior Debt on the terms provided in the Indenture.

A-6

(14) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

(15) NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any of the Guarantors, as such, will not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

(16) AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

(17) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

(18) ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 10, 2004, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company and the Guarantors to the purchasers of any Additional Notes (collectively, the “Registration Rights Agreement”).

(19) CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

(20) GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to:

Itron, Inc.

2818 North Sullivan Road

Spokane, Washington 99216

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

A-7

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:
	(Insert assignee’s legal name)
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                                                                                                                         

to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                     

Your Signature:

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-8

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

¬Section 4.10 ¬Section 4.15

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$                        

Date:                     

Your Signature:

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Tax Identification No.:

Signature Guarantee*:

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-9

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE *

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

Date of Exchange Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this Global Note Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of this Global Note Principal Amount of this Global Note
following such
decrease (or increase) Signature of authorized
officer of Trustee or
Custodian

* This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A-10

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Itron, Inc.

2818 North Sullivan Road

Spokane, Washington 99216

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

60 Wall Street

27^th Floor – MS NYC60-2710

New York, New York 10005-2858

Re:   7 ³/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2004 (the “Indenture”), among Itron, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                    , (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $             in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to                      (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

2. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of

B-1

the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. ¨ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

or

(b) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof;

or

(c) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;

or

(d) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

4. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

(a) ¨ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement

B-2

Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(b) ¨ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(c) ¨ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

        [Insert Name of Transferor]

By:

Name:

Title:

Dated:                     

B-3

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

(a) ¨  a beneficial interest in the:
	(i)	¨  144A Global Note (CUSIP             ), or
	(ii)	¨  Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP             ), or
	(iii)	¨  IAI Global Note (CUSIP            ); or
(b) ¨  a Restricted Definitive Note.

2. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

(a) ¨  a beneficial interest in the:
	(i)	¨  144A Global Note (CUSIP ), or
	(ii)	¨  Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP ), or
	(iii)	¨  IAI Global Note (CUSIP ); or
	(iv)	¨  Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP ); or
(b) ¨  a Restricted Definitive Note; or
(c) ¨  an Unrestricted Definitive Note,
in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

B-4

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Itron, Inc.

2818 North Sullivan Road

Spokane, Washington 99216

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

60 Wall Street

27^th Floor – MS NYC60-2710

New York, New York 10005-2858

Re:   7 ³/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012

(CUSIP                     )

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2004 (the “Indenture”), among Itron, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                    , (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $             in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

(a) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(b) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

C-1

(c) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(d) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

(a) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

(b) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] ¨ 144A Global Note, ¨ Regulation S Global Note, ¨ IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

        [Insert Name of Transferor]

By:

Name:

Title:

Dated:                     

C-2

EXHIBIT D

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

Itron, Inc.

2818 North Sullivan Road

Spokane, Washington 99216

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

60 Wall Street

27^th Floor – MS NYC60-2710

New York, New York 10005-2858

Re: 7 ³/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2004 (the “Indenture”), among Itron, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the guarantors party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

In connection with our proposed purchase of $             aggregate principal amount of:

(a) ¨	a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or
(b) ¨	a Definitive Note,

we confirm that:

1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, if such transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes, at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.

D-1

3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

	[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
By:
Name:
Title:

Dated:

D-2

EXHIBIT E

FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of May 10, 2004 (the “Indenture”) among Itron, Inc., (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (the “Trustee”) (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on, the Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 11 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee, on behalf of such Holder, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in the Indenture and (c) appoints the Trustee attorney-in-fact of such Holder for such purpose.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

[NAME OF GUARANTOR(S)]

By:

Name:

Title:

E-1

EXHIBIT F

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of             , 200    , among              (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Itron, Inc. (or its permitted successor), a Washington corporation (the “Company”), the Company, the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of May 10, 2004 providing for the issuance of 7¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 11 thereof.

4. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Note Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

5. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

F-1

6. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

7. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

8. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company.

F-2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

Dated:                     , 20    

[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]

By:

Name:

Title:

ITRON INC.

By:

Name:

Title:

[EXISTING GUARANTORS]

By:

Name:

Title:

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,
Solely in its capacity as Trustee

By:

Authorized signatory

F-3

EX-5.1

Exhibit 5.1

	[Logo of Perkins Coie]
	1201 Third Avenue, Suite 4800
September 3, 2004	Seattle, WA 98101-3099
	PHONE: 206.359.8000 FAX: 206.359.9000
	www.perkinscoie.com

Itron, Inc.

2818 N.Sullivan Road,

Spokane, Washington 99216-1897

Re: Exchange Offer Relating to 7.75% Exchange Notes Due 2012

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to you and the additional registrants (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”) as listed in the Registration Statement (as defined below) in connection with certain proceedings related to the offer by Itron, Inc., a Washington corporation (the “Company”), and the Subsidiary Guarantors, to exchange the Company’s 7.75% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2012 (the “Exchange Notes”) and the related guarantees (the “Exchange Guarantees”) of the Exchange Notes by the Subsidiary Guarantors, which are being registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-4 , as amended and supplemented (the “Registration Statement”), for an equal principal amount at maturity of the Company’s outstanding 7.75% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2012 (the “Original Notes”) and the related guarantees of the Original Notes by the Subsidiary Guarantors. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Registration Statement.

In the course of our representation as described above, we have examined, among other things, the Indenture dated as of May 10, 2004 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (the “Trustee”). We have also examined and relied on originals or photocopies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of all such corporate books and records of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors and such other instruments, records, certificates or other documents as we have deemed relevant and necessary as a basis for the opinions hereinafter set forth. In our examinations, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies. As to facts material to the opinions, statements and assumptions expressed herein, we have, with your consent, relied upon oral or written statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and others.

ANCHORAGE Ÿ BEIJING Ÿ BELLEVUE Ÿ BOISE Ÿ CHICAGO Ÿ DENVER Ÿ HONG KONG Ÿ LOS ANGELES

MENLO PARK Ÿ OLYMPIA Ÿ PORTLAND Ÿ SAN FRANCISCO Ÿ SEATTLE WASHINGTON, D.C.

Perkins Coie LLP (Perkins Coie LLC in Illinois)

Itron, Inc.

September 3, 2004

Page 2

Based on the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications set forth herein, we are of the opinion that when:

A. (i) the Registration Statement has become effective under the Act and the Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and (ii) the Exchange Notes have been duly executed, authenticated and delivered in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and issued in exchange for Original Notes pursuant to, and accordance with the terms of, the Exchange Offer as contemplated in the Registration Statement, the Exchange Notes will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms; and

B. (i) the Registration Statement has become effective under the Act and the Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and (ii) the Exchange Guarantees have been executed in accordance with the Indenture and the Exchange Notes have been duly executed, authenticated and delivered in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and issued in exchange for Original Notes pursuant to, and accordance with the terms of, the Exchange Offer as contemplated in the Registration Statement, the Exchange Guarantees will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the respective Subsidiary Guarantor, enforceable against such Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with their terms;

except as such enforceability is subject to the effect of (a) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally (b) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (c) public policy limitations on rights to indemnification or contribution.

Members of our firm are admitted to the bars of the State of Washington and the State of New York, and we do not express any opinion as to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the laws of the State of Washington and the State of New York and the Delaware General Corporation Law, and the federal laws of the United States, and we express no opinion with respect to the applicability thereto, or the effect thereon, of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to us under the heading “Legal Matters.” In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Perkins Coie LLP

EX-8.1

EXHIBIT 8.1

September 3, 2004

Itron, Inc.

2818 N. Sullivan Road,

Spokane, Washington 99216-1897

Re: Exchange Offer Relating to 7.75% Exchange Notes

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Itron, Inc., a Washington corporation (the “Company”), and the additional registrants (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”) as listed in the Registration Statement (as defined below), in connection with the offer to exchange up to $125,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 7.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “Exchange Notes”) and the related guarantees (the “Exchange Guarantees”) of the Exchange Notes by the Subsidiary Guarantors, the issuances of which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for a like principal amount of the Company’s outstanding 7.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “Original Notes”) and the related guarantees of the Original Notes by the Subsidiary Guarantors (the “Exchange Offer”). The terms of the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantees are described in the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act. Such Registration Statement (including Exhibits thereto), as amended or supplemented, is hereinafter referred to as the “Registration Statement.” The terms of the Exchange Offer, which are set forth in the Registration Statement, are incorporated herein by reference.

You have requested our opinion regarding the anticipated material United States federal income tax consequences of the Exchange Offer. In formulating our opinion, we have examined the Registration Statement and such certificates, records and other documents as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinion set forth below. In our examination of such material, we have not conducted an independent investigation of any of the facts set forth in the Registration Statement, certificates, records and other documents. We also have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to all authentic original documents of all copies of documents submitted to us.

Our opinion herein is based on, as of the date hereof, the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, Treasury Regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder, current positions of the Internal Revenue Service contained in published revenue rulings, revenue procedures and announcements, pertinent judicial authorities and other applicable authorities, all of which are subject to change either prospectively or retroactively. A change in any of the materials or authorities upon which our opinion is based could affect our conclusions stated herein.

Our opinion relates only to the federal income tax laws of the United States, and we express no opinion with respect to other federal laws or with respect to the laws of any other jurisdiction. Further, we express no opinion concerning any tax consequences except as expressly set forth in the Registration Statement under the heading “CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS.”

Itron, Inc.

September 3, 2004

Page 2

Based upon the foregoing and subject to the qualifications set forth herein, we are of the opinion that under current United States federal income tax law, the discussion set forth in the Registration Statement under the heading “CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS,” to the extent it constitutes summaries of legal matters or legal conclusions, is a fair and accurate summary of the material United States federal income tax consequences relevant to the exchange of the Original Notes for Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

This opinion is expressed as of the date hereof, and we disclaim any undertaking to advise you of any subsequent changes of the facts stated or assumed herein or any subsequent changes in applicable law. Further, this opinion is based on the accuracy of the facts and the representations set forth in the Registration Statement. In the event any one of the facts, representations or assumptions upon which we have relied to issue this opinion is incorrect, our opinion might be adversely affected and may not be relied upon. In addition, there can be no assurances that the Internal Revenue Service will not assert contrary positions.

We are furnishing this letter in our capacity as counsel to the Company, and this letter is solely for the benefit of the Company. This letter is not to be used, circulated, quoted in whole or in part or referred to or otherwise relied upon, nor is it to be filed with any governmental agency or given to any other person, without our prior written consent, except as set forth below.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder nor do we admit that we are experts with respect to any part of such Registration Statement within the meaning of the term “expert” as used in the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Perkins Coie LLP

EX-12.1

Exhibit 12

STATEMENT RE: COMPUTATION OF RATIOS

			Year Ended December 31,
	6/30/04		2003		2002		2001			2000		1999
	(dollars in thousands, except ratios)
Earnings:
Pre-tax income (loss)	$	40	$	17,899	$	18,859	$	21,366		$	8,538	$	(94,636	)
Less: equity in affiliates		—		79		126		(616	)		1,069		(600	)
		40		17,820		18,733		21,982			7,469		(94,036	)
Fixed Charges (1):
Interest expense, gross (2)		3,015		2,638		2,061		5,112			5,313		6,585
Interest portion of rent expense		1,280		2,661		1,902		1,062			920		949
a) Fixed charges		4,295		5,299		3,963		6,174			6,233		7,534
b) Earnings for ratio (3)		4,335		23,119		22,696		28,156			13,702		(86,502	)
Ratios:
Earnings to fixed charges (b/a)		1.0		4.4		5.7		4.6			2.2		—
Deficit of earnings to fixed charges		n/a		n/a		n/a		n/a			n/a		(94,036	)

(1) Fixed charges consist of interest on indebtedness and amortization of debt issuance costs plus that portion of lease rental expense representative of the interest factor.

(2) Interest expense, gross includes amortization of prepaid debt fees and accretion of debt discount.

(3) Earnings consist of income from continuing operations before income taxes plus fixed charges.

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

Itron Domestic Subsidiaries

Itron, Inc.

Corporate Headquarters

2818 N. Sullivan Rd.

Spokane, WA 99216-1897

P.O. Box 15288, Spokane, WA 99215-5288

Itron Connecticut Finance, Inc.

2818 N. Sullivan Rd.

Spokane, WA 99216-1897

Itron Engineering Services, Inc.

2818 N. Sullivan Rd.

Spokane, WA 99216-1897

Itron International, Inc.

2818 N. Sullivan Rd.

Spokane, WA 99216-1897

Itron Finance, Inc.

2818 N. Sullivan Rd.

Spokane, WA 99216-1897

EMD Holding, Inc.

2818 N. Sullivan Rd.

Spokane, WA 99216-1897

Itron Electricity Metering, Inc.

313 N. Highway 11

West Union, SC 29696

Itron International Subsidiaries

Itron S.A.

66, Rue de la Villette

BAT.VIP

69425 Lyon Cedex 3

FRANCE

Itron Limited

100 New Bridge Street

London EC4V 6JA

UNITED KINGDOM

Itron Australasia Party Limited

Level 5, 33 Erskine Street

Sydney, NSW 2000

AUSTRALIA

Itron Australasia Holdings Pty. Ltd.

Level 5, 33 Erskine Street

Sydney, NSW 2000

AUSTRALIA

Itron Australasia Technologies Pty Ltd.

Level 5, 33 Erskine Street

Sydney, NSW 2000

AUSTRALIA

Itron B.C. Corporation

#220-10711 Cambie Rd.

Richmond, BC V6X3G5

CANADA

Itron Canada, Ltd.

160 Wilkinson Rd. #22

Brampton, Ontario L6T 4Z4

CANADA

Itron Canada, Inc.

2100-1075 West Georgia Street

Vancouver, BC V6E 3G2

CANADA

Itron de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.

Nogal de Castilla 7

Col. Pueblo Nuevo Alto

10640 Mexico, D.F

MEXICO

Itron Servicios, S.A. DE C.V.

Guillermo Gonzalez Camarena 1600-2E

Santa Fe, Mexico

01210, MEXICO

Itron B.V.

Teleportboulevard 110

1043-EJ Amsterdam

THE NETHERLANDS

Itron France SARL

3, rue du Colonel Moll

75017 Paris

FRANCE

SLCN Limited

2818 N. Sullivan Rd.

Spokane, WA 99216-1897

Itron Guam, Inc.

2818 N. Sullivan Rd.

Spokane, WA 99216-1897

Itron Distribucion, S.A. DE C.V.

Guillermo Gonzalez Camarena 1600-2E

Santa Fe, Mexico

01210, MEXICO

Silicon Energy Corp. (BVI), Ltd.

2818 N. Sullivan Rd.

Spokane, WA 99216-1897

Itron Inc. Taiwan

Basemont 1, 2F-SF, No. 103

Wu Kong 1^st Road

Wu-Ku Industrial Park

Taipei, Hsien 248, TAIWAN

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement of Itron, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form S-4 of our report dated March 8, 2004 (August 26, 2004 as to Note 19, 21 and 22), which expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the change in the method of accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets in 2002, appearing in the Current Report on Form 8-K of Itron, Inc. filed on August 31, 2004, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Seattle, Washington

September 2, 2004

EX-23.2

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Itron, Inc. of our report dated February 27, 2004 relating to the combined financial statements of the Electricity Products Business of Schlumberger Limited, which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to certain assumptions and allocations to form the basis of presentation of the combined financial statements, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading of “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

September 3, 2004

EX-25.1

Exhibit 25.1

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM T-1

¨ STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

¨ CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b)(2)

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS

(formerly BANKERS TRUST COMPANY)

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

NEW YORK	13-4941247
(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or organization if not a U.S. national bank)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification no.)

60 WALL STREET NEW YORK, NEW YORK	10005
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Attention: Will Christoph

Legal Department

60 Wall Street, 36^th Floor

New York, New York 10005

(212) 250-0378

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

ITRON, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Washington	91-1011792
(State or other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

2828 North Sullivan Road

Spokane, Washington 99216-1897

(509) 924-9900

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Russell N. Fairbanks, Jr.

Vice President and General Counsel

Itron, Inc.

2818 N. Sullivan Road, Spokane, Washington 99216-1897

(509) 924-9900

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copy to:

Andrew Bor

Perkins Coie LLP.

1201 Third Avenue, Suite 4800, Seattle, Washington 98101-3099

(206) 583-8888

7¾ Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012

(Title of the Indenture Securities)

Item 1. General Information.

Furnish the following information as to the trustee.

(a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

Name	Address
Federal Reserve Bank (2nd District)	New York, NY
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation	Washington, D.C.
New York State Banking Department	Albany, NY

(b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Yes.

Item 2. Affiliations with Obligor.

If the obligor is an affiliate of the Trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None.

Item 3. -15. Not Applicable

Item 16. List of Exhibits.

Exhibit 1 -	Restated Organization Certificate of Bankers Trust Company dated August 6, 1998, Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate of Bankers Trust Company dated September 25, 1998, Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate of Bankers Trust Company dated December 16, 1998, and Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate of Bankers Trust Company dated February 22, 2002, copies attached.
Exhibit 2 -	Certificate of Authority to commence business - Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2 filed with Form T-1 Statement, Registration No. 33-21047.
Exhibit 3 -	Authorization of the Trustee to exercise corporate trust powers - Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2 filed with Form T-1 Statement, Registration No. 33-21047.
Exhibit 4 -	Existing By-Laws of Bankers Trust Company, as amended on April 15, 2002. Copy attached.

-2-

Exhibit 5 -	Not applicable.
Exhibit 6 -	Consent of Bankers Trust Company required by Section 321(b) of the Act. - Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 filed with Form T-1 Statement, Registration No. 22-18864.
Exhibit 7 -	The latest report of condition of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas dated as of March 31, 2004. Copy attached.
Exhibit 8 -	Not Applicable.
Exhibit 9 -	Not Applicable.

-3-

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in The City of New York, and State of New York, on this          day of September, 2004.

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS
	By:	/s/ Dorothy Robinson
		Dorothy Robinson
		Vice President

-4-

State of New York,

Banking Department

I, MANUEL KURSKY, Deputy Superintendent of Banks of the State of New York, DO HEREBY APPROVE the annexed Certificate entitled “CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF THE ORGANIZATION CERTIFICATE OF BANKERS TRUST COMPANY Under Section 8005 of the Banking Law,” dated September 16, 1998, providing for an increase in authorized capital stock from $3,001,666,670 consisting of 200,166,667 shares with a par value of $10 each designated as Common Stock and 1,000 shares with a par value of $1,000,000 each designated as Series Preferred Stock to $3,501,666,670 consisting of 200,166,667 shares with a par value of $10 each designated as Common Stock and 1,500 shares with a par value of $1,000,000 each designated as Series Preferred Stock.

Witness, my hand and official seal of the Banking Department at the City of New York, this 25th day of September in the Year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and ninety-eight.

Manuel Kursky

Deputy Superintendent of Banks

RESTATED

ORGANIZATION

CERTIFICATE

OF

BANKERS TRUST COMPANY

Under Section 8007

Of the Banking Law

Bankers Trust Company

1301 6^th Avenue, 8^th Floor

New York, N.Y. 10019

Counterpart Filed in the Office of the Superintendent of Banks, State of New York, August 31, 1998

RESTATED ORGANIZATION CERTIFICATE

OF

BANKERS TRUST

Under Section 8007 of the Banking Law

We, James T. Byrne, Jr. and Lea Lahtinen, being respectively a Managing Director and an Assistant Secretary and a Vice President and an Assistant Secretary of BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, do hereby certify:

1. The name of the corporation is Bankers Trust Company.

2. The organization certificate of the corporation was filed by the Superintendent of Banks of the State of New York on March 5, 1903.

3. The text of the organization certificate, as amended heretofore, is hereby restated without further amendment or change to read as herein-set forth in full, to wit:

“Certificate of Organization

of

Bankers Trust Company

Know All Men By These Presents That we, the undersigned, James A. Blair, James G. Cannon, E. C. Converse, Henry P. Davison, Granville W. Garth, A. Barton Hepburn, Will Logan, Gates W. McGarrah, George W. Perkins, William H. Porter, John F. Thompson, Albert H. Wiggin, Samuel Woolverton and Edward F. C. Young, all being persons of full age and citizens of the United States, and a majority of us being residents of the State of New York, desiring to form a corporation to be known as a Trust Company, do hereby associate ourselves together for that purpose under and pursuant to the laws of the State of New York, and for such purpose we do hereby, under our respective hands and seals, execute and duly acknowledge this Organization Certificate in duplicate, and hereby specifically state as follows, to wit:

I. The name by which the said corporation shall be known is Bankers Trust Company.

II. The place where its business is to be transacted is the City of New York, in the State of New York.

III. Capital Stock: The amount of capital stock which the corporation is hereafter to have is Three Billion One Million, Six Hundred Sixty-Six Thousand, Six Hundred Seventy Dollars ($3,001,666,670), divided into Two Hundred Million, One Hundred Sixty-Six Thousand, Six Hundred Sixty-Seven (200,166,667) shares with a par value of $10 each designated as Common Stock and 1,000 shares with a par value of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each designated as Series Preferred Stock.

(a) Common Stock

1. Dividends: Subject to all of the rights of the Series Preferred Stock, dividends may be declared and paid or set apart for payment upon the Common Stock out of any assets or funds of the corporation legally available for the payment of dividends.

2. Voting Rights: Except as otherwise expressly provided with respect to the Series Preferred Stock or with respect to any series of the Series Preferred Stock, the Common Stock shall have

the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and for all other purposes, each holder of the Common Stock being entitled to one vote for each share thereof held.

3. Liquidation: Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, and after the holders of the Series Preferred Stock of each series shall have been paid in full the amounts to which they respectively shall be entitled, or a sum sufficient for the payment in full set aside, the remaining net assets of the corporation shall be distributed pro rata to the holders of the Common Stock in accordance with their respective rights and interests, to the exclusion of the holders of the Series Preferred Stock.

4. Preemptive Rights: No holder of Common Stock of the corporation shall be entitled, as such, as a matter of right, to subscribe for or purchase any part of any new or additional issue of stock of any class or series whatsoever, any rights or options to purchase stock of any class or series whatsoever, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or carrying rights or options to purchase stock of any class or series whatsoever, whether now or hereafter authorized, and whether issued for cash or other consideration, or by way of dividend or other distribution.

(b) Series Preferred Stock

1. Board Authority: The Series Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of Directors as herein provided in one or more series. The designations, relative rights, preferences and limitations of the Series Preferred Stock, and particularly of the shares of each series thereof, may, to the extent permitted by law, be similar to or may differ from those of any other series. The Board of Directors of the corporation is hereby expressly granted authority, subject to the provisions of this Article III, to issue from time to time Series Preferred Stock in one or more series and to fix from time to time before issuance thereof, by filing a certificate pursuant to the Banking Law, the number of shares in each such series of such class and all designations, relative rights (including the right, to the extent permitted by law, to convert into shares of any class or into shares of any series of any class), preferences and limitations of the shares in each such series, including, buy without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the following:

(i) The number of shares to constitute such series (which number may at any time, or from time to time, be increased or decreased by the Board of Directors, notwithstanding that shares of the series may be outstanding at the time of such increase or decrease, unless the Board of Directors shall have otherwise provided in creating such series) and the distinctive designation thereof;

(ii) The dividend rate on the shares of such series, whether or not dividends on the shares of such series shall be cumulative, and the date or dates, if any, from which dividends thereon shall be cumulative;

(iii) Whether or not the share of such series shall be redeemable, and, if redeemable, the date or dates upon or after which they shall be redeemable, the amount or amounts per share (which shall be, in the case of each share, not less than its preference upon involuntary liquidation, plus an amount equal to all dividends thereon accrued and unpaid, whether or not earned or declared) payable thereon in the case of the redemption thereof, which amount may vary at different redemption dates or otherwise as permitted by law;

(iv) The right, if any, of holders of shares of such series to convert the same into, or exchange the same for, Common Stock or other stock as permitted by law, and the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange, as well as provisions for adjustment of the conversion rate in such events as the Board of Directors shall determine;

(v) The amount per share payable on the shares of such series upon the voluntary and involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation;

(vi) Whether the holders of shares of such series shall have voting power, full or limited, in addition to the voting powers provided by law and, in case additional voting powers are accorded, to fix the extent thereof; and

(vii) Generally to fix the other rights and privileges and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such rights and privileges of such series, provided, however, that no such rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations or restrictions shall be in conflict with the organization certificate of the corporation or with the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issue of any series of which there are shares outstanding.

All shares of Series Preferred Stock of the same series shall be identical in all respects, except that shares of any one series issued at different times may differ as to dates, if any, from which dividends thereon may accumulate. All shares of Series Preferred Stock of all series shall be of equal rank and shall be identical in all respects except that to the extent not otherwise limited in this Article III any series may differ from any other series with respect to any one or more of the designations, relative rights, preferences and limitations described or referred to in subparagraphs (I) to (vii) inclusive above.

2. Dividends: Dividends on the outstanding Series Preferred Stock of each series shall be declared and paid or set apart for payment before any dividends shall be declared and paid or set apart for payment on the Common Stock with respect to the same quarterly dividend period. Dividends on any shares of Series Preferred Stock shall be cumulative only if and to the extent set forth in a certificate filed pursuant to law. After dividends on all shares of Series Preferred Stock (including cumulative dividends if and to the extent any such shares shall be entitled thereto) shall have been declared and paid or set apart for payment with respect to any quarterly dividend period, then and not otherwise so long as any shares of Series Preferred Stock shall remain outstanding, dividends may be declared and paid or set apart for payment with respect to the same quarterly dividend period on the Common Stock out the assets or funds of the corporation legally available therefor.

All Shares of Series Preferred Stock of all series shall be of equal rank, preference and priority as to dividends irrespective of whether or not the rates of dividends to which the same shall be entitled shall be the same and when the stated dividends are not paid in full, the shares of all series of the Series Preferred Stock shall share ratably in the payment thereof in accordance with the sums which would be payable on such shares if all dividends were paid in full, provided, however, that any two or more series of the Series Preferred Stock may differ from each other as to the existence and extent of the right to cumulative dividends, as aforesaid.

3. Voting Rights: Except as otherwise specifically provided in the certificate filed pursuant to law with respect to any series of the Series Preferred Stock, or as otherwise provided by law, the Series Preferred Stock shall not have any right to vote for the election of directors or for any other purpose and the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and for all other purposes.

4. Liquidation: In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, each series of Series Preferred Stock shall have preference and priority over the Common Stock for payment of the amount to which each outstanding series of Series Preferred Stock shall be entitled in accordance with the provisions thereof and each holder of Series Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid in full such amount, or have a sum sufficient for the payment in full set aside, before any payments shall be made to the holders of the Common Stock. If, upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation, the assets of the corporation or proceeds thereof, distributable among the holders of the shares of all series of the Series Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to pay in full the preferential amount aforesaid, then such assets, or the proceeds thereof, shall be distributed among such holders ratably in accordance with the respective amounts which would be payable if all amounts payable thereon were paid in full. After the payment to the holders of Series Preferred Stock of all such amounts to which they are entitled, as above provided, the remaining assets and funds of the corporation shall be divided and paid to the holders of the Common Stock.

5. Redemption: In the event that the Series Preferred Stock of any series shall be made redeemable as provided in clause (iii) of paragraph 1 of section (b) of this Article III, the corporation, at the option of the Board of Directors, may redeem at any time or times, and from time to time, all or any part of any one or more series of Series Preferred Stock outstanding by paying for each share the then applicable redemption price fixed by the Board of Directors as provided herein, plus an amount equal to accrued and

unpaid dividends to the date fixed for redemption, upon such notice and terms as may be specifically provided in the certificate filed pursuant to law with respect to the series.

6. Preemptive Rights: No holder of Series Preferred Stock of the corporation shall be entitled, as such, as a matter or right, to subscribe for or purchase any part of any new or additional issue of stock of any class or series whatsoever, any rights or options to purchase stock of any class or series whatsoever, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or carrying rights or options to purchase stock of any class or series whatsoever, whether now or hereafter authorized, and whether issued for cash or other consideration, or by way of dividend.

(c) Provisions relating to Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A. (Liquidation value $1,000,000 per share.)

1. Designation: The distinctive designation of the series established hereby shall be “Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A” (hereinafter called “Series A Preferred Stock”).

2. Number: The number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall initially be 250 shares. Shares of Series A Preferred Stock redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired by the corporation shall be cancelled and shall revert to authorized but unissued Series Preferred Stock undesignated as to series.

3. Dividends:

(a) Dividend Payments Dates. Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive non-cumulative cash dividends when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the corporation, out of funds legally available therefor, from the date of original issuance of such shares (the “Issue Date”) and such dividends will be payable on March 28, June 28, September 28 and December 28 of each year (“Dividend Payment Date”) commencing September 28, 1990, at a rate per annum as determined in paragraph 3(b) below. The period beginning on the Issue Date and ending on the day preceding the first Dividend Payment Date and each successive period beginning on a Dividend Payment Date and ending on the date preceding the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date is herein called a “Dividend Period”. If any Dividend Payment Date shall be, in The City of New York, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions are authorized by law to close, then payment will be postponed to the next succeeding business day with the same force and effect as if made on the Dividend Payment Date, and no interest shall accrue for such Dividend Period after such Dividend Payment Date.

(b) Dividend Rate. The dividend rate from time to time payable in respect of Series A Preferred Stock (the “Dividend Rate”) shall be determined on the basis of the following provisions:

(i) On the Dividend Determination Date, LIBOR will be determined on the basis of the offered rates for deposits in U.S. dollars having a maturity of three months commencing on the second London Business Day immediately following such Dividend Determination Date, as such rates appear on the Reuters Screen LIBO Page as of 11:00 A.M. London time, on such Dividend Determination Date. If at least two such offered rates appear on the Reuters Screen LIBO Page, LIBOR in respect of such Dividend Determination Dates will be the arithmetic mean (rounded to the nearest one-hundredth of a percent, with five one-thousandths of a percent rounded upwards) of such offered rates. If fewer than those offered rates appear, LIBOR in respect of such Dividend Determination Date will be determined as described in paragraph (ii) below.

(ii) On any Dividend Determination Date on which fewer than those offered rates for the applicable maturity appear on the Reuters Screen LIBO Page as specified in paragraph (I) above, LIBOR will be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in U.S. dollars having a maturity of three months commencing on the second London Business Day immediately following such Dividend Determination Date and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000 that is representative of a single transaction in such market at such time are offered by three major banks in the London interbank market selected by the corporation at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, on such Dividend Determination Date to prime banks in the London market. The corporation will request the principal London office of each of such banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such quotations are provided, LIBOR in respect of such Dividend Determination Date will be the arithmetic mean (rounded to the nearest one-hundredth of a percent, with five one-thousandths of a percent rounded upwards) of such quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided, LIBOR in respect of such Dividend Determination Date will be the arithmetic

mean (rounded to the nearest one-hundredth of a percent, with five one-thousandths of a percent rounded upwards) of the rates quoted by three major banks in New York City selected by the corporation at approximately 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on such Dividend Determination Date for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks having a maturity of three months commencing on the second London Business Day immediately following such Dividend Determination Date and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000 that is representative of a single transaction in such market at such time; provided, however, that if the banks selected as aforesaid by the corporation are not quoting as aforementioned in this sentence, then, with respect to such Dividend Period, LIBOR for the preceding Dividend Period will be continued as LIBOR for such Dividend Period.

(ii) The Dividend Rate for any Dividend Period shall be equal to the lower of 18% or 50 basis points above LIBOR for such Dividend Period as LIBOR is determined by sections (I) or (ii) above.

As used above, the term “Dividend Determination Date” shall mean, with respect to any Dividend Period, the second London Business Day prior to the commencement of such Dividend Period; and the term “London Business Day” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday or Sunday and that, in New York City, is not a day on which banking institutions generally are authorized or required by law or executive order to close and that is a day on which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.

4. Voting Rights: The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have the voting power and rights set forth in this paragraph 4 and shall have no other voting power or rights except as otherwise may from time to time be required by law.

So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the corporation shall not, without the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least a majority of the votes of the Series Preferred Stock entitled to vote outstanding at the time, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by resolution adopted at a meeting at which the holders of Series A Preferred Stock (alone or together with the holders of one or more other series of Series Preferred Stock at the time outstanding and entitled to vote) vote separately as a class, alter the provisions of the Series Preferred Stock so as to materially adversely affect its rights; provided, however, that in the event any such materially adverse alteration affects the rights of only the Series A Preferred Stock, then the alteration may be effected with the vote or consent of at least a majority of the votes of the Series A Preferred Stock; provided, further, that an increase in the amount of the authorized Series Preferred Stock and/or the creation and/or issuance of other series of Series Preferred Stock in accordance with the organization certificate shall not be, nor be deemed to be, materially adverse alterations. In connection with the exercise of the voting rights contained in the preceding sentence, holders of all series of Series Preferred Stock which are granted such voting rights (of which the Series A Preferred Stock is the initial series) shall vote as a class (except as specifically provided otherwise) and each holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall have one vote for each share of stock held and each other series shall have such number of votes, if any, for each share of stock held as may be granted to them.

The foregoing voting provisions will not apply if, in connection with the matters specified, provision is made for the redemption or retirement of all outstanding Series A Preferred Stock.

5. Liquidation: Subject to the provisions of section (b) of this Article III, upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have preference and priority over the Common Stock for payment out of the assets of the corporation or proceeds thereof, whether from capital or surplus, of $1,000,000 per share (the “liquidation value”) together with the amount of all dividends accrued and unpaid thereon, and after such payment the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to no other payments.

6. Redemption: Subject to the provisions of section (b) of this Article III, Series A Preferred Stock may be redeemed, at the option of the corporation in whole or part, at any time or from time to time at a redemption price of $1,000,000 per share, in each case plus accrued and unpaid dividends to the date of redemption.

At the option of the corporation, shares of Series A Preferred Stock redeemed or otherwise acquired may be restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares of Series Preferred Stock.

In the case of any redemption, the corporation shall give notice of such redemption to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed in the following manner: a notice specifying the shares to be redeemed and the time and place of redemption (and, if less than the total outstanding shares are to be redeemed, specifying the certificate numbers and number of shares to be redeemed) shall be mailed by first class mail, addressed to the holders of record of the Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed at their respective addresses as the same shall appear upon the books of the corporation, not more than sixty (60) days and not less than thirty (30) days previous to the date fixed for redemption. In the event such notice is not given to any shareholder such failure to give notice shall not affect the notice given to other shareholders. If less than the whole amount of outstanding Series A Preferred Stock is to be redeemed, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected by lot or pro rata in any manner determined by resolution of the Board of Directors to be fair and proper. From and after the date fixed in any such notice as the date of redemption (unless default shall be made by the corporation in providing moneys at the time and place of redemption for the payment of the redemption price) all dividends upon the Series A Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall cease to accrue, and all rights of the holders of said Series A Preferred Stock as stockholders in the corporation, except the right to receive the redemption price (without interest) upon surrender of the certificate representing the Series A Preferred Stock so called for redemption, duly endorsed for transfer, if required, shall cease and terminate. The corporation’s obligation to provide moneys in accordance with the preceding sentence shall be deemed fulfilled if, on or before the redemption date, the corporation shall deposit with a bank or trust company (which may be an affiliate of the corporation) having an office in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, having a capital and surplus of at least $5,000,000 funds necessary for such redemption, in trust with irrevocable instructions that such funds be applied to the redemption of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock so called for redemption. Any interest accrued on such funds shall be paid to the corporation from time to time. Any funds so deposited and unclaimed at the end of two (2) years from such redemption date shall be released or repaid to the corporation, after which the holders of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall look only to the corporation for payment of the redemption price.

IV. The name, residence and post office address of each member of the corporation are as follows:

Name	Residence	Post Office Address
James A. Blair	9 West 50th Street, Manhattan, New York City	33 Wall Street, Manhattan, New York City
James G. Cannon	72 East 54th Street, Manhattan New York City	14 Nassau Street, Manhattan, New York City
E. C. Converse	3 East 78th Street, Manhattan, New York City	139 Broadway, Manhattan, New York City
Henry P. Davison	Englewood, New Jersey	2 Wall Street, Manhattan, New York City
Granville W. Garth	160 West 57th Street, Manhattan, New York City	33 Wall Street Manhattan, New York City
A. Barton Hepburn	205 West 57th Street Manhattan, New York City	83 Cedar Street Manhattan, New York City
William Logan	Montclair, New Jersey	13 Nassau Street Manhattan, New York City
George W. Perkins	Riverdale, New York	23 Wall Street, Manhattan, New York City
William H. Porter	56 East 67th Street Manhattan, New York City	270 Broadway, Manhattan, New York City
John F. Thompson	Newark, New Jersey	143 Liberty Street, Manhattan, New York City

Albert H. Wiggin	42 West 49th Street, Manhattan, New York City	214 Broadway, Manhattan, New York City
Samuel Woolverton	Mount Vernon, New York	34 Wall Street, Manhattan, New York City
Edward F.C. Young	85 Glenwood Avenue, Jersey City, New Jersey	1 Exchange Place, Jersey City, New Jersey

V. The existence of the corporation shall be perpetual.

VI. The subscribers, the members of the said corporation, do, and each for himself does, hereby declare that he will accept the responsibilities and faithfully discharge the duties of a director therein, if elected to act as such, when authorized accordance with the provisions of the Banking Law of the State of New York.

VII. The number of directors of the corporation shall not be less than 10 nor more than 25.”

4. The foregoing restatement of the organization certificate was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation at a meeting held on July 21, 1998.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have made and subscribed this certificate this 6^th day of August, 1998.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have made and subscribed this certificate this 6th day of August, 1998.

James T. Byrne, Jr.

James T. Byrne, Jr.

Managing Director and Secretary

Lea Lahtinen

Lea Lahtinen

Vice President and Assistant Secretary

Lea Lahtinen

Lea Lahtinen

State of New York	)
	) ss:
County of New York	)

Lea Lahtinen, being duly sworn, deposes and says that she is a Vice President and an Assistant Secretary of Bankers Trust Company, the corporation described in the foregoing certificate; that she has read the foregoing certificate and knows the contents thereof, and that the statements herein contained are true.

Lea Lahtinen

Lea Lahtinen

Sworn to before me this

6th day of August, 1998.

Sandra L. West

Notary Public

SANDRA L. WEST

Notary Public State of New York

No. 31-4942101

Qualified in New York County

Commission Expires September 19, 1998

State of New York,

Banking Department

I, MANUEL KURSKY, Deputy Superintendent of Banks of the State of New York, DO HEREBY APPROVE the annexed Certificate entitled “RESTATED ORGANIZATION CERTIFICATE OF BANKERS TRUST COMPANY Under Section 8007 of the Banking Law,” dated August 6, 1998, providing for the restatement of the Organization Certificate and all amendments into a single certificate.

Witness, my hand and official seal of the Banking Department at the City of New York, this 31st day of August in the Year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and ninety-eight.

Manuel Kursky

Deputy Superintendent of Banks

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF THE

ORGANIZATION CERTIFICATE

OF BANKERS TRUST

Under Section 8005 of the Banking Law

We, James T. Byrne, Jr. and Lea Lahtinen, being respectively a Managing Director and Secretary and a Vice President and an Assistant Secretary of Bankers Trust Company, do hereby certify:

1. The name of the corporation is Bankers Trust Company.

2. The organization certificate of said corporation was filed by the Superintendent of Banks on the 5th of March, 1903.

3. The organization certificate as heretofore amended is hereby amended to increase the aggregate number of shares which the corporation shall have authority to issue and to increase the amount of its authorized capital stock in conformity therewith.

4. Article III of the organization certificate with reference to the authorized capital stock, the number of shares into which the capital stock shall be divided, the par value of the shares and the capital stock outstanding, which reads as follows:

“III. The amount of capital stock which the corporation is hereafter to have is Three Billion, One Million, Six Hundred Sixty-Six Thousand, Six Hundred Seventy Dollars ($3,001,666,670), divided into Two Hundred Million, One Hundred Sixty-Six Thousand, Six Hundred Sixty-Seven (200,166,667) shares with a par value of $10 each designated as Common Stock and 1000 shares with a par value of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each designated as Series Preferred Stock.”

is hereby amended to read as follows:

“III. The amount of capital stock which the corporation is hereafter to have is Three Billion, Five Hundred One Million, Six Hundred Sixty-Six Thousand, Six Hundred Seventy Dollars ($3,501,666,670), divided into Two Hundred Million, One Hundred Sixty-Six Thousand, Six Hundred Sixty-Seven (200,166,667) shares with a par value of $10 each designated as Common Stock and 1500 shares with a par value of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each designated as Series Preferred Stock.”

5. The foregoing amendment of the organization certificate was authorized by unanimous written consent signed by the holder of all outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have made and subscribed this certificate this 25th day of September, 1998

James T. Byrne, Jr.

James T. Byrne, Jr.

Managing Director and Secretary

Lea Lahtinen

Lea Lahtinen

Vice President and Assistant Secretary

State of New York	)
	) ss:
County of New York	)

Lea Lahtinen, being fully sworn, deposes and says that she is a Vice President and an Assistant Secretary of Bankers Trust Company, the corporation described in the foregoing certificate; that she has read the foregoing certificate and knows the contents thereof, and that the statements herein contained are true.

Lea Lahtinen

Lea Lahtinen

Sworn to before me this 25^th day

of September, 1998

Sandra L. West

Notary Public

SANDRA L. WEST

Notary Public State of New York

No. 31-4942101

Qualified in New York County

Commission Expires September 19, 2000

State of New York,

Banking Department

I, P. VINCENT CONLON, Deputy Superintendent of Banks of the State of New York, DO HEREBY APPROVE the annexed Certificate entitled “CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF THE ORGANIZATION CERTIFICATE OF BANKERS TRUST COMPANY Under Section 8005 of the Banking Law,” dated December 16, 1998, providing for an increase in authorized capital stock from $3,501,666,670 consisting of 200,166,667 shares with a par value of $10 each designated as Common Stock and 1,500 shares with a par value of $1,000,000 each designated as Series Preferred Stock to $3,627,308,670 consisting of 212,730,867 shares with a par value of $10 each designated as Common Stock and 1,500 shares with a par value of $1,000,000 each designated as Series Preferred Stock.

Witness, my hand and official seal of the Banking Department at the City of New York, this 18th day of December in the Year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and ninety-eight.

P. Vincent Conlon

Deputy Superintendent of Banks

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF THE

ORGANIZATION CERTIFICATE

OF BANKERS TRUST

Under Section 8005 of the Banking Law

We, James T. Byrne, Jr. and Lea Lahtinen, being respectively a Managing Director and Secretary and a Vice President and an Assistant Secretary of Bankers Trust Company, do hereby certify:

1. The name of the corporation is Bankers Trust Company.

2. The organization certificate of said corporation was filed by the Superintendent of Banks on the 5th of March, 1903.

3. The organization certificate as heretofore amended is hereby amended to increase the aggregate number of shares which the corporation shall have authority to issue and to increase the amount of its authorized capital stock in conformity therewith.

4. Article III of the organization certificate with reference to the authorized capital stock, the number of shares into which the capital stock shall be divided, the par value of the shares and the capital stock outstanding, which reads as follows:

“III. The amount of capital stock which the corporation is hereafter to have is Three Billion, Five Hundred One Million, Six Hundred Sixty-Six Thousand, Six Hundred Seventy Dollars ($3,501,666,670), divided into Two Hundred Million, One Hundred Sixty-Six Thousand, Six Hundred Sixty-Seven (200,166,667) shares with a par value of $10 each designated as Common Stock and 1500 shares with a par value of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each designated as Series Preferred Stock.”

is hereby amended to read as follows:

“III. The amount of capital stock which the corporation is hereafter to have is Three Billion, Six Hundred Twenty-Seven Million, Three Hundred Eight Thousand, Six Hundred Seventy Dollars ($3,627,308,670), divided into Two Hundred Twelve Million, Seven Hundred Thirty Thousand, Eight Hundred Sixty- Seven (212,730,867) shares with a par value of $10 each designated as Common Stock and 1500 shares with a par value of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each designated as Series Preferred Stock.”

5. The foregoing amendment of the organization certificate was authorized by unanimous written consent signed by the holder of all outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have made and subscribed this certificate this 16th day of December, 1998

James T. Byrne, Jr.

James T. Byrne, Jr.

Managing Director and Secretary

Lea Lahtinen

Lea Lahtinen

Vice President and Assistant Secretary

State of New York	)
	) ss:
County of New York	)

Lea Lahtinen, being fully sworn, deposes and says that she is a Vice President and an Assistant Secretary of Bankers Trust Company, the corporation described in the foregoing certificate; that she has read the foregoing certificate and knows the contents thereof, and that the statements herein contained are true.

Lea Lahtinen

Lea Lahtinen

Sworn to before me this 16^th day

of December, 1998

Sandra L. West

Notary Public

SANDRA L. WEST

Notary Public State of New York

No. 31-4942101

Qualified in New York County

Commission Expires September 19, 2000

BANKERS TRUST COMPANY

ASSISTANT SECRETARY’S CERTIFICATE

I, Lea Lahtinen, Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Bankers Trust Company, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, the United States of America, do hereby certify that attached copy of the Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate of Bankers Trust Company, dated February 27, 2002, providing for a change of name of Bankers Trust Company to Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas and approved by the New York State Banking Department on March 14, 2002 to effective on April 15, 2002, is a true and correct copy of the original Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate of Bankers Trust Company on file in the Banking Department, State of New York.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of Bankers Trust Company this 4th day of April, 2002.

[SEAL]

/s/ Lea Lahtinen

Lea Lahtinen, Vice President and Assistant Secretary

Bankers Trust Company

State of New York	)
	) ss.:
County of New York	)

On the 4th day of April in the year 2002 before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said state, personally appeared Lea Lahtinen, personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that she executed the same in her capacity, and that by her signature on the instrument, the individual, or the person on behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.

/s/ Sonja K. Olsen

Notary Public

SONJA K. OLSEN

Notary Public, State of New York

No. 01OL4974457

Qualified in New York County

Commission Expires November 13, 2002

State of New York,

Banking Department

I, P. VINCENT CONLON, Deputy Superintendent of Banks of the State of New York, DO HEREBY APPROVE the annexed Certificate entitled “CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF THE ORGANIZATION CERTIFICATE OF BANKERS TRUST COMPANY under Section 8005 of the Banking Law” dated February 27, 2002, providing for a change of name of BANKERS TRUST COMPANY to DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS.

Witness, my hand and official seal of the Banking Department at the City of New York, this 14th day of March two thousand and two.

/s/ P. Vincent Conlon

Deputy Superintendent of Banks

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF THE

ORGANIZATION CERTIFICATE

OF

BANKERS TRUST COMPANY

Under Section 8005 of the Banking Law

We, James T. Byrne Jr., and Lea Lahtinen, being respectively the Secretary, and Vice President and an Assistant Secretary of Bankers Trust Company, do hereby certify:

1. The name of corporation is Bankers Trust Company.

2. The organization certificate of said corporation was filed by the Superintendent of Banks on the 5th day of March, 1903.

3. Pursuant to Section 8005 of the Banking Law, attached hereto as Exhibit A is a certificate issued by the State of New York, Banking Department listing all of the amendments to the Organization Certificate of Bankers Trust Company since its organization that have been filed in the Office of the Superintendent of Banks.

4. The organization certificate as heretofore amended is hereby amended to change the name of Bankers Trust Company to Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas to be effective on April 15, 2002.

5. The first paragraph number 1 of the organization of Bankers Trust Company with the reference to the name of the Bankers Trust Company, which reads as follows:

“1. The name of the corporation is Bankers Trust Company.”

is hereby amended to read as follows effective on April 15, 2002:

“1. The name of the corporation is Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas.”

6. The foregoing amendment of the organization certificate was authorized by unanimous written consent signed by the holder of all outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have made and subscribed this certificate this 27th day of February, 2002.

/s/ James T. Byrne Jr.

James T. Byrne Jr.

Secretary

/s/ Lea Lahtinen

Lea Lahtinen

Vice President and Assistant Secretary

State of New York	)
	)             ss.:
County of New York	)

Lea Lahtinen, being duly sworn, deposes and says that she is a Vice President and an Assistant Secretary of Bankers Trust Company, the corporation described in the foregoing certificate; that she has read the foregoing certificate and knows the contents thereof, and that the statements therein contained are true.

/s/ Lea Lahtinen

Lea Lahtinen

Sworn to before me this 27th day

of February, 2002

/s/ Sandra L. West

Notary Public

SANDRA L. WEST

Notary Public, State of New York

No. 01WE4942401

Qualified in New York County

Commission Expires September 19, 2002

–2–

EXHIBIT A

State of New York

Banking Department

I, P. VINCENT CONLON, Deputy Superintendent of Banks of the State of New York, DO HEREBY CERTIFY:

THAT, the records in the Office of the Superintendent of Banks indicate that BANKERS TRUST COMPANY is a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York as a trust company, pursuant to Article III of the Banking Law; and

THAT, the Organization Certificate of BANKERS TRUST COMPANY was filed in the Office of the Superintendent of Banks on March 5, 1903, and such corporation was authorized to commence business on March 24, 1903; and

THAT, the following amendments to its Organization Certificate have been filed in the Office of the Superintendent of Banks as of the dates specified:

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation providing for an increase in number of directors - filed on January 14, 1905

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation providing for an increase in capital stock - filed on August 4, 1909

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation providing for an increase in number of directors - filed on February 1, 1911

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation providing for an increase in number of directors - filed on June 17, 1911

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation providing for an increase in capital stock - filed on August 8, 1911

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation providing for an increase in number of directors - filed on August 8, 1911

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation providing for an increase in capital stock - filed on March 21, 1912

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation providing for a decrease in number of directors - filed on January 15, 1915

–1–

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation providing for a decrease in number of directors - - filed on December 18, 1916

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation providing for an increase in capital stock - filed on April 20, 1917

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation providing for an increase in number of directors - filed on April 20, 1917

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation providing for an increase in capital stock - filed on December 28, 1918

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation providing for an increase in capital stock - filed on December 4, 1919

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation providing for an increase in number of directors - filed on January 15, 1926

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation providing for an increase in capital stock - filed on June 12, 1928

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation providing for a change in shares - filed on April 4, 1929

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation providing for a minimum and maximum number of directors - filed on January 11, 1934

Certificate of Extension to perpetual - filed on January 13, 1941

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation providing for a minimum and maximum number of directors - filed on January 13, 1941

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation providing for an increase in capital stock - filed on December 11, 1944

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation providing for an increase in capital stock - filed January 30, 1953

Restated Certificate of Incorporation - filed November 6, 1953

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation providing for an increase in capital stock - filed on April 8, 1955

–2–

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation providing for an increase in capital stock - filed on February 1, 1960

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation providing for an increase in capital stock - filed on July 14, 1960

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation providing for a change in shares - filed on September 30, 1960

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation providing for an increase in capital stock - filed on January 26, 1962

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation providing for a change in shares - filed on September 9, 1963

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation providing for an increase in capital stock - filed on February 7, 1964

Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation providing for an increase in capital stock - filed on February 24, 1965

Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate providing for a decrease in capital stock - filed January 24, 1967

Restated Organization Certificate - filed June 1, 1971

Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate providing for an increase in capital stock - filed October 29, 1976

Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate providing for an increase in capital stock - filed December 22, 1977

Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate providing for an increase in capital stock - filed August 5, 1980

Restated Organization Certificate - filed July 1, 1982

Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate providing for an increase in capital stock - filed December 27, 1984

Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate providing for an increase in capital stock - filed September 18, 1986

–3–

Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate providing for a minimum and maximum number of directors - filed January 22, 1990

Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate providing for an increase in capital stock - filed June 28, 1990

Restated Organization Certificate - filed August 20, 1990

Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate providing for an increase in capital stock - filed June 26, 1992

Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate providing for an increase in capital stock - filed March 28, 1994

Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate providing for an increase in capital stock - filed June 23, 1995

Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate providing for an increase in capital stock - filed December 27, 1995

Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate providing for an increase in capital stock - filed March 21, 1996

Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate providing for an increase in capital stock - filed December 27, 1996

Certificate of Amendment to the Organization Certificate providing for an increase in capital stock - filed June 27, 1997

Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate providing for an increase in capital stock - filed September 26, 1997

Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate providing for an increase in capital stock - filed December 29, 1997

Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate providing for an increase in capital stock - filed March 26, 1998

Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate providing for an increase in capital stock - filed June 23, 1998

–4–

Restated Organization Certificate - filed August 31, 1998

Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate providing for an increase in capital stock - filed September 25, 1998

Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate providing for an increase in capital stock - filed December 18, 1998; and

Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate providing for a change in the number of directors - filed September 3, 1999; and

THAT, no amendments to its Restated Organization Certificate have been filed in the Office of the Superintendent of Banks except those set forth above; and attached hereto; and

I DO FURTHER CERTIFY THAT, BANKERS TRUST COMPANY is validly existing as a banking organization with its principal office and place of business located at 130 Liberty Street, New York, New York.

WITNESS, my hand and official seal of the Banking Department at the City of New York this 16th day of October in the Year Two Thousand and One.

/s/ P. Vincent Conlon

Deputy Superintendent of Banks

–5–

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS

BY-LAWS

APRIL 15, 2002

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

New York

–6–

BY-LAWS

of

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

ARTICLE I

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

SECTION 1. The annual meeting of the stockholders of this Company shall be held at the office of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, in January of each year, for the election of directors and such other business as may properly come before said meeting.

SECTION 2. Special meetings of stockholders other than those regulated by statute may be called at any time by a majority of the directors. It shall be the duty of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Co-President to call such meetings whenever requested in writing to do so by stockholders owning a majority of the capital stock.

SECTION 3. At all meetings of stockholders, there shall be present, either in person or by proxy, stockholders owning a majority of the capital stock of the Company, in order to constitute a quorum, except at special elections of directors, as provided by law, but less than a quorum shall have power to adjourn any meeting.

SECTION 4. The Chairman of the Board or, in his absence, the Chief Executive Officer or, in his absence, the President or any Co-President or, in their absence, the senior officer present, shall preside at meetings of the stockholders and shall direct the proceedings and the order of business. The Secretary shall act as secretary of such meetings and record the proceedings.

ARTICLE II

DIRECTORS

SECTION 1. The affairs of the Company shall be managed and its corporate powers exercised by a Board of Directors consisting of such number of directors, but not less than seven nor more than fifteen, as may from time to time be fixed by resolution adopted by a majority of the directors then in office, or by the stockholders. In the event of any increase in the number of directors, additional directors may be elected within the limitations so fixed, either by the stockholders or within the limitations imposed by law, by a majority of directors then in office. One-third of the number of directors, as fixed from time to time, shall constitute a quorum. Any one or more members of the Board of Directors or any Committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or Committee thereof by means of a conference telephone, video conference or similar communications equipment which allows all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same time. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such a meeting.

All directors hereafter elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until their successors are elected and have qualified.

–7–

No Officer-Director who shall have attained age 65, or earlier relinquishes his responsibilities and title, shall be eligible to serve as a director.

SECTION 2. Vacancies not exceeding one-third of the whole number of the Board of Directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, and the directors so elected shall hold office for the balance of the unexpired term.

SECTION 3. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at meetings of the Board of Directors. In his absence, the Chief Executive Officer or, in his absence the President or any Co-President or, in their absence such other director as the Board of Directors from time to time may designate shall preside at such meetings.

SECTION 4. The Board of Directors may adopt such Rules and Regulations for the conduct of its meetings and the management of the affairs of the Company as it may deem proper, not inconsistent with the laws of the State of New York, or these By-Laws, and all officers and employees shall strictly adhere to, and be bound by, such Rules and Regulations.

SECTION 5. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held from time to time provided, however, that the Board of Directors shall hold a regular meeting not less than six times a year, provided that during any three consecutive calendar months the Board of Directors shall meet at least once, and its Executive Committee shall not be required to meet at least once in each thirty day period during which the Board of Directors does not meet. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called upon at least two day’s notice whenever it may be deemed proper by the Chairman of the Board or, the Chief Executive Officer or, the President or any Co-President or, in their absence, by such other director as the Board of Directors may have designated pursuant to Section 3 of this Article, and shall be called upon like notice whenever any three of the directors so request in writing.

SECTION 6. The compensation of directors as such or as members of committees shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE III

COMMITTEES

SECTION 1. There shall be an Executive Committee of the Board consisting of not less than five directors who shall be appointed annually by the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at meetings of the Executive Committee. In his absence, the Chief Executive Officer or, in his absence, the President or any Co-President or, in their absence, such other member of the Committee as the Committee from time to time may designate shall preside at such meetings.

The Executive Committee shall possess and exercise to the extent permitted by law all of the powers of the Board of Directors, except when the latter is in session, and shall keep minutes of its proceedings, which shall be presented to the Board of Directors at its next subsequent meeting. All acts done and powers and authority conferred by the Executive Committee from time to time

–8–

shall be and be deemed to be, and may be certified as being, the act and under the authority of the Board of Directors.

A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, but the Committee may act only by the concurrent vote of not less than one-third of its members, at least one of who must be a director other than an officer. Any one or more directors, even though not members of the Executive Committee, may attend any meeting of the Committee, and the member or members of the Committee present, even though less than a quorum, may designate any one or more of such directors as a substitute or substitutes for any absent member or members of the Committee, and each such substitute or substitutes shall be counted for quorum, voting, and all other purposes as a member or members of the Committee.

SECTION 2. There shall be an Audit Committee appointed annually by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire Board of Directors which shall consist of such number of directors, who are not also officers of the Company, as may from time to time be fixed by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. The Chairman shall be designated by the Board of Directors, who shall also from time to time fix a quorum for meetings of the Committee. Such Committee shall conduct the annual directors’ examinations of the Company as required by the New York State Banking Law; shall review the reports of all examinations made of the Company by public authorities and report thereon to the Board of Directors; and shall report to the Board of Directors such other matters as it deems advisable with respect to the Company, its various departments and the conduct of its operations.

In the performance of its duties, the Audit Committee may employ or retain, from time to time, expert assistants, independent of the officers or personnel of the Company, to make studies of the Company’s assets and liabilities as the Committee may request and to make an examination of the accounting and auditing methods of the Company and its system of internal protective controls to the extent considered necessary or advisable in order to determine that the operations of the Company, including its fiduciary departments, are being audited by the General Auditor in such a manner as to provide prudent and adequate protection. The Committee also may direct the General Auditor to make such investigation as it deems necessary or advisable with respect to the Company, its various departments and the conduct of its operations. The Committee shall hold regular quarterly meetings and during the intervals thereof shall meet at other times on call of the Chairman.

SECTION 3. The Board of Directors shall have the power to appoint any other Committees as may seem necessary, and from time to time to suspend or continue the powers and duties of such Committees. Each Committee appointed pursuant to this Article shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

–9–

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

SECTION 1. The Board of Directors shall elect from among their number a Chairman of the Board and a Chief Executive Officer; and shall also elect a President, or two or more Co-Presidents, and may also elect, one or more Vice Chairmen, one or more Executive Vice Presidents, one or more Managing Directors, one or more Senior Vice Presidents, one or more Directors, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more General Managers, a Secretary, a Controller, a Treasurer, a General Counsel, a General Auditor, a General Credit Auditor, who need not be directors. The officers of the corporation may also include such other officers or assistant officers as shall from time to time be elected or appointed by the Board. The Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer or, in their absence, the President or any Co-President, or any Vice Chairman, may from time to time appoint assistant officers. All officers elected or appointed by the Board of Directors shall hold their respective offices during the pleasure of the Board of Directors, and all assistant officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board or the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer or, in their absence, the President, or any Co-President or any Vice Chairman. The Board of Directors may require any and all officers and employees to give security for the faithful performance of their duties.

SECTION 2. The Board of Directors shall designate the Chief Executive Officer of the Company who may also hold the additional title of Chairman of the Board, or President, or any Co-President, and such person shall have, subject to the supervision and direction of the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee, all of the powers vested in such Chief Executive Officer by law or by these By-Laws, or which usually attach or pertain to such office. The other officers shall have, subject to the supervision and direction of the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee or the Chairman of the Board or, the Chief Executive Officer, the powers vested by law or by these By-Laws in them as holders of their respective offices and, in addition, shall perform such other duties as shall be assigned to them by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee or the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

The General Auditor shall be responsible, through the Audit Committee, to the Board of Directors for the determination of the program of the internal audit function and the evaluation of the adequacy of the system of internal controls. Subject to the Board of Directors, the General Auditor shall have and may exercise all the powers and shall perform all the duties usual to such office and shall have such other powers as may be prescribed or assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or vested in him by law or by these By-Laws. He shall perform such other duties and shall make such investigations, examinations and reports as may be prescribed or required by the Audit Committee. The General Auditor shall have unrestricted access to all records and premises of the Company and shall delegate such authority to his subordinates. He shall have the duty to report to the Audit Committee on all matters concerning the internal audit program and the adequacy of the system of internal controls of the Company which he deems advisable or which the Audit Committee may request. Additionally, the General Auditor shall have the duty of reporting independently of all officers of the Company to the Audit Committee at least quarterly on any matters concerning the internal audit program and the adequacy of the system of internal controls of the Company that should be brought to the attention of the directors except those matters responsibility for which has been vested in the General Credit Auditor. Should the General Auditor deem any matter to be of special immediate importance, he shall

–10–

report thereon forthwith to the Audit Committee. The General Auditor shall report to the Chief Financial Officer only for administrative purposes.

The General Credit Auditor shall be responsible to the Chief Executive Officer and, through the Audit Committee, to the Board of Directors for the systems of internal credit audit, shall perform such other duties as the Chief Executive Officer may prescribe, and shall make such examinations and reports as may be required by the Audit Committee. The General Credit Auditor shall have unrestricted access to all records and may delegate such authority to subordinates.

SECTION 3. The compensation of all officers shall be fixed under such plan or plans of position evaluation and salary administration as shall be approved from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 4. The Board of Directors, the Executive Committee, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or any person authorized for this purpose by the Chief Executive Officer, shall appoint or engage all other employees and agents and fix their compensation. The employment of all such employees and agents shall continue during the pleasure of the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee or the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer or any such authorized person; and the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or any such authorized person may discharge any such employees and agents at will.

ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND OTHERS

SECTION 1. The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 7018 of the New York Banking Law, indemnify any person who is or was made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, whether involving any actual or alleged breach of duty, neglect or error, any accountability, or any actual or alleged misstatement, misleading statement or other act or omission and whether brought or threatened in any court or administrative or legislative body or agency, including an action by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor and an action by or in the right of any other corporation of any type or kind, domestic or foreign, or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, which any director or officer of the Company is servicing or served in any capacity at the request of the Company by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate, is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is serving or served such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise in any capacity, against judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement, and costs, charges and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, or any appeal therein; provided, however, that no indemnification shall be provided to any such person if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the director or officer establishes that (i) his acts were committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and, in either case, were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or (ii) he personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he was not legally entitled.

–11–

SECTION 2. The Company may indemnify any other person to whom the Company is permitted to provide indemnification or the advancement of expenses by applicable law, whether pursuant to rights granted pursuant to, or provided by, the New York Banking Law or other rights created by (i) a resolution of stockholders, (ii) a resolution of directors, or (iii) an agreement providing for such indemnification, it being expressly intended that these By-Laws authorize the creation of other rights in any such manner.

SECTION 3. The Company shall, from time to time, reimburse or advance to any person referred to in Section 1 the funds necessary for payment of expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with any action or proceeding referred to in Section 1, upon receipt of a written undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount(s) if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the director or officer establishes that (i) his acts were committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and, in either case, were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or (ii) he personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he was not legally entitled.

SECTION 4. Any director or officer of the Company serving (i) another corporation, of which a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of its directors is held by the Company, or (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any corporation referred to in clause (i) in any capacity shall be deemed to be doing so at the request of the Company. In all other cases, the provisions of this Article V will apply (i) only if the person serving another corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise so served at the specific request of the Company, evidenced by a written communication signed by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Co-President, and (ii) only if and to the extent that, after making such efforts as the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Co-President shall deem adequate in the circumstances, such person shall be unable to obtain indemnification from such other enterprise or its insurer.

SECTION 5. Any person entitled to be indemnified or to the reimbursement or advancement of expenses as a matter of right pursuant to this Article V may elect to have the right to indemnification (or advancement of expenses) interpreted on the basis of the applicable law in effect at the time of occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the action or proceeding, to the extent permitted by law, or on the basis of the applicable law in effect at the time indemnification is sought.

SECTION 6. The right to be indemnified or to the reimbursement or advancement of expense pursuant to this Article V (i) is a contract right pursuant to which the person entitled thereto may bring suit as if the provisions hereof were set forth in a separate written contract between the Company and the director or officer, (ii) is intended to be retroactive and shall be available with respect to events occurring prior to the adoption hereof, and (iii) shall continue to exist after the rescission or restrictive modification hereof with respect to events occurring prior thereto.

SECTION 7. If a request to be indemnified or for the reimbursement or advancement of expenses pursuant hereto is not paid in full by the Company within thirty days after a written claim has been received by the Company, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled also to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. Neither the failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its

–12–

stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of or reimbursement or advancement of expenses to the claimant is proper in the circumstance, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant is not entitled to indemnification or to the reimbursement or advancement of expenses, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant is not so entitled.

SECTION 8. A person who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of a civil or criminal action or proceeding of the character described in Section 1 shall be entitled to indemnification only as provided in Sections 1 and 3, notwithstanding any provision of the New York Banking Law to the contrary.

ARTICLE VI

SEAL

SECTION 1. The Board of Directors shall provide a seal for the Company, the counterpart dies of which shall be in the charge of the Secretary of the Company and such officers as the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary may from time to time direct in writing, to be affixed to certificates of stock and other documents in accordance with the directions of the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee.

SECTION 2. The Board of Directors may provide, in proper cases on a specified occasion and for a specified transaction or transactions, for the use of a printed or engraved facsimile seal of the Company.

ARTICLE VII

CAPITAL STOCK

SECTION 1. Registration of transfer of shares shall only be made upon the books of the Company by the registered holder in person, or by power of attorney, duly executed, witnessed and filed with the Secretary or other proper officer of the Company, on the surrender of the certificate or certificates of such shares properly assigned for transfer.

ARTICLE VIII

CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 1. The masculine gender, when appearing in these By-Laws, shall be deemed to include the feminine gender.

–13–

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

SECTION 1. These By-Laws may be altered, amended or added to by the Board of Directors at any meeting, or by the stockholders at any annual or special meeting, provided notice thereof has been given.

I, Dorothy Robinson, Vice President, of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, New York, New York, hereby certify that the foregoing is a complete, true and correct copy of the By-Laws of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, and that the same are in full force and effect at this date.

Vice President

DATED AS OF: September     , 2004

–14–

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS		FFIEC 031
Legal Title of Bank		RC-1
NEW YORK
City		12
NY	10019
State	Zip Code
FDIC Certificate Number - 00623

Consolidated Report of Condition for Insured Commercial and State-Chartered Savings Banks for March 31, 2004

All schedules are to be reported in thousands of dollars. Unless otherwise indicated, reported the amount outstanding as of the last business day of the quarter.

Schedule RC—Balance Sheet

Dollar Amounts in Thousands			RCFD
ASSETS			/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /
1.      Cash and balances due from depository institutions (from Schedule RC-A):			/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /
a.      Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin (1)			0081	2,337,000	1.a.
b.      Interest-bearing balances (2)			0071	123,000	1.b.
2.      Securities:			/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /
a.      Held-to-maturity securities (from Schedule RC-B, column A)			1754	0	2.a.
b.      Available-for-sale securities (from Schedule RC-B, column D)			1773	57,000	2.b.
3.      Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell			RCON		3.
a.      Federal funds sold in domestic offices			B987	672,000	3.a
			RCFD
b.      Securities purchased under agreements to resell (3)			B989	6,954,000	3.b
4.      Loans and lease financing receivables (from Schedule RC-C):			/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /
a.      Loans and leases held for sale			5369	0	4.a.
b.      Loans and leases, net unearned income	B528	9,687,000	/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /		4.b.
c.      LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses	3123	425,000	/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /		4.c.
d.      Loans and leases, net of unearned income and			/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /
allowance (item 4.b minus 4.c)			B529	6,989,000	4.d.
5.      Trading Assets (from schedule RC-D)			3545	10,635,000	5.
6.      Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)			2145	297,000	6.
7.      Other real estate owned (from Schedule RC-M)			2150	39,000	7.
8.      Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies (from Schedule RC-M)			2130	0	8.
9.      Customers’ liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding			2155	0	9.
10.    Intangible assets			/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /
a.      Goodwill			3163	0	10.a
b.      Other intangible assets (from Schedule RC-M)			0426	30,000	10.b
11.    Other assets (from Schedule RC-F)			2160	5,848,000	11.
12.    Total assets (sum of items 1 through 11)			2170	33,981,000	12.

⁽¹⁾ Includes cash items in process of collection and unposted debits.

⁽²⁾ Includes time certificates of deposit not held for trading.

⁽³⁾ Includes all securities resale agreements in domestic and foreign offices, regardless of maturity.

–15–

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS	FFIEC 031
Legal Title of Bank	RC-2
FDIC Certificate Number - 00623	13

Schedule RC—Continued

Dollar Amounts in Thousands
LIABILITIES
13.    Deposits:			/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /
a.      In domestic offices (sum of totals of columns A and C from Schedule RC-E, part I)			RCON 2200	8,393,000	13.a.
(1)    Noninterest-bearing(1)	RCON 6631	3,234,000	/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /		13.a.(1)
(2)    Interest-bearing	RCON 6636	6,624,000	/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /		13.a.(2)
b.      In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs (from Schedule RC-E			/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /
part II)			RCFN 2200	7351,000	13.b.
(1)    Noninterest-bearing	RCFN 6631	2,092,000	/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /		13.b.(1)
(2)    Interest-bearing	RCFN 6636	8,785,000	/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /		13.b.(2)
14.    Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase:			RCON
a.      Federal Funds purchased in domestic offices (2)			B993	6,394,000	14.a
			RCFD
b.      Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (3)			8995	0	14.b
15.    Trading liabilities (from Schedule RC-D)			RCFD 3548	1,323,000	15.
16.    Other borrowed money (includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases):			/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /
Schedule RC-M):			RCFD 3190	93,000	16.
17.    Not Applicable.			/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /		17.
18.    Bank’s liability on acceptances executed and outstanding			RCFD 2920	0	18.
19.    Subordinated notes and debentures (2)			RCFD 3200	9,000	19.
20.    Other liabilities (from Schedule RC-G)			RCFD 2930	2,761,000	20.
21.    Total liabilities (sum of items 13 through 20)			RCFD 2948	26,324,000	21.
22.    Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries			RCFD 3000	425,000	22.
			/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /
EQUITY CAPITAL			/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /
23.    Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus			RCFD 3838	1,500,000	23.
24.    Common stock			RCFD 3230	2,127,000	24.
25.    Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock)			RCFD 3839	584,000	25.
26.     a.      Retained earnings			RCFD 3632	2,946,000	26.a.
b.      Accumulated other comprehensive Income (3)			RCFD B530	75,000	26.b.
27.    Other equity capital components (4)			RCFD A130	0	27.
28.    Total equity capital (sum of items 23 through 27)			RCFD 3210	7,2329,000	28.
29.    Total liabilities, minority interest, and equity capital (sum of items 21, 22, and 28)			RCFD 3300	33,981,000	29.

Memorandum

To be reported only with the March Report of Condition.

		Number
1.      Indicate in the box at the right the number of the statement below that best describes the most comprehensive level of auditing work performed for the bank by independent external auditors as of any date during 2002	RCFD 6724	1	M.1

1  = Independent audit of the bank conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by a certified public accounting firm which submits a report on the bank

2  = Independent audit of the bank’s parent holding company conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by a certified public accounting firm which submits a report on the consolidated holding company (but not on the bank separately)

3  = Attestation on bank management’s assertion on the effectiveness of the bank’s internal control over financial reporting by a certified public accounting firm

4  = Directors’ examination of the bank conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by a certified public accounting firm (may be required by state chartering authority)

5  = Directors’ examination of the bank performed by other external auditors (may be required by state chartering authority)

6  = Review of the bank’s financial statements by external auditors

7  = Compilation of the bank’s financial statements by external auditors

8  = Other audit procedures (excluding tax preparation work)

9  = No external audit work

⁽¹⁾ Includes total demand deposits and noninterest-bearing time and savings deposits.

⁽²⁾ Report overnight Federal Home Loan Bank advances in Schedule RC, Item 16, “other borrowed money.”

⁽³⁾ Includes all securities repurchase agreements in domestic and foreign offices, regardless of maturity.

⁽⁴⁾ Includes limited-life preferred stock and related surplus.

⁽⁵⁾ Includes net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, accumulated net gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments, and minimum pension liability adjustments.

⁽⁶⁾ Includes treasury stock and unearned Employee Stock Plan shares.

–16–

EX-99.1

Exhibit 99.1

ITRON, INC.

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

FOR TENDER OF ALL OUTSTANDING

$125,000,000 7.75% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2012

IN EXCHANGE FOR

REGISTERED

$125,000,000 7.75% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2012

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                     , 2004, UNLESS EXTENDED (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”). NOTES TENDERED IN SUCH EXCHANGE OFFER MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

Deliver to the Exchange Agent:

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, As Exchange Agent

By Mail (Registered or Certified Mail Recommended, Courier or Hand:	By Facsimile Transmission (Eligible Institutions Only):	Confirm by Telephone:
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas	(212) 797-8614	(212)            -
Trust and Securities Services
60 Wall Street
New York, New York 10005
Reference: Itron, Inc.

DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA A FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN THE ONE LISTED ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. THE INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED.

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt and review of the prospectus dated                    , 2004 of Itron, Inc. (the “Company”) and this letter of transmittal. These two documents together constitute the Company’s offer to exchange up to $125,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 7.75% Senior Notes due 2012 (the “Exchange Notes”), the issuance of which has been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for a like principal amount of its outstanding 7.75% Senior Notes due 2012 (the “Original Notes”) (the “Exchange Offer”).

The Company reserves the right, at any time or from time to time, to extend the period of time during which the Exchange Offer for the Original Notes is open, at its discretion, in which event the term “Expiration Date” shall mean the latest date to which such Exchange Offer is extended. The Company shall notify Deutsche Bank Trust Company

Americas (the “Exchange Agent”) of any extension by oral or written notice and shall make a public announcement thereof no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled Expiration Date.

This letter of transmittal is to be used by a holder of Original Notes (i) if certificates of Original Notes are to be forwarded herewith or (ii) if delivery of Original Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the Exchange Agent at The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) pursuant to the procedures set forth in the prospectus under the captions “The Exchange Offer” and “Book-Entry” and an “agent’s message” is not delivered as described in the prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Tendering Through DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program.” Tenders by book-entry transfer may also be made by delivering an agent’s message in lieu of this letter of transmittal. Holders of Original Notes whose Original Notes are not immediately available, or who are unable to deliver their Original Notes, this letter of transmittal and all other documents required hereby to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date for the Exchange Offer, or who are unable to complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, must tender their Original Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.” See Instruction 2.

DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO DTC DOES NOT CONSTITUTE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT.

The term “holder” with respect to the Exchange Offer for Original Notes means any person in whose name such Original Notes are registered on the books of the Company, any person who holds such Original Notes and has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered holder or any participant in the DTC system whose name appears on a security position listing as the holder of such Original Notes and who desires to deliver such Original Notes by book-entry transfer at DTC. The undersigned has completed, executed and delivered this letter of transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to such Exchange Offer. Holders who wish to tender their Original Notes must complete this letter of transmittal in its entirety (unless such Original Notes are to be tendered by book-entry transfer and an agent’s message is delivered in lieu hereof).

PLEASE READ THE ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND THE PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY BEFORE CHECKING ANY BOX BELOW.

THE INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDED WITH THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MUST BE FOLLOWED. QUESTIONS AND REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR FOR ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT.

2

List below the Original Notes to which this letter of transmittal relates. If the space below is inadequate, list the registered numbers and principal amounts on a separate signed schedule and affix the list to this letter of transmittal.

DESCRIPTION OF ORIGINAL NOTES TENDERED
Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Holder(s) Exactly as Name(s) Appear(s) on Original Notes (Please Fill In)	Registered Number(s)*	Aggregate Principal Amount of Represented by Note(s)	Principal Amount Tendered**
	Total

* Need not be completed by book-entry holders.

** Unless otherwise indicated, any tendering holder of Original Notes will be deemed to have tendered the entire aggregate principal amount represented by such Original Notes. All tenders must be in integral multiples of $1,000.

¨ CHECK HERE IF TENDERED ORIGINAL NOTES ARE ENCLOSED HEREWITH.

¨ CHECK HERE AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING IF TENDERED ORIGINAL NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE DTC (FOR USE BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY):

Name of Tendering Institution:                                                                                                                                                                

DTC Account Number(s):                                                                                                                                                                           

Transaction Code Number(s):                                                                                                                                                                   

¨ CHECK HERE AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING IF TENDERED ORIGINAL NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY EITHER ENCLOSED HEREWITH OR PREVIOUSLY DELIVERED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT (COPY ATTACHED) (FOR USE BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY):

Name(s) of Registered holder(s) of Original Notes:                                                                                                                         

Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:                                                                                                                      

Window Ticket Number (if available):                                                                                                                                                  

Name of Eligible Institution that Guaranteed Delivery:                                                                                                                   

DTC Account Number(s) (if delivered by book-entry transfer):                                                                                                   

Transaction Code Number(s) (if delivered by book-entry transfer):                                                                                            

Name of Tendering Institution (if delivered by book-entry transfer):                                                                                         

3

¨ CHECK HERE AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO:

Name:                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                            

If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Original Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

4

SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW

PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company for exchange the principal amount of Original Notes indicated above. Subject to and effective upon the acceptance for exchange of the principal amount of Original Notes tendered in accordance with this letter of transmittal, the undersigned hereby exchanges, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Company all right, title and interest in and to such Original Notes tendered for exchange hereby. The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent the true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact for the undersigned (with full knowledge that said Exchange Agent also acts as the agent for the Company in connection with the Exchange Offer) with respect to the tendered Original Notes with full power of substitution to (i) deliver such Original Notes, or transfer ownership of such Original Notes on the account books maintained by the DTC, to the Company and deliver all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity, and (ii) present such Original Notes for transfer on the books of the Company and receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such Original Notes, all in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer. The power of attorney granted in this paragraph shall be deemed to be irrevocable and coupled with an interest.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Original Notes tendered hereby and to acquire the Exchange Notes issuable upon the exchange of such tendered Original Notes, and that the Company will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim, when the same are accepted for exchange by the Company.

The undersigned acknowledges that the Exchange Offer is being made in reliance upon interpretations set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (available June 5, 1991), Mary Kay Cosmetics, Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and similar no-action letters (the “Prior No-Action Letters”), that the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than any such holder that is an “affiliate” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, PROVIDED that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders’ business and such holders are not engaging in, do not intend to engage in and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of such Exchange Notes. The SEC has not, however, considered the Exchange Offer in the context of a no-action letter, and there can be no assurance that the staff of the SEC would make a similar determination with respect to the Exchange Offer as in other circumstances.

The undersigned hereby further represents to the Company that (i) any Exchange Notes received are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such Exchange Notes, whether or not the undersigned, (ii) neither the undersigned nor any such other person has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Original Notes or the Exchange Notes within the meaning of the Securities Act and (iii) neither the holder nor any such other person is an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Company or, if it is such an affiliate, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable.

If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Original Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. The undersigned acknowledges that if the undersigned is tendering Original Notes in the Exchange Offer with the intention of participating in any manner in a distribution of the Exchange Notes (i) the undersigned cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC set forth in

5

the Prior No-Action Letters and, in the absence of an exemption therefrom, must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction of the Exchange Notes, in which case the registration statement must contain the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or Item 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K of the SEC, and (ii) failure to comply with such requirements in such instance could result in the undersigned incurring liability under the Securities Act for which the undersigned is not indemnified by the Company.

The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Company to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the Original Notes tendered hereby, including the transfer of such Original Notes on the account books maintained by the DTC.

For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall be deemed to have accepted for exchange validly tendered Original Notes when, as and if the Company gives oral or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent. Any tendered Original Notes that are not accepted for exchange pursuant to such Exchange Offer for any reason will be returned, without expense, to the undersigned as promptly as practicable after the Expiration Date for such Exchange Offer.

All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred by this letter of transmittal shall survive the death, incapacity or dissolution of the undersigned, and every obligation of the undersigned under this letter of transmittal shall be binding upon the undersigned’s successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy and legal representatives.

The undersigned acknowledges that the Company’s acceptance of properly tendered Original Notes pursuant to the procedures described under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering” in the prospectus and in the instructions hereto will constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer.

The Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions set forth in the prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Conditions to the Exchange Offer.” The undersigned recognizes that as a result of these conditions (which may be waived, in whole or in part, by the Company), the Company may not be required to exchange any of the Original Notes tendered hereby.

Unless otherwise indicated under “Special Issuance Instructions,” please issue the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Original Notes accepted for exchange, and return any Original Notes not tendered or not exchanged, in the name(s) of the undersigned (or, in the case of a book-entry delivery of Original Notes, please credit the account indicated above maintained at the DTC). Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under “Special Delivery Instructions,” please mail or deliver the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Original Notes accepted for exchange and any Original Notes not tendered or not exchanged (and accompanying documents, as appropriate) to the undersigned at the address shown below the undersigned’s signature(s). In the event that both “Special Issuance Instructions” and “Special Delivery Instructions” are completed, please issue the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Original Notes accepted for exchange in the name(s) of, and return any Original Notes not tendered or not exchanged to, the person(s) (or account(s)) so indicated. The undersigned recognizes that the Company has no obligation pursuant to the “Special Issuance Instructions” and “Special Delivery Instructions” to transfer any Original Notes from the name of the registered holder(s) thereof if the Company does not accept for exchange any of the Original Notes so tendered for exchange.

6

SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS (See Instructions 5 and 6) To be completed ONLY (i) if Original Notes in a principal amount not tendered, or Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Original Notes accepted for exchange, are to be issued in the name of someone other than the undersigned, or (ii) if Original Notes tendered by book-entry transfer which are not exchanged are to be returned by credit to an account maintained at the DTC other than the DTC Account Number set forth above. Issue Exchange Notes and/or Original Notes to: Name:                                                                                                (Please Type or Print) Address:                                                                                            (Include Zip Code) (Tax Identification or Social Security Number) SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS (See Instructions 5 and 6) To be completed ONLY if Original Notes in a principal amount not tendered, or Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Original Notes accepted for exchange, are to be mailed or delivered to someone other than the undersigned, or to the undersigned at an address other than that shown below the undersigned’s signature. Mail or deliver Exchange Notes and/or Original Notes to: Name:                                                                                            (Please Type or Print) Address:                                                                                       (Include Zip Code) (Tax Identification or Social Security Number) ¨        Credit unexchanged Original Notes delivered by book-entry transfer to the DTC account se forth below. DTC Account Number:                                                         

BROKER-DEALER STATUS

To be completed ONLY of the Beneficial Owner is a participating Broker-Dealer who holds securities acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities and wishes to receive 10 additional copies of the Prospectus and 10 copies of any amendments or supplements thereto for use in connection with resales of new securities received in exchange for such securities:

Name:                                                                                                                                                                                                               

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                          

(Including Zip Code)

Area Code and Telephone Number of Contact Person:                                                                                                                 

(Tax Identification or Social Security Number)

7

IMPORTANT

PLEASE SIGN HERE WHETHER OR NOT ORIGINAL NOTES

ARE BEING PHYSICALLY TENDERED HEREBY

(Complete Accompanying Substitute Form W-9 Below)

^                                                                                                                                                                                                                            

^                                                                                                                                                                                                                            

(Signature(s) of Registered Holder(s) of Original Notes)

Dated                     , 2004

(The above lines must be signed by the registered holder(s) of Original Notes as your name(s) appear(s) on the Original Notes or on a security position listing, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by a properly completed bond power from the registered holder(s), a copy of which must be transmitted with this letter of transmittal. If Original Notes to which this letter of transmittal relate are held of record by two or more joint holders, then all such holders must sign this letter of transmittal. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, then such person must (i) set forth his or her full title below and (ii) unless waived by the Company, submit evidence satisfactory to the Company of such person’s authority so to act. See Instruction 5 regarding the completion of this letter of transmittal, printed below.)

Name(s):                                                                                                                                                                                                            

(Please Type or Print)

Capacity:                                                                                                                                                                                                            

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                             

(Including Zip Code)

Area Code and Telephone Number:                                                                                                                                                        

(Tax Identification or Social Security Number)

8

MEDALLION SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

(If Required by Instruction 5)

Certain signatures must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

Signature(s) Guaranteed by an Eligible Institution:                                                                                                                        

                                             (Authorized Signature)

(Title)

(Name of Firm)

(Address, Include Zip Code)

(Area code and Telephone Number)

Dated                     , 2004

9

INSTRUCTIONS

FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

1. DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ORIGINAL NOTES OR AGENT’S MESSAGE AND BOOK-ENTRY CONFIRMATIONS. All physically delivered Original Notes or any confirmation of a book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent’s account at the DTC of Original Notes tendered by book-entry transfer (a “Book-Entry Confirmation”), as well as a properly completed and duly executed copy of this letter of transmittal or facsimile hereof (or an agent’s message in lieu hereof), and any other documents required by this letter of transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date for the Exchange Offer, or the tendering holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth below. THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF THE TENDERED ORIGINAL NOTES, THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE HOLDER AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED BELOW, THE DELIVERY WILL BE DEEMED MADE ONLY WHEN ACTUALLY RECEIVED OR CONFIRMED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT. INSTEAD OF DELIVERY BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE HOLDER USE AN OVERNIGHT OR HAND DELIVERY SERVICE. IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ASSURE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE. NO LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR ORIGINAL NOTES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE COMPANY.

2. GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES. Holders who wish to tender their Original Notes and (a) whose Original Notes are not immediately available, (b) who cannot deliver their Original Notes, this letter of transmittal or any other documents required hereby to the Exchange Agent prior to the applicable Expiration Date or (c) who are unable to comply with the applicable procedures under the DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program on a timely basis, must tender their Original Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the prospectus. Pursuant to such procedures: (i) such tender must be made by or through a firm which is a member of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or a trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or an “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act (an “Eligible Institution”); (ii) prior to the applicable Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must have received from the Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery) or a properly transmitted agent’s message and notice of guaranteed delivery setting forth the name and address of the holder of the Original Notes, the registration number(s) of such Original Notes and the total principal amount of Original Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after such Expiration Date, this letter of transmittal (or facsimile hereof or an agent’s message in lieu hereof) together with the Original Notes in proper form for transfer (or a Book-Entry Confirmation) and any other documents required hereby, will be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent; and (iii) this letter of transmittal (or facsimile hereof or an agent’s message in lieu hereof) together with the certificates for all physically tendered Original Notes in proper form for transfer (or Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be) and all other documents required hereby are received by the Exchange Agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after such Expiration Date.

Any holder of Original Notes who wishes to tender Original Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described above must ensure that the Exchange Agent receives the notice of guaranteed delivery prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Expiration Date. Upon request of the Exchange Agent, a notice of guaranteed delivery will be sent to holders who wish to tender their Original Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above.

See “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” section of the prospectus.

10

3. TENDER BY HOLDER. Only a holder of Original Notes may tender such Original Notes in the Exchange Offer. Any beneficial holder of Original Notes who is not the registered holder and who wishes to tender should arrange with the registered holder to execute and deliver this letter of transmittal on his behalf or must, prior to completing and executing this letter of transmittal and delivering his Original Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Original Notes in such holder’s name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder.

4. PARTIAL TENDERS. Tenders of Original Notes will be accepted only in integral multiples of $1,000. If less than the entire principal amount of any Original Notes is tendered, the tendering holder should fill in the principal amount tendered in the fourth column of the box entitled “Description of Original Notes Tendered” above. The entire principal amount of Original Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated. If the entire principal amount of all Original Notes is not tendered, then Original Notes for the principal amount of Original Notes not tendered and Exchange Notes issued in exchange for any Original Notes accepted will be returned to the holder as promptly as practicable after the Original Notes are accepted for exchange.

5. SIGNATURES ON THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL; BOND POWERS AND ENDORSEMENTS; MEDALLION GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES. If this letter of transmittal (or facsimile hereof) is signed by the record holder(s) of the Original Notes tendered hereby, the signature(s) must correspond exactly with the name(s) as written on the face of the Original Notes without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever. If this letter of transmittal (or facsimile hereof) is signed by a participant in the DTC, the signature must correspond with the name as it appears on the security position listing as the holder of the Original Notes.

If this letter of transmittal (or facsimile hereof) is signed by the registered holder(s) of Original Notes listed and tendered hereby and the Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor are to be issued (or any untendered principal amount of Original Notes is to be reissued) to the registered holder(s), the said holder(s) need not and should not endorse any tendered Original Notes, nor provide a separate bond power. In any other case, such holder(s) must either properly endorse the Original Notes tendered or transmit a properly completed separate bond power with this letter of transmittal, with the signatures on the endorsement or bond power guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

If this letter of transmittal (or facsimile hereof) or any Original Notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by the Company, evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to act must be submitted with this letter of transmittal.

NO SIGNATURE GUARANTEE IS REQUIRED IF (i) THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL (OR FACSIMILE HEREOF) IS SIGNED BY THE REGISTERED HOLDER(S) OF THE ORIGINAL NOTES TENDERED HEREIN (OR BY A PARTICIPANT IN THE DTC WHOSE NAME APPEARS ON A SECURITY POSITION LISTING AS THE OWNER OF THE TENDERED ORIGINAL NOTES) AND THE EXCHANGE NOTES ARE TO BE ISSUED DIRECTLY TO SUCH REGISTERED HOLDER(S) (OR, IF SIGNED BY A PARTICIPANT IN THE DTC, DEPOSITED TO SUCH PARTICIPANT’S ACCOUNT AT THE DTC) AND NEITHER THE BOX ENTITLED “SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS” NOR THE BOX ENTITLED “SPECIAL REGISTRATION INSTRUCTIONS” HAS BEEN COMPLETED, OR (ii) SUCH ORIGINAL NOTES ARE TENDERED FOR THE ACCOUNT OF AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION. IN ALL OTHER CASES, ALL SIGNATURES ON THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL (OR FACSIMILE HEREOF) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION.

6. SPECIAL ISSUANCE AND DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS. Tendering holders should indicate, in the applicable box or boxes, the name and address to which Exchange Notes or substitute Original Notes for principal amounts not tendered or not accepted for exchange are to be issued or sent, if different from the name and address of the person signing this letter of transmittal. In the case of issuance in a different name, the taxpayer identification or social security number of the person named must also be indicated. Holders tendering Original Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Original Notes not exchanged be credited to such account maintained at the DTC as such noteholder may designate hereon. If no such instructions are given, such Original Notes not exchanged will be returned to the name and address (or account number) of the person signing this letter of transmittal.

11

7. TRANSFER TAXES. The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, Exchange Notes or Original Notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the Original Notes tendered hereby, or if tendered Original Notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing this letter of transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with this letter of transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder and the Exchange Agent will retain possession of an amount of Exchange Notes with a face amount at least equal to the amount of such transfer taxes due by such tendering holder pending receipt by the Exchange Agent of the amount of such taxes.

8. TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. Federal income tax law requires that a holder of any Original Notes or Exchange Notes must provide the Company (as payor) with its correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”), which, in the case of a holder who is an individual, is his or her social security number. If the Company is not provided with the correct TIN, the holder may be subject to a $50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service and backup withholding of 28% on interest payments on the Exchange Notes.

To prevent backup withholding, each tendering holder must provide such holder’s correct TIN by completing the Substitute Form W-9 set forth herein, certifying that the holder is a U.S. person (including a U.S. alien), that the TIN provided is correct (or that such holder is awaiting a TIN), and that (i) the holder has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that such holder is subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report all interest or dividends or (ii) the Internal Revenue Service has notified the holder that such holder is no longer subject to backup withholding. If the Exchange Notes will be registered in more than one name or will not be in the name of the actual owner, consult the instructions on Internal Revenue Service Form W-9, which may be obtained from the Exchange Agent, for information on which TIN to report.

If a tendering holder does not have a TIN, that holder should consult the instructions on Form W-9 concerning applying for a TIN, check the box in Part III of the Substitute Form W-9, write “applied for” in lieu of its TIN and sign and date the form and the Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number. Checking this box, writing “applied for” on the form and signing such certificate means that such holder has already applied for a TIN or that such holder intends to apply for one in the near future. If the holder does not provide its TIN to the Company within 60 days, backup withholding will begin and continue until such holder furnishes its TIN to the Company.

Certain foreign individuals and entities will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting if they submit a Form W-8BEN (or such other Form W-8, as applicable) signed under penalties of perjury, attesting to, among other things, their foreign status. An appropriate Form W-8 can be obtained from the Exchange Agent.

The Company reserves the right in its sole discretion to take whatever steps are necessary to comply with the Company’s obligations regarding backup withholding.

9. VALIDITY OF TENDERS. All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, time of receipt, acceptance and withdrawal of tendered Original Notes will be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and all Original Notes not properly tendered or any Original Notes the Company’s acceptance of which might, in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, be unlawful. The Company also reserves the absolute right to waive any conditions of the Exchange Offer or defects or irregularities of tenders as to particular Original Notes. The Company’s interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including this letter of transmittal and the instructions hereto) shall be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Original Notes must be cured within such time as the Company shall determine. Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Original Notes nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification.

10. WAIVER OF CONDITIONS. The Company reserves the absolute right to waive, in whole or part, any of the conditions to the Exchange Offer set forth in the prospectus.

12

11. NO CONDITIONAL TENDER. No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tender of Original Notes will be accepted.

12. MUTILATED, LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED ORIGINAL NOTES. Any holder whose Original Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated above for further instructions. This letter of transmittal and related documents cannot be processed until the procedures for replacing lost, stolen or destroyed Original Notes have been followed.

13. REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES. Requests for assistance or for additional copies of the prospectus or this letter of transmittal may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address or telephone number set forth on the cover page of this letter of transmittal. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offer.

14. WITHDRAWAL. Tenders may be withdrawn only pursuant to the limited withdrawal rights set forth in the prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Withdrawal of Tenders.”

IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR A MANUALLY SIGNED FACSIMILE HEREOF OR AN AGENT’S MESSAGE IN LIEU HEREOF (TOGETHER WITH THE ORIGINAL NOTES DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER OR IN ORIGINAL HARD COPY FORM) MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR THE NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.

13

GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

GUIDELINES FOR DETERMINING THE PROPER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER TO GIVE THE PAYER. Social Security numbers (“SSN”) have nine digits separated by two hyphens: i.e., 000-00-0000. Employer identification numbers (“EIN”) have nine digits separated by only one hyphen: i.e., 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give the payer.

For This Type of Account:	Give the name and SSN of:
1.      Individual	The individual
2.      Two or more individuals (joint account)	The actual owner of the account or, if combined funds, the first individual on the account(1)
3.      Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)	The minor(2)
4.      a.    The usual revocable savings trust account (grantor is also trustee)	The grantor-trustee(1)
b.    So-calledtrust account that is not a legal or valid trust under State law	The actual owner(1)
5.      Sole proprietorship or single-owner LLC	The owner(3)
For this type of account:	Give the name and EIN of:
6.      Sole proprietorship or single-owner LLC	The owner(3)
7.      A valid trust, estate, or pension trust	Legal entity (4)
8.      Corporate or LLC electing corporate status on Form 8832	The corporation
9.      Association, club, religious, charitable, educational, or other tax-exempt organization	The organization
10.    Partnership or multi-member LLC	The partnership
11.    A broker or registered nominee	The broker or nominee
12.    Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a State or local government, school district or prison) that receives agricultural program payments	The public entity

14

(1) List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If only one person on a joint account has an SSN, that person’s number must be furnished.

(2) Circle the minor’s name and furnish the minor’s SSN.

(3) You must show your individual name, but you may also enter your business or “doing-business-as” name. You may use either your SSN or EIN (if you have one).

(4) List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension trust. (Do not furnish the identifying number of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.)

NOTE: If no name is circled when more than one name is listed, the number will be considered to be that of the first name listed.

15

Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitution Form W-9

Obtaining a Number

If you don’t have a taxpayer identification number or you don’t know your number, obtain Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Number Card, or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, at the local office of the Social Security Administration or the Internal Revenue Service and apply for a number.

Payees specifically exempted from backup withholding on ALL payments include the following:

— A corporation.

— A financial institution.

— An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a), or an individual retirement plan.

— The United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof.

— A State, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or any subdivision or instrumentality thereof.

— A foreign government, a political subdivision of a foreign government, or any agency or instrumentality thereof.

— An international organization or any agency, or instrumentality thereof.

— A registered dealer in securities or commodities registered in the U.S. or a possession of the U.S.

— A real estate investment trust.

— A common trust fund operated by a bank under section 584(a).

— An exempt charitable remainder trust, or a non-exempt trust described in section 4947(a)(1).

— An entity registered at all times under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

— A foreign central bank of issue.

Payments of dividends and patronage dividends not generally subject to backup withholding include the following:

— Payments to nonresident aliens subject to withholding under section 1441.

— Payments to partnership not engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. and which have at least one nonresident partner.

— Payments of patronage dividends where the amount received is not paid in money.

— Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

— Payments made to a nominee.

16

Payments of interest not generally subject to backup withholding include the following:

— Payments of interest on obligations issued by individuals.

NOTE: You may be subject to backup withholding if this interest is $600 or more and is paid in the course of the payer’s trade or business and you have not provided your correct taxpayer identification number to the payer.

— Payments of tax-exempt interest (including exempt-interest dividends under section 852).

— Payments described in section 6049(b)(5) to nonresident aliens.

— Payments on tax-free covenant bonds under section 1451.

— Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

— Payments made to a nominee.

Exempt payees described above should file Form W-9 to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. FILE THIS FORM WITH THE PAYER, FURNISH YOUR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER, WRITE “EXEMPT” ON THE FACE OF THE FORM, AND RETURN IT TO THE PAYER. IF THE PAYMENTS ARE INTEREST, DIVIDENDS, OR PATRONAGE DIVIDENDS, ALSO SIGN AND DATE THE FORM.

Certain payments other than interest, dividends, and patronage dividends that are not subject to information reporting are also not subject to backup withholding. For details, see the regulations under sections 6041, 6041A(a), 6045, and 6050A.

PRIVACY ACT NOTICE.—Section 6109 requires most recipients of dividend, interest, or other payments to give taxpayer identification numbers to payers who must report the payments to IRS. The IRS uses the numbers for identification purposes. Payers must be given the numbers whether or not recipients are required to file tax returns. Payers must generally withhold 28% of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does not furnish a taxpayer identification number to a payer. Certain penalties may also apply.

Penalties

(1) PENALTY FOR FAILURE TO FURNISH TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. If you fail to furnish your taxpayer identification number to a payer, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.

(2) CIVIL PENALTY FOR FALSE INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO WITHHOLDING. If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis which results in no imposition of backup withholding, you are subject to a penalty of $500.

(3) CRIMINAL PENALTY FOR FALSIFYING INFORMATION. Falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR

TAX ADVISOR OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE

17

SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

To Be Completed by All Tendering Noteholders

(See Instruction 5)

Sign this Substitute Form W-9 in Addition to the Signature(s) Required Above

PAYER’S NAME: ITRON, INC.

Name:
Address:
SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service Payer’s Request for Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN)	Part I – Please provide your Taxpayer Identification Number in the box to the right and certify by signing and dating below.	Social Security Number Employer Identification Number
	Part II – Certification. Under penalties of perjury, I certify that: (1)    The number shown on this form is my correct Taxpayer Identification Number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), and (2)    I am not subject to backup withholding because: (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding, and (3)    I am a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). Part  III – Awaiting TIN  ¨ Part  IV – Exempt  ¨

Certification Instructions. You must cross out item (2) in Part 2 above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding because of underreporting interest or dividends on your tax return. However, if after being notified by the IRS that you were subject to backup withholding you received another notification from the IRS that you were no longer subject to backup withholding, do not cross out item (2). If you are exempt from backup withholding, check the box in Part 4 above.

Signature: Date:

YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE

IF YOU CHECKED THE BOX IN PART III OF THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

I certify under penalty of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has not been issued to me, and either (a) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office, or (b) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number to the Paying Agent, 28% of all reportable payments made to me will be withheld, but will be refunded if I provide a certified taxpayer identification number within 60 days.

Signature: Date:

18

NOTE: IF YOU ARE A U.S. SHAREHOLDER, FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 28% OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE OFFER. FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS, PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.

19

EX-99.2

Exhibit 99.2

ITRON, INC

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

FOR TENDER OF ALL OUTSTANDING

$125,000,000 7.75% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2012

IN EXCHANGE FOR

REGISTERED

$125,000,000 7.75% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2012

Registered holders of $125,000,000 7.75% Senior Notes due 2012 (the “Original Notes”) must use this form, or one substantially equivalent hereto, to accept the Exchange Offer of Itron, Inc., (the “Company”) and to tender to the Exchange Agent pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described in “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” of the Company’s prospectus dated                     , 2004 and in Instruction 2 to the related letter of transmittal, if (i) certificates for the Original Notes are not immediately available or (ii) time will not permit the letter of transmittal or other required documents to reach the Exchange Agent (as defined below), or comply with applicable procedures under DTC’s automated tender offer program on or prior to the Expiration Date (as defined below) of the Exchange Offer. Any holder who wishes to tender Original Notes pursuant to such guaranteed delivery procedures must ensure that Duetsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as exchange agent (the “Exchange Agent”), receives this notice of guaranteed delivery, properly completed and duly executed, prior to the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the letter of transmittal.

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                     , 2004, UNLESS EXTENDED (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”). NOTES TENDERED IN SUCH EXCHANGE OFFER MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer is:

Duetsche Bank Trust Company Americas

By Mail (Registered or Certified Mail Recommended), Overnight Courier or Hand:	By Facsimile Transmission (for Eligible Institutions Only):	Confirm by Telephone:
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas	(212) 797-8614	(212) 815-
Trust and Securities Services	Attn:
60 Wall Street
New York, New York 10005
Reference: Itron, Inc.

DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA A FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN THE ONE LISTED

ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. THE INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THE NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY IS COMPLETED.

This notice of guaranteed delivery is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature on a letter of transmittal is required to be guaranteed by an “Eligible Institution” under the instructions thereto, such signature guarantee must appear in the applicable space in the box provided on the letter of transmittal for guarantee of signatures.

2

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned hereby tenders to the Company, in accordance with the Company’s offer, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the prospectus and the related letter of transmittal, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the principal amount of Original Notes set forth below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” and in Instruction 2 of the letter of transmittal.

The undersigned hereby tenders the Original Notes listed below:

Certificate Number(s) (if known) of Original Notes or Account Number at the DTC Aggregate Principal Amount
Represented Aggregate Principal Amount Tendered*

PLEASE SIGN AND COMPLETE

Names of Record Holder(s):    Signature(s):

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                             

(Include Zip Code)

Area Code and Telephone Number:                                                                                                                                                        

Dated:                                           , 2004

* Unless otherwise indicated, any tendering holder of the Original Notes will be deemed to have tendered the entire aggregate principal amount represented by such Original Notes. All tenders must be in integral multiples of $1,000.

3

THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY MUST BE SIGNED BY THE REGISTERED HOLDER(S) OF ORIGINAL NOTES EXACTLY AS THE NAME(S) OF SUCH PERSONS(S) APPEAR(S) ON CERTIFICATES FOR ORIGINAL NOTES OR ON A SECURITY POSITION LISTING AS THE OWNER OF ORIGINAL NOTES, OR BY PERSON(S) AUTHORIZED TO BECOME HOLDER(S) BY ENDORSEMENT AND DOCUMENTS TRANSMITTED WITH THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY. IF SIGNATURE IS BY A TRUSTEE, EXECUTOR, ADMINISTRATOR, GUARDIAN, ATTORNEY-IN-FACT, OFFICER OR OTHER PERSON ACTING IN A FIDUCIARY OR REPRESENTATIVE CAPACITY, SUCH PERSON MUST PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION:

PLEASE PRINT NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES)

Name(s):                                                                                                                                                                                                            

Capacity:                                                                                                                                                                                                           

Address(es):                                                                                                                                                                                                     

GUARANTEE

(Not to be used for signature guarantee)

The undersigned, a firm which is a member of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or a trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States, or an “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17(A)(d)-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, hereby guarantees deposit with the Exchange Agent of the letter of transmittal (or facsimile thereof or agent’s message in lieu thereof), together with the Original Notes of the series tendered hereby in proper form for transfer (or confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such Original Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at the DTC described in the prospectus under the captions “The Exchange Offer” and “Book-Entry; Delivery and Form” and in the letter of transmittal) and any other required documents, all by 5:00 p.m., New York City time, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days following the Expiration Date.

Name of Firm:	(Authorized Signature)
Address:	Name:
	Title:
(Include Zip Code)	(Please Type or Print)
Area Code and Telephone Number:
	Dated:                                           , 2004

DO NOT SEND ORIGINAL NOTES WITH THIS FORM. ACTUAL SURRENDER OF ORIGINAL NOTES MUST BE MADE PURSUANT TO, AND BE ACCOMPANIED BY, A PROPERLY COMPLETED AND DULY EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ANY OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS.

4

INSTRUCTIONS FOR NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

1. DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY. A properly completed and duly executed copy of this notice of guaranteed delivery (or facsimile hereof or an agent’s message and notice of guaranteed delivery in lieu hereof) and any other documents required by this notice of guaranteed delivery with respect to the Original Notes must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein prior to the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer. Delivery of such notice of guaranteed delivery may be made by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery. THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY AND ANY OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT IS AT THE ELECTION AND SOLE RISK OF THE HOLDER, AND THE DELIVERY WILL BE DEEMED MADE ONLY WHEN ACTUALLY RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT. If delivery is by mail, registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, is recommended. As an alternative to delivery by mail, the holders may wish to consider using an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery. For a description of the guaranteed delivery procedures, see Instruction 2 of the letter of transmittal.

2. SIGNATURES ON THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY. If this notice of guaranteed delivery (or facsimile hereof) is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Original Notes referred to herein, the signature(s) must correspond exactly with the name(s) as written on the face of the Original Notes without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever. If this notice of guaranteed delivery (or facsimile hereof) is signed by a participant in the DTC whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of the Original Notes, the signature must correspond with the name as it appears on the security position listing as the owner of the Original Notes.

If this notice of guaranteed delivery (or facsimile hereof) is signed by a person other than the registered holder(s) of any Original Notes listed or a participant of the DTC, this notice of guaranteed delivery must be accompanied by appropriate bond powers, signed as the name(s) of the registered holder(s) appear(s) on the Original Notes or signed as the name(s) of the participant appears on the DTC’s security position listing.

If this notice of guaranteed delivery (or facsimile hereof) is signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person should so indicate when signing and submit herewith evidence satisfactory to the Exchange Agent of such person’s authority to so act.

3. REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES. Questions and requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of the prospectus and this notice of guaranteed delivery may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the cover page hereof. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offer.

5

EX-99.3

Exhibit 99.3

ITRON, INC.

LETTER TO DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY PARTICIPANTS

FOR TENDER OF ALL OUTSTANDING

$125,000,000 7.75% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2012

IN EXCHANGE FOR

REGISTERED

$125,000,000 7.75% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2012

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                      , 2004, UNLESS EXTENDED (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”). NOTES TENDERED IN SUCH EXCHANGE OFFER MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

To Depository Trust Company Participants:

We are enclosing a prospectus dated                     , 2004 of Itron, Inc., (the “Company”) and the related letter of transmittal. These two documents constitute the Company’s offer to exchange its $125,000,000 7.75% Senior Notes due 2012 and the associated guarantees (together, the “Exchange Notes”), the issuance of which has been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for a like principal amount of its issued and outstanding $125,000,000 7.75% Senior Notes due 2012 and the associated guarantees (together, the “Original Notes”) (the “Exchange Offer”). Additionally, we have included a notice of guaranteed delivery and a letter that may be sent to your clients for whose account you hold Original Notes in your name or in the name of your nominee, with space provided for obtaining such client’s instruction with regard to the Exchange Offer.

We urge you to contact your clients promptly. Please note that the Exchange Offer will expire on the Expiration Date unless extended.

The Exchange Offer for Original Notes is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal amount of Original Notes being tendered for exchange.

Pursuant to the letter of transmittal, each holder of Original Notes will represent to the Company that (i) any Exchange Notes received are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such Exchange Notes, (ii) such person does not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Original Notes or the Exchange Notes within the meaning of the Securities Act and (iii) such person is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Company or, if it is such an affiliate, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable. In addition, each holder of Original Notes will represent to the Company that (i) if such person is not a broker-dealer, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Notes and (ii) if such person is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Original Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, it will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

1

The enclosed Letter to Clients contains an authorization by the beneficial owners of the Original Notes for you to make the foregoing representations.

The Company will not pay any fee or commission to any broker or dealer or to any other persons (other than the Exchange Agent) in connection with the solicitation of tenders of Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The Company will pay or cause to be paid any transfer taxes payable on the transfer of Original Notes to it, except as otherwise provided in Instruction 7 of the enclosed letter of transmittal.

Additional copies of the enclosed material may be obtained from the undersigned.

Very truly yours,

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY

AMERICAS

2

EX-99.4

Exhibit 99.4

ITRON, INC.

LETTER TO CLIENTS

FOR TENDER OF ALL OUTSTANDING

$125,000,000 7.75% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2012

IN EXCHANGE FOR

REGISTERED

$125,000,000 7.75% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2012

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                     , 2004, UNLESS EXTENDED (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”). NOTES TENDERED IN SUCH EXCHANGE OFFER MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

To Our Clients:

We are enclosing a prospectus dated                     , 2004 of Itron, Inc., (the “Company”) and the related letter of transmittal. These two documents constitute the Company’s offer to exchange its $125,000,000 7.75% Senior Notes due 2012 and the associated guarantees (together, the “Exchange Notes”), the issuance of which has been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for a like principal amount of its issued and outstanding $125,000,000 7.75% Senior Notes due 2012 and the associated guarantees (the “Original Notes”) (together, the “Exchange Offer”).

The Exchange Offer for Original Notes is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal amount of Original Notes being tendered for exchange.

We are the holder of record of Original Notes held by us for your own account. A tender of such Original Notes can be made only by us as the record holder and pursuant to your instructions. The accompanying letter of transmittal is furnished to you for your information only and cannot be used by you to tender Original Notes held by us for your account.

We request instructions as to whether you wish to tender any or all of the Original Notes held by us for your account pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer. We also request that you confirm that we may on your behalf make the representations contained in the letter of transmittal.

Pursuant to the letter of transmittal, each holder of Original Notes will represent to the Company that (i) any Exchange Notes received are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such Exchange Notes, (ii) such person does not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Original Notes or the Exchange Notes within the meaning of the Securities Act and (iii) such person is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Company or, if it is such an affiliate, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable. In addition, each holder of Original Notes will represent to the Company that (i) if such person is not a broker-dealer, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Notes and (ii) if such person is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for

its own account in exchange for Original Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, it will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

Very truly yours,

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY

AMERICAS

2

PLEASE RETURN YOUR INSTRUCTIONS TO US IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE WITHIN AMPLE TIME TO PERMIT US TO SUBMIT A TENDER ON YOUR BEHALF PRIOR TO THE APPLICABLE EXPIRATION DATE.

INSTRUCTION TO REGISTERED HOLDER AND/OR

BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY PARTICIPANT

To Registered Holder and/or Participant of the DTC:

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt and review of the prospectus dated                     , 2004 of Itron, Inc., (the “Company”) and the related letter of transmittal. These two documents together constitute the Company’s offer to exchange its $125,000,000 7.75% Senior Notes due 2012 (the “Exchange Notes”), the issuance of which has been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for a like principal amount of its issued and outstanding $125,000,000 7.75% Senior Notes due 2012 (the “Original Notes”) (the “Exchange Offer”).

This will instruct you, the registered holder and/or DTC participant, as to the action to be taken by you relating to the Exchange Offer for the Original Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

The aggregate principal amount of the Original Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned is:

Title of Series	Principal Amount (FILL IN AMOUNT)
7.75% Senior Notes due 2012	$

WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER, THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY INSTRUCTS YOU (CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX):

¨ TO TENDER ALL ORIGINAL NOTES HELD BY YOU FOR THE ACCOUNT OF THE UNDERSIGNED.

¨ TO TENDER THE FOLLOWING AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL NOTES HELD BY YOU FOR THE ACCOUNT OF THE UNDERSIGNED:

Title of Series	Principal Amount (FILL IN AMOUNT)
7.75% Senior Notes due 2012	$

¨ NOT TO TENDER ANY ORIGINAL NOTES HELD BY YOU FOR THE ACCOUNT OF THE UNDERSIGNED.

IF NO BOX IS CHECKED, A SIGNED AND RETURNED INSTRUCTION TO BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER PARTICIPANT WILL BE DEEMED TO INSTRUCT YOU TO TENDER ALL ORIGINAL NOTES HELD BY YOU FOR THE ACCOUNT OF THE UNDERSIGNED.

If the undersigned instructs you to tender the Original Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, it is understood that you are authorized to make, on behalf of the undersigned (and the undersigned, by its signature below, hereby makes to you), the representations contained in the letter of transmittal that are to be made with respect to the undersigned as a beneficial owner, including, but not limited to, the representations that (i) any Exchange Notes received are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the undersigned; (ii) the undersigned does not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Original Notes or the Exchange Notes within the meaning of the

3

Securities Act; (iii) the undersigned is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Company or, if it is such an affiliate, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable; (iv) if the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Notes and (v) if the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Original Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

SIGN HERE

Name of beneficial owner(s):                                                                                                                                                                     

Signature(s):                                                                                                                                                                                                    

Name(s) (please print):                                                                                                                                                                                 

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                             

Telephone Number:                                                                                                                                                                                       

Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:                                                                                                                          

Date:                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

4